UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☑	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

12/31
OR

☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___ to ___.

Commission file number: 1-14323

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

			Delaware	76-0568219	
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
			1100 Louisiana Street, 10th Floor, Houston, Texas 77002	
			(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)	
			(713) 381-6500				
			(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)	
			Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:	
	Title of Each Class			Trading Symbol(s)			Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered	
	Common Units		EPD		New York Stock Exchange	
			Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.	
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.	Yes ☑ No o	

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer ☑	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company o Emerging growth company  o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No ☑

The aggregate market value of our common units held by non-affiliates at June 30, 2025 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $45.38 billion based on a closing price on that date of $31.01 per common unit on the New York Stock Exchange Composite ticker tape. There were 2,161,760,683 common units outstanding at January 31, 2026.

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

														Page	
														Number	
																
											PART I				
Items 1 and 2.	Business and Properties.			3		
														
Item 1A.			Risk Factors.		35	
													
Item 1B.			Unresolved Staff Comments.	59	
											
Item 1C.		Cybersecurity			59	
							
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.		61	
Item 4.		Mine Safety Disclosures.	61	

									PART II			
Item 5.		Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity		
				Securities.		62	
Item 6.		Reserved.		63	
														
Item 7.			Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.		63	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.		92	
Item 8.		Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	94	
									
Item 9.		Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.		94	
Item 9A.		Controls and Procedures.	94	
Item 9B.			Other Information.			97	
Item 9C.		Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections.		97	

					PART III					
														
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Partnership Governance.	97		
												
Item 11.		Executive Compensation.		107	
										
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters.	117	
									
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	119	
								
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services.	123	

								PART IV	
	Item 15.		Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.					124		
	Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary.	132	
										
	Signatures				133	

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 (our “annual report”) contains various forward-looking statements and information that are based on our beliefs and those of our general partner, as well as assumptions made by us and information currently available to us. When used in this document, words such as “anticipate,” “project,” “expect,” “plan,” “seek,” “goal,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “intend,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “believe,” “may,” “scheduled,” “pending,” “potential” and similar expressions and statements regarding our plans and objectives for future operations are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although we and our general partner believe that our expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements (including any forward-looking statements/expectations of third parties referenced in this annual report) are reasonable, neither we nor our general partner can give any assurances that such expectations will prove to be correct.

Forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks, uncertainties and assumptions as described in more detail under Part I, Item 1A of this annual report. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this annual report speak only as of the date hereof. Except as required by federal and state securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or any other reason.

1

Table of Contents

KEY REFERENCES USED IN THIS REPORT

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us” or “our” within this annual report are intended to mean the business and operations of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References to the “Partnership” or “Enterprise” mean Enterprise Products Partners L.P. on a standalone basis.

References to “EPO” mean Enterprise Products Operating LLC, which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and its consolidated subsidiaries, through which the Partnership conducts its business. We are managed by our general partner, Enterprise Products Holdings LLC (“Enterprise GP”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dan Duncan LLC, a privately held Texas limited liability company.

The membership interests of Dan Duncan LLC are owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“DD LLC Trustees”) of which are: (i) Randa Duncan Williams, who is also a director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Enterprise GP (the “Board”); (ii) Richard H. Bachmann, who is also a director and Vice Chairman of the Board; and (iii) W. Randall Fowler, who is also a director and a Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise GP. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as managers of Dan Duncan LLC.

References to “EPCO” mean Enterprise Products Company, a privately held Texas corporation, and its privately held affiliates. The outstanding voting capital stock of EPCO is owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“EPCO Trustees”) of which are: (i) Ms. Duncan Williams, who serves as Chairman of EPCO; (ii) Mr. Bachmann, who serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of EPCO; and (iii) Mr. Fowler, who serves as an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of EPCO. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as directors of EPCO.

We, Enterprise GP, EPCO and Dan Duncan LLC are affiliates under the collective common control of the DD LLC Trustees and the EPCO Trustees.

EPCO, together with its privately held affiliates, owned approximately 32.5% of the Partnership’s common units outstanding at December 31, 2025.

As generally used in the energy industry and in this annual report, the acronyms below have the following meanings:

/d	=	per day	MMBPD	=	million barrels per day	
BBtus	=	billion British thermal units	MMBtus	=	million British thermal units	
						
Bcf	=	billion cubic feet	MMcf	=	million cubic feet	
BPD	=	barrels per day	MWac	=	megawatts, alternating current	
						
MBPD	=	thousand barrels per day	MWdc	=	megawatts, direct current	
MMBbls	=	million barrels	TBtus	=	trillion British thermal units	

2

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEMS 1 AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

General

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, the common units of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “EPD.” Our preferred units are not publicly traded. We were formed in April 1998 to own and operate certain natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) related businesses of EPCO and are a leading North American provider of midstream energy services to producers and consumers of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products. We are owned by our limited partners (preferred and common unitholders) from an economic perspective. Enterprise GP, which owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, manages our Partnership. We conduct substantially all of our business operations through EPO and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our fully integrated, midstream energy asset network (or “value chain”) links producers of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil from some of the largest supply basins in the United States (“U.S.”), Canada and the Gulf of Mexico with domestic consumers and international markets. Our midstream energy operations include:

•	natural gas gathering, treating, processing, transportation and storage;

•	NGL transportation, fractionation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export liquefied petroleum gases (“LPG”) and ethane);

•	crude oil gathering, transportation, storage, and marine terminals;

•	propylene production facilities (including propane dehydrogenation (“PDH”) facilities), butane isomerization, octane enhancement, isobutane dehydrogenation (“iBDH”) and high purity isobutylene (“HPIB”) production facilities;

•	petrochemical and refined products transportation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export ethylene and polymer grade propylene (“PGP”)); and

•	a marine transportation business that operates on key U.S. inland and intracoastal waterway systems.

Our business strategy seeks to manage these operations to:

•	capitalize on expected trends and opportunities in all energy supply and demand cycles to provide value added services to our customers;

•	maintain a diversified portfolio of midstream energy assets and expand this asset base through growth capital projects and accretive acquisitions of complementary assets that enhance our overall value chain; and

•	share capital costs and risks through business ventures or alliances with strategic partners, including those that provide incremental volumes on our systems.

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows are contingent on the supply of, and demand for the energy commodities we handle across our integrated midstream energy asset network. See “Current Outlook” included under Part II, Item 7 of this annual report for management’s views on key midstream energy supply and demand fundamentals in 2025.

3

Table of Contents

Business Segments

The following sections provide an overview of our business segments, including information regarding principal products produced and/or services rendered and properties owned. Our operations are reported under four business segments: NGL Pipelines & Services, Crude Oil Pipelines & Services, Natural Gas Pipelines & Services and Petrochemical & Refined Products Services.

Each of our business segments benefits from the supporting role of our marketing activities. The main purpose of our marketing activities is to support the utilization and expansion of assets across our midstream energy asset network by increasing the volumes handled by such assets, which results in additional fee-based earnings for each business segment. In performing these support roles, our marketing activities also seek to participate in supply and demand opportunities as a supplemental source of segment gross operating margin for us. The financial results of our marketing efforts fluctuate due to changes in volumes handled and overall market conditions, which are influenced by current and forward market prices for the products bought and sold.

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows are subject to certain risks. For information regarding such risks, see “Risk Factors” included under Part I, Item 1A of this annual report. In addition, our business activities are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing a wide variety of topics, including commercial, operational, environmental, safety and other matters. For a discussion of the principal effects of such laws and regulations on our business activities, see “Regulatory Matters” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 discussion.

For management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources and capital investment program, see Part II, Item 7 of this annual report.

For detailed financial information regarding our business segments, including major customer information, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

NGL Pipelines & Services

This business segment includes our natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities, NGL pipelines, NGL fractionation facilities, NGL and related product storage facilities, and NGL marine terminals.

Natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities

At the core of our natural gas processing business are processing facilities located in Colorado, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, Texas and Wyoming.

In its raw form, natural gas produced at the wellhead (especially in association with crude oil production) contains varying amounts of NGLs such as ethane and propane. Natural gas streams containing NGLs and other impurities are usually not acceptable for transportation in downstream natural gas transmission pipelines or for commercial use as fuel; therefore, the unprocessed natural gas stream must be transported to a natural gas processing facility to remove the NGLs and other impurities. Once the natural gas is processed and the NGLs and impurities are removed, the residue natural gas meets downstream natural gas pipeline and commercial quality specifications.

4

Table of Contents

In general, on an energy-equivalent basis, NGLs have greater economic value as feedstock for petrochemical and motor gasoline production than as components of a natural gas stream. Typical uses of NGLs include the following:

•	Ethane is primarily used in the petrochemical industry as a feedstock in the production of ethylene, one of the basic building blocks for a wide range of plastics and other chemical products.

•	Propane is used for heating, as an engine and industrial fuel, and as a petrochemical feedstock in the production of ethylene and propylene.

•	Normal butane is used as a petrochemical feedstock in the production of ethylene and butadiene (a key ingredient of synthetic rubber), as a blendstock for motor gasoline, and to produce isobutane through isomerization.

•	Isobutane is fractionated from mixed butane (a mixed stream of normal butane and isobutane) or produced from normal butane through the process of isomerization, and is used in refinery alkylation to enhance the octane content of motor gasoline, in the production of isooctane and other octane additives, and in the production of propylene oxide.

•	Natural gasoline, a mixture of pentanes and heavier hydrocarbons, is primarily used as a blendstock for motor gasoline, diluent in crude oil to aid in transportation, and as a petrochemical feedstock.

The results of operations from natural gas processing are primarily dependent on the difference between the revenues we earn from extracting NGLs (in terms of cash processing fees and/or the value of any retained NGLs) and the cost of natural gas and other operating costs incurred in connection with such extraction activities.

Natural gas processing utilizes service contracts that are either fee-based, commodity-based or a combination of the two. Our commodity-based contracts include keepwhole, margin-band, percent-of-liquids, percent-of-proceeds and contracts featuring a combination of commodity and fee-based terms. To the extent we retain all or a portion of the extracted NGLs as consideration for our processing services, we refer to such volumes as our “equity NGL-equivalent production.”

If the operating costs of a natural gas processing facility are higher than the incremental value of the NGLs that would be extracted, then recovery levels of certain NGLs, primarily ethane, may be purposefully reduced. This scenario is typically referred to as “ethane rejection” and results in a reduction in NGL volumes available to us for subsequent transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing.

Our NGL marketing activities entail spot and term sales of NGLs that we take title to through our natural gas processing activities (i.e., our equity NGL-equivalent production) and open market and contract purchases. The results of operations for NGL marketing are primarily dependent on the difference between NGL sales prices and the associated purchase and other costs, including those costs attributable to the use of our other assets by the marketing group. Market prices for NGLs are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply and demand and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. We attempt to mitigate these price risks through the use of commodity derivative instruments. For a discussion of our commodity hedging program, see Part II, Item 7A of this annual report.

5

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected information regarding our natural gas processing assets at February 1, 2026:

						Net Gas		Total Gas		
		Production	Ownership	No. of	Processing		Processing		
		Region		Processing	Capacity		Capacity		
Description of Asset	Location	Served	Interest		Trains (1)	(MMcf/d)		(MMcf/d) (2)		
										
Rocky Mountains										
										
Meeker	Colorado	Piceance	100.0%		2		1,600	1,600		
Pioneer	Wyoming	Green River	100.0%		3		1,400	1,400		
										
Chaco	New Mexico	San Juan	100.0%		2		700	700		
South Texas										
										
Yoakum	Texas	Eagle Ford	100.0%		3		900	900		
Thompsonville	Texas	Eagle Ford	100.0%		1		330	330		
										
Shoup	Texas	Eagle Ford	100.0%		1		280	280		
Armstrong	Texas	Eagle Ford	100.0%		2		250	250		
										
San Martin	Texas	Eagle Ford	100.0%		1		200	200		
Sonora	Texas	Strawn	100.0%		3		90	90		
										
Delaware Basin										
Orla	Texas	Delaware	100.0%		3		900	900		
										
Mentone	Texas	Delaware	100.0%		3		900	900		
Mentone West	Texas	Delaware	100.0%		1		300	300		
										
South Eddy	New Mexico	Delaware	100.0%		1		200	200		
Waha	Texas	Delaware	100.0%		1		150	150		
										
Chaparral	New Mexico	Delaware	100.0%		1		40	40		
Midland Basin										
										
Poseidon	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		300	300		
Leonidas	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		300	300		
										
Orion	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		300	300		
Newberry	Texas	Midland	100.0%		2		260	260		
										
Leiker	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		200	200		
Trident	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		200	200		
										
Taylor	Texas	Midland	100.0%		1		200	200		
Louisiana and Mississippi										
										
Pascagoula	Mississippi	Gulf of Mexico	75.0%	(3)	2		750	1,000		
Neptune	Louisiana	Gulf of Mexico	66.0%	(4)	2		429	650		
										
Venice	Louisiana	Gulf of Mexico	13.1%	(5)	2		98	750		
Carthage										
										
Bulldog	Texas	Cotton Valley	100.0%		1		200	200		
Panola	Texas	Cotton Valley	100.0%		1		120	120		
										
Other										
Indian Springs	Texas	Wilcox-Woodbine	75.0%	(4)	1		75	100		
										
Total							11,672	12,820		

(1)	Each of our natural gas processing assets is comprised of one or more natural gas processing units (referred to as “processing trains”) that are available to handle unprocessed natural gas delivered to each facility. The nameplate capacity of each processing train will vary.
(2)	Total gas processing capacity represents the combined nameplate processing capacity of all processing trains at each facility. Actual processing capacity may differ from nameplate processing capacity due to multiple factors including items such as compression limitations, and quality and composition of the gas being processed.
(3)	We own a 75% consolidated interest in the Pascagoula facility through our majority owned subsidiary, Pascagoula Gas Processing LLC.

(4)	We proportionately consolidate our undivided interests in these operating assets.

(5)	Our 13.1% ownership in Venice is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Venice Energy Services Company, L.L.C.

We operate all of our natural gas processing assets except for Venice. On a weighted-average basis, utilization rates for our natural gas processing facilities were approximately 67.8%, 68.4% and 69.6% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

6

Table of Contents

Delaware Basin natural gas processing. Our natural gas processing assets that support customer production in the Delaware Basin consist of ten natural gas processing trains, including a natural gas processing train at Mentone West, which was placed into service in the third quarter of 2025.

In response to increasing production and new contracts with our customers, we are constructing an additional natural gas processing train at our Mentone West location, which is expected to be placed into service in the first quarter of 2026. This natural gas processing train will have the capacity to process 300 MMcf/d of natural gas and extract over 40 MBPD of NGLs and is supported by long-term acreage dedication agreements and minimum volume commitments.

Midland Basin natural gas processing. Our natural gas processing assets that support customer production in the Midland Basin consist of eight natural gas processing trains, including an eighth natural gas processing train (“Orion”), which we completed construction of and placed into service in the third quarter of 2025.

In response to increasing production and new contracts with our customers, we are constructing a ninth natural gas processing train (“Athena”), which is expected to be placed into service in the fourth quarter of 2026. This train will have the capacity to process 300 MMcf/d of natural gas and extract over 40 MBPD of NGLs and is supported by long-term acreage dedication agreements.

Our NGL marketing activities utilize a fleet of approximately 470 railcars, the majority of which are leased from third parties. These railcars are used to deliver feedstocks to our facilities and to distribute NGLs throughout the U.S. and parts of Canada. We have rail loading and unloading capabilities at certain of our terminal facilities in Arizona, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Mississippi, New York, North Carolina and Texas. These facilities service both our rail shipments and those of our customers. Our NGL marketing activities also utilize a fleet of approximately 200 tractor-trailer tank trucks that are used to transport LPG for us and on behalf of third parties. We lease and operate the majority of these trucks.

NGL pipelines

Our NGL pipelines transport mixed NGLs from natural gas processing facilities, refineries and marine terminals to downstream fractionation plants and storage facilities; gather and distribute purity NGL products to and from fractionation plants, storage and terminal facilities, petrochemical plants, refineries and export facilities; and deliver propane and ethane to destinations along our pipeline systems.

The results of operations from our NGL pipelines are primarily dependent upon the volume of NGLs transported (or capacity reserved) and the associated fees we charge for such transportation services. Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies, including the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”), or contractual arrangements. See “Regulatory Matters” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 for information regarding governmental regulation of our liquids pipelines.

7

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected information regarding our NGL pipelines at February 1, 2026:

				Approximate		
		Ownership		Pipeline		
				Length		
Description of Asset	Location(s)	Interest		(Miles)		
						
Mid-America Pipeline System (1)	Midwest and Western U.S.	100.0%		7,120		
South Texas NGL Pipeline System	Texas	100.0%		1,790		
						
Dixie Pipeline (1)	South and Southeastern U.S.	100.0%		1,300		
ATEX (1)	Texas to Midwest and Northeast U.S.	100.0%		1,210		
						
Louisiana Pipeline System (1)	Louisiana	100.0%		930		
Seminole NGL Pipeline (1,3)	Texas	100.0%		720		
						
Shin Oak NGL Pipeline	Texas	67.0%	(4)	670		
Texas Express Pipeline (1)	Texas	35.0%	(5)	590		
						
Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline (1)	Texas, Oklahoma	50.0%	(6)	570		
Chaparral NGL System	Texas, New Mexico	100.0%		570		
						
Bahia NGL Pipeline	Texas	60.0%	(7)	550		
Front Range Pipeline (1)	Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas	33.3%	(8)	450		
						
Houston Ship Channel Pipeline System	Texas	100.0%		320		
Panola Pipeline (1)	Texas	70.0%	(9)	250		
						
Rio Grande Pipeline (1)	Texas	100.0%		250		
Aegis Ethane Pipeline (1)	Texas, Louisiana	100.0%		230		
						
Lou-Tex NGL Pipeline (1)	Texas, Louisiana	100.0%		210		
Promix NGL Gathering System	Louisiana	50.0%	(10)	190		
						
Tri-States NGL Pipeline (1)	Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana	83.3%	(11)	170		
Texas Express Gathering System	Texas	45.0%	(12)	140		
					
Others (nine systems) (2)	Various	Various (13)	620		
Total				18,850		

(1)	Interstate transportation services provided on these liquids pipelines, in whole or part, are regulated by federal governmental agencies.

(2)	Includes our Belle Rose and Wilprise pipelines located in the coastal regions of Louisiana; two pipelines located near Port Arthur in southeast Texas; our San Jacinto pipeline located in East Texas; our Permian NGL lateral pipelines located in New Mexico; Leveret pipeline in West Texas and New Mexico; Enterprise Ethane Pipeline in Texas; and a pipeline in Colorado associated with our Meeker facility. Transportation services provided on the Wilprise and Leveret pipelines are regulated by federal governmental agencies.
(3)	Pipeline mileage shown for the Seminole NGL Pipeline excludes approximately 380 miles converted to crude oil service in January 2026 and used by our Midland-to-ECHO 2 pipeline.

(4)	We own a 67% consolidated interest in the Shin Oak NGL Pipeline through our majority owned subsidiary, Breviloba, LLC.

(5)	Our 35% ownership interest in the Texas Express Pipeline is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Texas Express Pipeline LLC.

(6)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline Company, L.L.C.

(7)	In December 2025, we sold a 40% undivided ownership interest in the Bahia NGL Pipeline to ExxonMobil. We proportionately consolidate our 60% undivided interest in the Bahia NGL Pipeline.
(8)	Our 33.3% ownership interest in the Front Range Pipeline is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Front Range Pipeline LLC.

(9)	We own a 70% consolidated interest in the Panola Pipeline through our majority owned subsidiary, Panola Pipeline Company, LLC (“Panola”).

(10)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Promix NGL Gathering System is held indirectly through our equity method investment in K/D/S Promix, L.L.C.

(11)	We own an 83.3% consolidated interest in the Tri-States NGL Pipeline through our majority owned subsidiary, Tri-States NGL Pipeline, L.L.C.

(12)	Our 45% ownership interest in the Texas Express Gathering System is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Texas Express Gathering LLC.

(13)	We proportionately consolidate our 50% undivided interest in a 50-mile segment of the Port Arthur pipelines. The remainder of these NGL pipelines are wholly owned.

The maximum number of barrels per day that our NGL pipelines can transport depends on the operating rates achieved at a given point in time between various segments of each system (e.g., demand levels at each injection and delivery point and the mix of products being transported). As a result, we measure the utilization rates of our NGL pipelines in terms of net throughput, which reflects throughput for assets owned by consolidated entities on a 100% basis and throughput for assets owned by our unconsolidated affiliates net to our ownership interest. In the aggregate, net throughput volumes for these pipelines were 4,646 MBPD, 4,426 MBPD and 4,116 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

8

Table of Contents

We operate our NGL pipelines with the exception of the Texas Express Gathering System. The following information describes our principal NGL pipelines:

•	The Mid-America Pipeline System is an NGL pipeline system consisting of the 2,410-mile Rocky Mountain pipeline, the 2,020-mile Conway North pipeline, the 630-mile Ethane-Propane (“EP”) Mix pipeline, and the 2,060-mile Conway South pipeline. The Rocky Mountain pipeline transports mixed NGLs from production fields located in the Rocky Mountain Overthrust and San Juan Basin to the Hobbs NGL hub located on the Texas-New Mexico border. The Conway North segment links the NGL hub at Conway, Kansas to refineries, petrochemical plants and propane markets in the upper Midwest. NGL hubs provide buyers and sellers with a centralized location for the storage and pricing of products, while also providing connections to intrastate and/or interstate pipelines. The EP Mix segment transports EP mix from the Conway hub to petrochemical plants in Iowa and Illinois. The Conway South pipeline connects the Conway hub with Kansas refineries and provides bi-directional transportation of NGLs between the Conway and Hobbs hubs. At the Hobbs NGL hub, the Mid-America Pipeline System interconnects with our Seminole NGL Pipeline and Hobbs NGL fractionation and storage facility. The Mid-America Pipeline System is also connected to 18 non-regulated NGL terminals, 17 of which we own and operate.

•	The South Texas NGL Pipeline System is a network of NGL gathering and transportation pipelines located in South Texas that gather and transport mixed NGLs from natural gas processing facilities (owned by either us or third parties) to our NGL fractionators located in South Texas and in Chambers County, Texas. In addition, this system transports purity NGL products from our South Texas NGL fractionators to refineries and petrochemical plants located between Corpus Christi, Texas and Houston, Texas and within the Texas City-Houston area, as well as to interconnects with other NGL pipelines and to our Mont Belvieu area storage complex. The South Texas NGL Pipeline System extends our ethane header system from Chambers County, Texas to Corpus Christi, Texas.

•	The Dixie Pipeline transports propane and other NGLs from locations in southeast Texas, south Louisiana and Mississippi to markets in the southeastern U.S. The Dixie Pipeline operates in seven states: Alabama, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas, and is connected to eight non-regulated propane terminals that we own and operate.

•	The Appalachia-to-Texas Express, or ATEX, pipeline transports ethane in southbound service from third-party owned NGL fractionation plants located in Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia to our Mont Belvieu area storage complex. Ethane originating at these fractionation facilities is sourced from the Marcellus and Utica Shale production areas. ATEX operates in nine states: Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Missouri, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas and West Virginia.

•	The Louisiana Pipeline System is a network of NGL pipelines that transport NGLs originating in Louisiana and Texas to refineries and petrochemical plants located along the Mississippi River corridor in southern Louisiana. This system also provides transportation services for our natural gas processing facilities, NGL fractionators and other assets located in Louisiana.

•	The Seminole NGL Pipeline transports NGLs from the Hobbs hub and the Permian Basin to markets in southeast Texas, including our Mont Belvieu area fractionation and storage complex. NGLs originating on the Mid-America Pipeline System are a significant source of throughput for the Seminole NGL Pipeline.

In January 2026, we completed the conversion of a portion of one of the two pipelines comprising the Seminole NGL Pipeline System from NGL service to crude oil service. The converted segment, which extends from Midland, Texas to Sealy, Texas, makes up substantially all of our Midland-to-ECHO 2 crude oil pipeline. The conversion did not reduce our overall NGL transportation throughput volumes since displaced NGLs are transported using our other NGL pipelines, including our Bahia NGL Pipeline. We retain the flexibility to keep this pipeline in crude oil service or convert it to NGL or other liquid hydrocarbons service depending on future market conditions.

See “Crude Oil Pipelines & Services Segment - Crude Oil Pipelines” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 for additional information regarding our Midland-to-ECHO System.

•	The Shin Oak NGL Pipeline transports NGL production from Orla, Texas in the Permian Basin to our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex.

9

Table of Contents

•	The Texas Express Pipeline extends from Skellytown, Texas to our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex. Mixed NGLs from production fields located in the Rocky Mountains, Permian Basin and Mid-Continent regions are delivered to the Texas Express Pipeline via an interconnect with our Mid-America Pipeline System near Skellytown. In addition, the Texas Express Pipeline transports mixed NGLs gathered by the Texas Express Gathering System. Also, mixed NGLs originating from the Denver-Julesburg (“DJ”) Basin in Colorado are transported to the Texas Express Pipeline using the Front Range Pipeline.

•	The Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline transports mixed NGLs from Skellytown, Texas to Chambers County, Texas. The Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline receives a significant quantity of NGLs through an interconnect with our Mid-America Pipeline System at Skellytown.

•	The Chaparral NGL System transports mixed NGLs from natural gas processing facilities located in West Texas and New Mexico to interconnects with our NGL pipelines, which will have destinations at our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex. This system consists of the 390-mile Chaparral Pipeline and the 180-mile Quanah Pipeline. Intrastate transportation services provided on the Chaparral Pipeline are regulated; however, transportation services provided by the Quanah pipeline are not.

•	The Bahia NGL Pipeline, which was placed into service in December 2025, transports NGL production from the Permian Basin to our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex. The Bahia NGL Pipeline has a design capacity of 600 MBPD and consists of a 24-inch diameter segment originating in the Delaware Basin that connects to a 30-inch diameter segment from the Midland Basin to Chambers County, Texas.

In December 2025, we sold a 40% undivided joint interest in the Bahia NGL pipeline to ExxonMobil for total cash proceeds of approximately $655 million. In connection with the closing of this transaction, Enterprise and ExxonMobil agreed to expand the capacity of the Bahia NGL Pipeline by 400 MBPD through the addition of incremental pumping capacity, which will increase the pipeline’s total capacity to 1.0 MMBPD.

In addition, Enterprise and ExxonMobil agreed to construct a 92-mile pipeline from ExxonMobil’s Cowboy natural gas processing plant in Eddy County, New Mexico to the Bahia NGL Pipeline’s origin point in the Delaware Basin (the “Cowboy Extension”). The Cowboy Extension will also connect to multiple Enterprise-owned natural gas processing facilities in the Delaware Basin. We will own a 30% undivided joint interest in the Cowboy Extension.

The expansion and extension are expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2027. We will serve as operator of the combined system.

See Part II, Item 7 and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report for additional information regarding the sale of the undivided joint interest in our Bahia NGL Pipeline.

•	The Front Range Pipeline transports mixed NGLs from natural gas processing facilities located in the DJ Basin in Colorado to an interconnect with our Texas Express Pipeline, Mid-America Pipeline System and other third-party facilities located at Skellytown, Texas.

•	The Houston Ship Channel Pipeline System connects our assets located in Chambers County, Texas to our marine terminals on the Houston Ship Channel and to area petrochemical plants, refineries and other pipelines.

•	The Panola Pipeline transports mixed NGLs from injection points near Carthage, Texas to Chambers County, Texas and supports the Haynesville and Cotton Valley crude oil and natural gas production areas.

•	The Rio Grande Pipeline transports mixed NGLs from near Odessa, Texas to a pipeline interconnect at the Mexican border south of El Paso, Texas.

•	The Aegis Ethane Pipeline (“Aegis”) delivers purity ethane to petrochemical facilities located along the southeast Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. Aegis, when combined with our Enterprise Ethane Pipeline and a portion of our South Texas NGL Pipeline System, forms an ethane header system stretching from Corpus Christi, Texas to the Mississippi River in Louisiana.

10

Table of Contents

•	The Lou-Tex NGL Pipeline transports mixed NGLs, purity NGL products and refinery grade propylene (“RGP”) between the Louisiana and Texas markets.

NGL fractionation and related facilities

Our NGL fractionators separate mixed NGLs into purity NGL products for third-party customers and our NGL marketing activities. Mixed NGLs extracted by domestic natural gas processing facilities represent the largest source of volumes processed at our NGL fractionators. Based upon industry data, we believe that sufficient volumes of mixed NGLs, especially those originating from natural gas processing facilities located in West Texas, will be available for fractionation for the foreseeable future.

The results of operations from our NGL fractionation business are generally dependent upon the volume of mixed NGLs fractionated and the level of fractionation fees charged. Under fee-based fractionation contracts, customers retain title to the NGLs that we process for them.

The following table presents selected information regarding our NGL fractionation facilities at February 1, 2026:

		Ownership		Net Plant		Total Plant		
				Capacity		Capacity		
Description of Asset	Location	Interest		(MBPD) (1)		(MBPD) (2)		
								
NGL fractionation facilities:								
								
Mont Belvieu area:								
Fracs 1, 2 and 3	Texas	75.0%	(3)		189	245		
								
Fracs 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 14	Texas	100.0%			1,090	1,090		
Total Mont Belvieu area					1,279	1,335		
								
Shoup and Armstrong	Texas	100.0%			97	97		
Hobbs	Texas	100.0%			75	75		
								
Norco	Louisiana	100.0%			75	75		
Promix	Louisiana	50.0%	(4)		73	145		
								
Tebone	Louisiana	100.0%			30	30		
Baton Rouge	Louisiana	32.2%	(5)		19	60		
								
Total					1,648	1,817		

(1)	The approximate net plant capacity does not necessarily correspond to our ownership interest in each facility. The capacity is based on a variety of factors such as the level of volumes an owner processes at the facility and contractual arrangements with joint owners.
(2)	Total plant capacity reflects nameplate capacity at our fractionation facilities. Actual fractionation capacity, which may routinely exceed nameplate capacity, can vary based on operating conditions including the composition of the NGLs being processed.
(3)	We proportionately consolidate a 75% undivided interest in these fractionators.

(4)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Promix NGL fractionator is held indirectly through our equity method investment in K/D/S Promix, L.L.C.

(5)	Our 32.2% ownership interest in the Baton Rouge fractionator is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Baton Rouge Fractionators LLC.

On a weighted-average basis, the overall utilization rates for our NGL fractionators (based on nameplate capacities) were 99.6%, 106.4% and 106.0% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following information describes our principal NGL fractionators, all of which we operate:

•	We own and operate NGL fractionators located in Mont Belvieu, Texas and surrounding areas of Chambers County, Texas (collectively, the “Mont Belvieu area”). These fractionators process mixed NGLs from several major NGL supply basins in North America, including the Permian Basin, Rocky Mountains, Eagle Ford Shale, Mid-Continent and San Juan Basin. Our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionators are connected to our network of NGL supply and distribution pipelines, approximately 170 MMBbls of underground salt dome storage capacity, along with access to international markets through our marine terminals located on the Houston Ship Channel and Neches River.

During the fourth quarter of 2025, we placed into service NGL fractionator 14 (“Frac 14”) and an associated deisobutanizer (“DIB”) unit in the Mont Belvieu area. Frac 14, which has a design nameplate capacity of 150 MBPD, is capable of fractionating up to 195 MBPD of NGLs.

•	The Shoup and Armstrong NGL fractionators in South Texas process mixed NGLs supplied by regional natural gas processing facilities. Purity NGL products from these fractionators are transported to local markets in the Corpus Christi area and also to Chambers County, Texas using our South Texas NGL Pipeline System.

11

Table of Contents

•	The Hobbs NGL fractionator serves NGL producers in West Texas, New Mexico, Colorado and Wyoming. This fractionator receives mixed NGLs from several major supply basins, including the Mid-Continent, Permian Basin, San Juan Basin and Rocky Mountains. The facility is located at the interconnect of our Mid-America Pipeline System and Seminole NGL Pipeline, thus providing customers access to the Conway hub and Chambers County, Texas.

•	The Norco NGL fractionator receives mixed NGLs from refineries and natural gas processing facilities located in southern Louisiana and along the Mississippi and Alabama Gulf Coast, including our Pascagoula and Venice facilities.

We also own and operate a 60 MBPD natural gasoline hydrotreater facility at our Mont Belvieu area complex along with related storage and pipeline infrastructure, which is designed to lower the sulfur content of natural gasoline.

NGL and related product storage facilities

We utilize underground salt dome storage caverns and above-ground storage tanks to store mixed and purity NGLs, petrochemicals and related products that are owned by us and our customers. The results of operations from our storage facilities are dependent upon the level of storage capacity reserved by customers, the volume of product delivered into and withdrawn from storage, and the fees associated with each activity.

The following table presents selected information regarding our NGL and related product storage assets at February 1, 2026:

			Net Usable		
		Ownership	Storage		
			Capacity		
Description of Asset	Location	Interest	(MMBbls) (1)		
					
Mont Belvieu area storage complex	Texas	100.0%	169.5		
Almeda and Markham (2)	Texas	Leased	12.4		
					
Breaux Bridge, Anse La Butte and Sorrento (3)	Louisiana	100.0%	11.0		
Petal (4)	Mississippi	100.0%	5.4		
					
Hutchinson (5)	Kansas	100.0%	4.0		
Others (6)	Various	Various	16.2		
					
Total			218.5		

(1)	Net usable storage capacity is based on our ownership interest or contractual right-of-use.

(2)	These storage facilities are used in connection with our South Texas NGL Pipeline System.

(3)	These storage facilities are used in connection with our Louisiana Pipeline System.

(4)	This storage facility is used in connection with our Dixie Pipeline.

(5)	This storage facility is used in connection with our Mid-America Pipeline System.

(6)	Primarily consists of operational storage capacity for certain of our major pipeline systems and terminal assets, including the Mid-America Pipeline System, Dixie Pipeline and TE Products Pipeline. We own substantially all of this storage capacity.

We operate substantially all of our NGL and related product storage facilities.

Our largest underground storage facility is located in the Mont Belvieu area. This facility consists of 37 underground salt dome caverns used to store and redeliver mixed and purity NGLs, petrochemicals and related products. This facility has an aggregate usable storage capacity of 169.5 MMBbls, a brine system with approximately 36 MMBbls of above-ground brine storage capacity and three wells used in brine production.

NGL marine terminals and related operations

We own and operate marine terminals (export and import) that handle NGLs. The results of operations from our NGL marine terminals are primarily dependent upon the level of volumes handled (loading and unloading) and the associated fees we charge for such services.

12

Table of Contents

The following information describes our marine terminals, all of which we operate:

•	The Enterprise Hydrocarbons Terminal (“EHT”) provides terminaling services to exporters, marketers, distributors, chemical companies and major integrated oil companies. EHT has extensive waterfront access consisting of eight deep-water ship docks and a barge dock. The terminal can accommodate vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including Suezmax tankers, which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship Channel. We believe that our location on the Houston Ship Channel enables us to handle larger vessels than our competitors because our waterfront has fewer draft and beam (width) restrictions. The size and structure of our waterfront allows us to receive and unload products for our customers and provide terminaling services.

EHT can load refrigerated cargoes of low-ethane propane and/or butane (collectively referred to as LPG) onto multiple tanker vessels simultaneously. Our LPG export services continue to benefit from increased NGL supplies produced from domestic shale plays, international demand for propane as a feedstock in ethylene and propylene production, and for power generation and heating purposes. The current estimated maximum loading capacity for LPG at EHT is approximately 835 MBPD. EHT has the capability to load up to six Very Large Gas Carrier (“VLGC”) vessels simultaneously, while maintaining the option to switch between loading propane and butane. EHT can load a single VLGC in less than 24 hours, creating greater efficiencies and cost savings for our customers. LPG loading volumes at EHT averaged 697 MBPD, 702 MBPD and 623 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

In July 2024, we announced plans to move forward with the construction of a fourth refrigeration train at EHT. The addition of a fourth refrigeration train (“Ref 4”), which is expected to be placed into service by the end of 2026, will increase our propane and butane export capabilities by approximately 300 MBPD. In addition to providing incremental LPG export capacity, Ref 4 will increase the instantaneous loading rates for propane and butane at EHT, while also making additional capacity available for propylene exports.

The primary customer of EHT is our NGL marketing group, which uses the terminal to meet the needs of export customers. NGL marketing transacts with these customers using long-term sales contracts with take-or-pay provisions and/or exchange agreements. In recent years, the U.S. has become the largest exporter of LPG in the world, with shipments originating from EHT playing a key role.

EHT also includes an NGL import terminal. This import terminal can offload NGLs from tanker vessels at rates up to 5,000 barrels per hour depending on the product. Our NGL import volumes for the last three years were minimal.

EHT also provides terminaling services involving crude oil, propylene and refined products. EHT’s assets and activities associated with crude oil terminaling and storage are a component of our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services business segment. EHT’s activities involving propylene and refined products are a component of our Petrochemical & Refined Products Services business segment.

•	The Morgan’s Point Ethane Export Terminal, located on the Houston Ship Channel, has a nameplate loading capacity of approximately 10,000 barrels per hour of fully refrigerated ethane. In December 2025, we completed a project that added 0.9 MMBbls of incremental storage capacity, which further enhanced our loading capabilities. In addition, one of the terminal’s 120 MBPD refrigeration trains is capable of refrigerating either ethane or ethylene, providing operational flexibility to accommodate changing market conditions.

The terminal supports domestic production of U.S. ethane from shale plays by providing the global petrochemical industry with access to a low-cost feedstock option and opportunities for supply diversification. Ethane volumes handled by the terminal are sourced from our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex. Ethane loading volumes at the terminal averaged 232 MBPD, 213 MBPD and 198 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

See "Petrochemicals & Refined Products Services Segment – Ethylene export terminal and related operations” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 for additional information regarding our ethylene export terminal.

13

Table of Contents

•	Neches River Ethane / Propane Export Facility. In July 2025, we placed into service the first phase of our new ethane / propane export facility located on the Neches River in Orange County, Texas. This phase included the completion of a loading dock, an ethane refrigeration train with a nameplate capacity of 120 MBPD and 0.9 MMBbls of ethane storage capacity. Ethane volumes handled by the terminal are sourced from our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation and storage complex. The second phase of the project, which will add a second refrigeration train capable of loading up to 180 MBPD of ethane, 360 MBPD of propane, or a combination thereof, is expected to begin service in the first half of 2026.

Crude Oil Pipelines & Services

This business segment includes our crude oil pipelines, crude oil storage and marine terminals, and related crude oil marketing activities.

Crude oil pipelines

We have crude oil gathering and transportation pipelines located in Oklahoma, New Mexico and Texas. The results of operations from our crude oil pipelines are primarily dependent upon the volume of crude oil transported (or capacity reserved) and the associated fees we charge for such transportation services. Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies, including the FERC, or contractual arrangements. See “Regulatory Matters” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 for information regarding governmental regulation of our liquids pipelines.

The following table presents selected information regarding our crude oil pipelines and related operations at February 1, 2026:

				Operational		Approximate		
		Ownership		Storage		Pipeline		
				Capacity		Length		
Description of Asset	Location(s)	Interest		(MMBbls) (2)		(Miles)		
							
Midland-to-ECHO System	Texas	Various (3)	3.9	1,380		
Seaway Pipeline (1)	Texas, Oklahoma	50.0%	(4)		9.8	1,270		
								
West Texas System (1)	Texas, New Mexico	100.0%			1.4	1,070		
Basin Pipeline (1)	Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma	13.0%	(5)		5.2	600		
								
South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System	Texas	100.0%			5.6	440		
EFS Midstream System	Texas	100.0%			0.3	500		
								
Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline System	Texas	50.0%	(6)		4.5	390		
Total					30.7	5,650		

(1)	Transportation services provided on these liquids pipelines are regulated, in whole or part, by federal governmental agencies.

(2)	Operational storage capacity amounts presented on a gross basis.

(3)	We proportionately consolidate our 29% undivided interest in the approximately 520-mile Midland-to-Webster pipeline, which we refer to as the Midland-to-ECHO 3 Pipeline. The remainder of this system relates to our Midland-to-ECHO 1 Pipeline and Midland-to-ECHO 2 Pipeline, which are wholly owned.
(4)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Seaway Pipeline is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Seaway Crude Holdings LLC (“Seaway”).

(5)	We proportionately consolidate our 13% undivided interest in the Basin Pipeline.

(6)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline System is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC.

The maximum number of barrels per day that our crude oil pipelines can transport depends on the operating rates achieved at a given point in time between various segments of each system (e.g., demand levels at each delivery point and the grades of crude oil being transported). As a result, we measure the utilization rates of our crude oil pipelines in terms of net throughput, which reflects throughput for assets owned by consolidated entities on a 100% basis and throughput for assets owned by our unconsolidated affiliates net to our ownership interest. In the aggregate, net throughput volumes for these pipelines were 2,578 MBPD, 2,528 MBPD and 2,552 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

14

Table of Contents

We operate our crude oil pipelines with the exception of the Basin Pipeline, Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline System and Midland-to-ECHO 3 Pipeline. The following information describes our principal crude oil pipelines:

•	The Midland-to-ECHO System supports Permian Basin crude oil production by providing producers and other shippers with transportation solutions that are both cost-efficient and operationally flexible. After aggregating crude at our Midland terminal, the system has the capability to transport multiple grades of crude oil, including West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”), West Texas Light sweet crude oil (“West Texas Light”), West Texas Sour, and condensate, to our Enterprise Crude Houston (“ECHO”) storage terminal (using batched shipments to safeguard crude quality) for further delivery to markets along the Gulf Coast. Using the ECHO terminal, shippers on the Midland-to-ECHO System have access to every refinery in Houston, Texas City, Beaumont and Port Arthur, Texas, as well as our crude oil export terminal facilities.

The Midland-to-ECHO 1 Pipeline originates at our Midland terminal and extends approximately 420 miles to our Sealy storage terminal. Volumes arriving at Sealy are then transported to our ECHO terminal using the Rancho II pipeline, which is a component of our South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System. The Midland-to-ECHO 1 Pipeline has an approximate maximum transportation capacity of up to 620 MBPD, depending on certain operational variables.

The Midland-to-ECHO 3 Pipeline extends from Midland, Texas to our ECHO terminal, and further from ECHO to a third-party terminal in Webster, Texas (collectively, the “Midland-to-Webster pipeline”). The maximum transportation capacity on the Midland-to-Webster pipeline is approximately 450 MBPD.

In January 2026, we completed the conversion of the Midland-to-Sealy segment of one of our two Seminole NGL pipelines from NGL service back to crude oil service as the Midland-to-ECHO 2 pipeline. The pipeline originates at our Midland terminal and extends approximately 440 miles to our Sealy terminal, with crude oil volumes arriving at Sealy transported to our ECHO terminal using the Rancho II pipeline. The Midland-to-ECHO 2 pipeline provides us with up to 225 MBPD of incremental crude oil transportation capacity. We retain the flexibility to keep this pipeline in crude oil service or convert it to NGL or other liquid hydrocarbons service depending on future market conditions.

•	The Seaway Pipeline connects the Cushing, Oklahoma crude oil hub with markets in southeast Texas. The Seaway Pipeline is comprised of the Longhaul System, the Freeport System and the Texas City System. The Cushing hub is an industry trading hub and price settlement point for WTI crude oil on the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”).

The Longhaul System consists of two approximately 500-mile pipelines (Seaway I and the Seaway Loop) that provide north-to-south transportation of crude oil from the Cushing hub to Seaway’s Jones Creek terminal located near Freeport, Texas. The aggregate transportation capacity of the Longhaul System is approximately 950 MBPD, depending on the type and mix of crude oil being transported and other variables. The Jones Creek terminal is connected by pipeline to our ECHO terminal, which enables Seaway to serve a variety of customers along the upper Texas Gulf Coast including the Beaumont/Port Arthur area.

The Freeport System consists of a marine terminal that facilitates both crude oil imports and exports, along with pipelines that transport crude oil to and from Freeport, Texas and the Jones Creek terminal.

The Texas City System consists of a marine terminal and storage tanks, various pipelines and related infrastructure used to transport crude oil to refineries in the Texas City, Texas area and to and from terminals in the Galena Park, Texas area, our ECHO terminal and locations along the Houston Ship Channel. The Texas City System also receives production from certain offshore Gulf of Mexico developments. The intrastate pipeline transportation capacity of the Freeport System and Texas City System is approximately 516 MBPD and 840 MBPD, respectively.

Seaway’s Texas City marine terminal features two docks, a 45-foot draft, an overall length of 1,125 feet, a 200-foot beam (width) and the capacity to load crude oil at a rate of 35,000 barrels per hour. We have used Seaway’s Texas City terminal to partially load Very Large Crude Carrier (“VLCC”) tankers, with the remaining volumes subsequently loaded on such vessels using reverse lightering operations in the Gulf of Mexico.

15

Table of Contents

•	The West Texas System connects crude oil gathering systems in West Texas and southeast New Mexico to our terminal facility located in Midland, Texas. The West Texas System, including the Loving County pipeline, is a key part of our strategic crude oil aggregation program designed to support Permian Basin producers with a transport capacity over 600 MBPD. At Midland, shippers have access to storage and terminal services, as well as connectivity to multiple transportation alternatives such as trucking and pipeline infrastructure that offer access to various downstream markets, including the Gulf Coast.

•	The Basin Pipeline transports crude oil from the Permian Basin in West Texas and southern New Mexico to the Cushing hub.

•	The South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System has the capacity to transport approximately 450 MBPD of crude oil and condensate originating in South Texas to customers in the Houston area. This system includes storage terminal assets located at Lyssy, Milton, Marshall and Sealy, Texas. The South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System also includes our Rancho II pipeline, which extends approximately 90 miles from the Sealy terminal to our ECHO terminal. From ECHO, we have connectivity to refinery customers and our marine terminals along the Texas Gulf Coast.

•	The EFS Midstream System serves producers in the Eagle Ford Shale by providing condensate gathering and processing services as well as gathering, treating and compression services for associated natural gas. The EFS Midstream System includes approximately 500 miles of gathering pipelines, 11 central gathering plants having a combined condensate storage capacity of 0.3 MMBbls, 201 MBPD of condensate stabilization capacity and 1.0 Bcf/d of associated natural gas treating capacity.

•	The Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline System transports crude oil and condensate for producers in South Texas and the Permian Basin. The system, which is effectively looped and has a capacity to transport over 600 MBPD of light and medium grades of crude oil, consists of approximately 390 miles of crude oil and condensate pipelines originating in Gardendale, Texas and extending to Corpus Christi, Texas. The system interconnects with third-party pipelines in Gardendale, Texas, our South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System in Wilson County, Texas and the Corpus Christi marine terminal.

Crude oil terminals

In addition to the operational storage capacity associated with our crude oil pipelines, we also own and operate crude oil terminals located in Houston, Midland and Beaumont, Texas and Cushing, Oklahoma that are used to store crude oil for us and our customers. In conjunction with other aspects of our midstream network, our crude oil terminals provide Gulf Coast refiners with an integrated system featuring supply diversification, significant storage capabilities and a high capacity pipeline distribution system. Our system has access to an aggregate refining capacity of approximately 8 MMBPD.

The results of operations from crude oil terminals are primarily dependent upon the level of volumes stored and the length of time such storage occurs, including the level of firm storage capacity reserved, pumpover volumes and the fees associated with each activity. If the terminal offers marine services, the results of operations from these activities are primarily dependent upon the level of volumes handled (loading and unloading) and the associated fees we charge for such services.

16

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected information regarding our crude oil terminals at February 1, 2026:

		Ownership	Number of	Net Storage		
			Above-Ground	Capacity		
Description of Asset	Location	Interest		Tanks in Service	(MMBbls)		
							
EHT (crude oil)	Texas	100.0%		81	23.9		
ECHO (1)	Texas	100.0%		15	6.6		
							
Midland (2)	Texas	100.0%		13	5.2		
Beaumont Marine West	Texas	100.0%		12	4.2		
							
Cushing	Oklahoma	100.0%		20	3.4		
Corpus Christi	Texas	50.0%	(3)	4	0.7		
							
Total				145	44.0		

(1)	Number of tanks and storage capacity excludes three tanks that are used in the operation of our Midland-to-ECHO 1 pipeline and three tanks owned by Seaway.

(2)	Number of tanks and storage capacity excludes three tanks that are used in the operation of our Midland-to-ECHO 1 pipeline.

(3)	Our 50% ownership interest in the terminal is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC.

The following information describes our principal crude oil terminals, all of which we operate with the exception of the Corpus Christi terminal.

•	The EHT marine terminal located on the Houston Ship Channel includes export assets capable of loading up to 2.9 MMBPD of crude oil. The crude oil terminal at EHT represents one of the largest such facilities on the Gulf Coast. As noted previously, EHT can accommodate vessels with up to a 45-foot draft, including Suezmax tankers, which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship Channel.

•	The ECHO terminal is located in Houston, Texas and provides storage customers with access to major refineries located in the Houston, Texas City and Beaumont/Port Arthur areas. Beginning in March 2022, the ECHO terminal became one of two physical delivery points for the Midland WTI American Gulf Coast futures contract (“HOU”) traded on the Intercontinental Exchange (“ICE”). ECHO also has connections to marine terminals, including EHT, that provide access to any refinery on the U.S. Gulf Coast and international markets.

•	The Midland terminal provides crude oil storage, pumpover and trade documentation services. The Midland terminal is the origination point for our Midland-to-ECHO pipelines.

•	The Beaumont Marine West marine terminal is located on the Neches River near Beaumont, Texas. This terminal includes three deep-water docks and one barge dock that facilitate the exporting and importing of crude oil and related products.

•	The Cushing terminal is located at the Cushing hub in Oklahoma and provides crude oil storage, pumpover and trade documentation services. This terminal is one of the origination points for our Seaway Pipeline.

•	The Corpus Christi marine terminal, located in Corpus Christi, Texas, is capable of loading ocean-going vessels with either crude oil or condensate. The terminal includes one deep-water ship dock and serves Eagle Ford Shale and Permian Basin producers through a connection with our Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline System.

Sea Port Oil Terminal. The Sea Port Oil Terminal (“SPOT”) is a proposed deepwater crude oil export facility to be located in the Gulf of Mexico. SPOT would consist of proposed onshore and offshore facilities, including a fixed platform located approximately 30 nautical miles off the Texas coast in approximately 115 feet of water. SPOT is designed to load VLCCs and other crude oil tankers at rates of approximately 85,000 barrels per hour. The platform would be connected to an onshore storage facility with approximately 4.8 MMBbls of capacity in Brazoria County, Texas, by two 36-inch, bi-directional pipelines. The SPOT project includes state-of-the-art pipeline control, vapor recovery and leak detection systems that are designed to minimize emissions. SPOT would provide customers with an integrated export solution that leverages our extensive supply, storage and distribution network along the Gulf Coast.

In April 2024, we received the deepwater port license for SPOT from the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Maritime Administration. While we have not made a final investment decision, we continue to hold the license and monitor customer demand for this project.

17

Table of Contents

Crude oil marketing activities

Our crude oil marketing activities generate revenues from the sale and delivery of crude oil and condensate purchased either directly from producers or from others on the open market. The results of operations from our crude oil marketing activities are primarily dependent upon the difference, or spread, between crude oil and condensate sales prices and the associated purchase and other costs, including those costs attributable to the use of our assets. In general, sales prices referenced in the underlying contracts are market-based and include pricing differentials for factors such as delivery location or crude oil quality. We use derivative instruments to mitigate our exposure to commodity price risks associated with our crude oil marketing activities. For a discussion of our commodity hedging program, see Part II, Item 7A of this annual report.

Our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services segment also includes a fleet of approximately 200 tractor-trailer tank trucks, the majority of which we own and operate, that are used to transport crude oil.

Natural Gas Pipelines & Services

This business segment includes our natural gas pipeline systems that provide for the gathering, treating and transportation of natural gas. This segment also includes our natural gas marketing activities.

Natural gas pipelines and related storage assets

Our natural gas gathering pipeline systems gather, treat and transport natural gas from production developments to regional natural gas plants for further processing. Our natural gas transmission pipelines transport natural gas from regional processing facilities to downstream electric generation plants, local gas distribution companies, industrial and municipal customers, storage facilities or other connecting pipelines.

The results of operations from our natural gas pipelines and related storage assets are primarily dependent upon the volume of natural gas gathered, treated, transported or stored, the level of firm or interruptible capacity reservations made by shippers, and the fees associated with each activity. Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies, including the FERC, or contractual arrangements. See “Regulatory Matters” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 for information regarding governmental regulation of our natural gas pipelines.

18

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected information regarding our natural gas pipelines and related infrastructure at February 1, 2026:

				Approximate		Net Capacity (1)			
									
		Ownership	Pipeline	Pipeline	Natural Gas	Usable		
			Length	Capacity	Treating	Storage		
Description of Asset	Location(s)	Interest	(Miles)	(MMcf/d)	(MMcf/d)	(Bcf)		
								
Texas Intrastate System (2)	Texas	Various (5)	6,650	7,328	–	12.9		
Acadian Gas System (2)	Louisiana	100.0%	(6)	1,410	4,825	–	1.2		
									
Delaware Basin Gathering System (4)	Texas, New Mexico	100.0%		2,160	2,570	270	–		
Midland Basin Gathering System (4)	Texas	100.0%		2,270	2,500	–	–		
									
Jonah Gathering System	Wyoming	100.0%		780	2,360	–	–		
Piceance Basin Gathering System	Colorado	100.0%		200	1,800	200	–		
									
White River Hub (3)	Colorado	50.0%	(7)	10	1,500	–	–		
BTA Gathering System (4)	Texas	100.0%	(8)	810	1,420	240	–		
									
Haynesville Gathering System	Louisiana, Texas	100.0%		360	1,300	810	–		
San Juan Gathering System	New Mexico, Colorado	100.0%		5,530	1,200	–	–		
									
Indian Springs Gathering System (4)	Texas	80.0%	(9)	130	160	–	–		
Delmita Gathering System	Texas	100.0%		200	145	–	–		
									
South Texas Gathering System	Texas	100.0%		460	143	320	–		
Old Ocean Pipeline	Texas	50.0%	(10)	240	80	–	–		
									
Big Thicket Gathering System (4)	Texas	100.0%		220	60	–	–		
Total				21,430	27,391	1,840	14.1		

(1)	Net capacity amounts are based on our ownership interest or contractual right-of-use.

(2)	Transportation services provided on these pipeline systems, in whole or part, are regulated by both federal and state governmental agencies.

(3)	Services provided by the White River Hub are regulated by federal governmental agencies.

(4)	Transportation services provided on these systems are regulated in part by state governmental agencies.

(5)	We proportionately consolidate our undivided interests, which range from 22% to 80%, in approximately 1,480 miles of the Texas Intrastate System. The Texas Intrastate System also includes our Wilson natural gas storage facility, which consists of a network of owned underground salt dome storage caverns located in Wharton County, Texas with an aggregate 12.9 Bcf of usable storage capacity.

(6)	The Acadian Gas System includes a leased 1.2 Bcf underground salt dome natural gas storage cavern located at Napoleonville, Louisiana.

(7)	Our 50% ownership interest in White River Hub is held indirectly through our equity method investment in White River Hub, LLC.

(8)	This system includes approximately 60 miles of leased pipelines.

(9)	We proportionately consolidate our 80% undivided interest in the Indian Springs Gathering System.

(10)	Our 50% ownership interest in the Old Ocean Pipeline is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Old Ocean Pipeline, LLC.

On a weighted-average basis, overall utilization rates for our natural gas pipelines were approximately 70.4%, 65.7% and 65.0% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These utilization rates represent actual natural gas volumes delivered as a percentage of our nominal delivery capacity and do not reflect firm capacity reservation agreements where capacity fees are earned whether or not the shipper actually utilizes such capacity.

We operate our natural gas pipelines and storage facilities with the exception of the White River Hub, Old Ocean Pipeline and certain segments of the

Texas Intrastate System. The following information describes our principal natural gas pipelines:

•	The Texas Intrastate System is comprised of the 6,010-mile Enterprise Texas pipeline system and the 640-mile Channel pipeline system. The Texas Intrastate System gathers, transports and stores natural gas from supply basins in Texas including the Permian Basin and Eagle Ford and Barnett Shales for delivery to local gas distribution companies, electric utility plants and industrial and municipal consumers. The system is also connected to regional natural gas processing facilities and other intrastate and interstate pipelines. The Texas Intrastate System serves a number of commercial markets in Texas, including Corpus Christi, San Antonio/Austin, Beaumont/Orange and Houston, including the Houston Ship Channel industrial market.

•	The Acadian Gas System transports, stores and markets natural gas in Louisiana. The Acadian Gas System is comprised of the 1,010-mile Acadian pipeline, 290-mile Acadian Haynesville Extension pipeline, 80-mile Gillis Lateral pipeline and 30-mile Enterprise Pelican pipeline. The Acadian Gas System links natural gas supplies from Louisiana (e.g., from the Haynesville Shale supply basin) and offshore Gulf of Mexico developments with local gas distribution companies, electric utility plants and industrial customers located primarily in the Baton Rouge/New Orleans/Mississippi River corridor. Additionally, the Acadian Gas System delivers natural gas production from the Haynesville Shale to the liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) markets in South Louisiana via the Gillis Lateral pipeline.

19

Table of Contents

•	The Delaware Basin Gathering System gathers natural gas produced from the Delaware Basin for delivery to regional natural gas processing facilities, including our Delaware Basin natural gas processing facility, and delivers residue and treated natural gas into our Texas Intrastate System and third-party pipelines. This system includes 270 MMcf/d of hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide treating capacity and two high capacity acid gas injection wells, which provide us with the necessary infrastructure to treat sour gas produced in the Delaware Basin.

At our Dark Horse facility in the Eastern Delaware Basin, we are constructing a fourth treater, which will add incremental hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide treating capacity of approximately 180 MMcf/d. We expect to complete construction of and place our fourth treater into service during the second quarter of 2026. Additionally, in February 2026, we announced plans to construct further expansions of our sour gas treating system, including the extension of trunk lines in our gathering system in Lea County, New Mexico, the construction of a fifth treater and the addition of a third acid gas injection well. These additional facilities are supported by long-term acreage dedication agreements.

•	The Midland Basin Gathering System, which is located in West Texas, gathers natural gas from the Midland Basin for delivery to our Midland Basin processing facility.

In August 2025, we acquired an affiliate of Occidental Petroleum Corporation (“Oxy”), which owns approximately 200 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines in the Midland Basin, in a debt-free transaction for $581 million in cash consideration. In addition, an affiliate of Enterprise agreed to provide Oxy with natural gas gathering and processing services, supported by a long-term dedication of approximately 73,000 acres across four counties in the Midland Basin. See Part II, Item 7 of this annual report for additional information regarding our acquisition of this Oxy affiliate.

•	The Jonah Gathering System is located in the Greater Green River Basin of southwest Wyoming. This system gathers natural gas from the Jonah and Pinedale supply fields for delivery to regional natural gas processing facilities, including our Pioneer facility.

•	The Piceance Basin Gathering System gathers natural gas produced from the Piceance Basin in northwestern Colorado to our Meeker natural gas processing facility and includes the Central Treating Facility located in Rio Blanco County, Colorado.

•	The White River Hub is a natural gas hub facility serving producers in the Piceance Basin. The facility enables producers to access six interstate natural gas pipelines and has a gross throughput capacity of 3 Bcf/d of natural gas.

•	The BTA Gathering System, which is located in East Texas, gathers and treats natural gas from the Haynesville Shale and Bossier, Cotton Valley and Travis Peak formations. This system includes our Fairplay Gathering System.

•	The Haynesville Gathering System gathers and treats natural gas produced from the Haynesville and Bossier Shale supply basins and the Cotton Valley and Taylor Sand formations in Louisiana and eastern Texas for delivery to regional markets, including (through an interconnect with the Acadian Haynesville Extension pipeline) markets served by our Acadian Gas System.

•	The San Juan Gathering System gathers and treats natural gas produced from the San Juan Basin in northern New Mexico and southern Colorado and delivers the natural gas either directly into interstate pipelines or to regional natural gas plants, including our Chaco facility, for processing prior to being transported on interstate pipelines.

•	The Indian Springs Gathering System, along with the Big Thicket Gathering System, gather natural gas from the Woodbine, Wilcox and Yegua production areas in East Texas.

•	The Delmita Gathering System gathers natural gas from the Frio-Vicksburg formation in South Texas for delivery to our South Texas natural gas processing facilities.

•	The South Texas Gathering System gathers natural gas from the Olmos and Wilcox formations for delivery to our South Texas natural gas processing facilities.

20

Table of Contents

•	The Old Ocean Pipeline transports natural gas from an injection point on our Texas Intrastate System near Maypearl, Texas for delivery to a pipeline interconnect at Sweeny, Texas. A third party serves as operator of the pipeline, which has a gross natural gas transportation capacity of 160 MMcf/d.

Natural gas marketing activities

Our natural gas marketing activities generate revenues from the sale and delivery of natural gas purchased from producers, regional natural gas processing facilities and on the open market. Our natural gas marketing customers include local gas distribution companies and electric utility plants. The results of operations from our natural gas marketing activities are primarily dependent upon the difference, or spread, between natural gas sales prices and the associated purchase and other costs, including those costs attributable to the use of our assets. In general, sales prices referenced in the underlying contracts are market-based and may include pricing differentials for factors such as delivery location.

We are exposed to commodity price risk to the extent that we take title to natural gas volumes in connection with our natural gas marketing activities and certain intrastate natural gas transportation contracts. In addition, we purchase and resell natural gas for certain producers that use our San Juan, Piceance, Midland Basin, Delaware Basin and Jonah Gathering Systems and certain segments of our Acadian Gas and Texas Intrastate Systems. Also, several of our natural gas gathering systems, while not providing marketing services, have some exposure to risks related to fluctuations in commodity prices through transportation arrangements with shippers. For example, nearly all of the transportation revenues generated by our San Juan Gathering System are based on a percentage of a regional natural gas price index. This index may fluctuate based on a variety of factors, including changes in natural gas supply and consumer demand. We attempt to mitigate these price risks through the use of commodity derivative instruments. For a discussion of our commodity hedging program, see Part II, Item 7A of this annual report.

Petrochemical & Refined Products Services

This business segment includes our:

•	propylene production facilities, which include propylene fractionation units and PDH facilities, and related pipelines and marketing activities;

•	butane isomerization complex and related DIB operations;

•	octane enhancement, iBDH and HPIB production facilities;

•	refined products pipelines, terminals and related marketing activities;

•	an ethylene export terminal and related operations; and

•	marine transportation business.

Propylene production facilities and related operations

Our propylene production facilities and related operations include propylene fractionation (or splitter) units, PDH facilities, propylene pipelines, propylene export assets and related petrochemical marketing activities.

Propylene production and related marketing activities. Propylene is a key feedstock used by the petrochemical industry. There are three grades of propylene: polymer grade propylene (“PGP”), with a minimum purity of 99.5%; chemical grade propylene (“CGP”), with a minimum purity of approximately 93-94%; and refinery grade propylene (“RGP”), with a purity of approximately 70%. Propylene fractionation units separate RGP, which is a mixture of propane and propylene, into either PGP or CGP. Our PDH facilities produce PGP using propane feedstocks. The demand for PGP primarily relates to the manufacture of polypropylene, which has a variety of end uses including packaging film, fiber for carpets and upholstery, molded plastic parts for appliances, and automotive, houseware and medical products. CGP is a basic petrochemical used in the manufacturing of plastics, synthetic fibers and foams.

21

Table of Contents

To the extent we fractionate RGP for customers, we enter into toll processing arrangements. In our petrochemical marketing activities, we purchase RGP on the open market for fractionation at our splitter units and sell the resulting PGP to customers at market-based prices. The results of this marketing activity are primarily dependent upon the difference, or spread, between the sales prices of the PGP and the associated purchase and other costs, including the costs attributable to use of our propylene production assets and related infrastructure. To limit the exposure of these marketing activities to price risk, we attempt to match the timing and price of our feedstock purchases with those of the sales of end products.

Our petrochemical marketing activities also include the purchase of propane for our PDH facilities to process into PGP, which is then sold to customers under long-term sales contracts (take-or-pay arrangements) that feature minimum volume commitments and contractual pricing that minimizes our commodity price risk.

The following table presents selected information regarding our propylene production facilities at February 1, 2026:

		Ownership	Net Plant		Total Plant		
			Capacity		Capacity		
Description of Asset	Location	Interest		(MBPD)		(MBPD)		
								
Propylene fractionation facilities:								
							
Mont Belvieu area (six units)	Texas	Various (1)		75	88		
BRPC (one unit)	Louisiana	30.0%	(2)		7	23		
								
Total					82	111		

PDH facilities:								
PDH 1	Texas	100.0%			25	25		
								
PDH 2	Texas	100.0%			25	25		
Total					50	50		

(1)	We proportionately consolidate a 66.7% undivided interest in three of the propylene splitters, which have an aggregate 41 MBPD of total plant capacity. The remaining three propylene fractionation units are wholly owned.
(2)	Our 30% ownership interest in the BRPC facility is held indirectly through our equity method investment in Baton Rouge Propylene Concentrator LLC (“BRPC”).

We produce PGP at our Mont Belvieu area facilities and CGP at our BRPC facility. On a weighted-average basis, the overall utilization rate of our propylene production facilities was approximately 79.6%, 74.2% and 72.9% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Global demand for propylene is increasing; however, the use of lighter crude oil feedstocks by U.S. refiners and increased use of ethane by steam crackers has reduced propylene production from these traditional sources. This has led to the development of more “on purpose” propylene production facilities such as our PDH facilities located in the Mont Belvieu area. The construction of each of our PDH facilities were underwritten by long-term, fee-based contracts that feature minimum volume commitments. Each of these facilities has the capacity to produce up to 1.65 billion pounds per year, or approximately 25 MBPD, of PGP. At this nameplate production rate, each facility upgrades approximately 35 MBPD of propane as feedstock. These PDH facilities are integrated with our legacy Mont Belvieu area propylene fractionation units, which provides us with operational flexibility for both the PDH facilities and the fractionation units. Our integrated system has the capability to produce an aggregate 11 billion pounds of propylene per year.

22

Table of Contents

Propylene pipelines. The results of operations from our petrochemical pipelines are primarily dependent upon the volume of products transported and the associated fees we charge for such transportation services. The following table presents selected information regarding our propylene pipelines at February 1, 2026:

				Approximate		
		Ownership	Pipeline		
			Length		
Description of Asset	Location(s)	Interest		(Miles)		
						
Texas RGP Gathering System	Texas	100.0%		700		
Lou-Tex Propylene Pipeline	Texas, Louisiana	100.0%		270		
						
North Dean Pipeline System	Texas	100.0%		250		
Propylene Splitter PGP Distribution System	Texas	100.0%		150		
						
Taurus Pipeline	Texas	70.0%	(1)	120		
Louisiana RGP Gathering System	Louisiana	100.0%		60		
						
Lake Charles PGP Pipeline	Texas, Louisiana	50.0%	(2)	30		
Sabine Pipeline	Texas, Louisiana	100.0%		20		
						
La Porte PGP Pipeline	Texas	80.0%	(3)	20		
Total				1,620		

(1)	We own a 70% consolidated interest in the Taurus Pipeline through our majority owned subsidiary Steor LLC.

(2)	We proportionately consolidate our 50% undivided interest in the Lake Charles PGP Pipeline.

(3)	We own an 80% consolidated interest in the La Porte PGP Pipeline through our majority owned subsidiaries, La Porte Pipeline Company, L.P. and La Porte Pipeline GP, L.L.C.

The maximum number of barrels per day that our petrochemical pipelines can transport depends on the operating rates achieved at a given point in time between various segments of each system (e.g., demand levels at each delivery point and the mix of products being transported). As a result, we measure the utilization rates of our petrochemical pipelines in terms of net throughput, which reflects throughput for assets owned by consolidated entities on a 100% basis and throughput for assets owned by our unconsolidated affiliates net to our ownership interest. Total net throughput volumes were 168 MBPD, 178 MBPD and 166 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

With the exception of the Lake Charles PGP Pipeline in Louisiana, we operate all of our propylene production assets and related pipelines.

Propylene export assets. Our EHT marine terminal located on the Houston Ship Channel includes export assets capable of loading up to 3,000 barrels per hour, or 72 MBPD, of semi-refrigerated propylene.

Isomerization and related operations

We own and operate three isomerization units located in the Mont Belvieu area having an aggregate processing capacity of 116 MBPD that comprise the largest commercial isomerization facility in the U.S. We also own and operate an 80-mile pipeline system used to transport high-purity isobutane from Chambers County, Texas to Port Neches, Texas and to Channelview, Texas.

The demand for commercial isomerization services depends upon the energy industry’s requirements for isobutane and high-purity isobutane in excess of the isobutane produced through the process of NGL fractionation and refinery operations. Isomerization units convert normal butane feedstock into mixed butane, which is a stream of isobutane and normal butane. DIB units, of which we own and operate 11 located at our Mont Belvieu area complex, then separate the isobutane from the normal butane. Any remaining unconverted (or residual) normal butane generated by the DIB process is then recirculated through the isomerization process until it has been converted into varying grades of isobutane, including high-purity isobutane. The primary uses of isobutane are for the production of propylene oxide, isooctane, isobutylene and alkylate for motor gasoline. We also use certain of our DIB units to fractionate mixed butanes originating from NGL fractionation activities, imports and other sources into isobutane and normal butane. The operating flexibility provided by our multiple standalone DIBs enables us to capture market opportunities resulting from fluctuations in demand and prices for different types of butanes.

The results of operations from our isomerization business are generally dependent on the volume of normal and mixed butanes processed and the level of toll processing fees charged to customers.

23

Table of Contents

Our isomerization assets provide processing services to meet the needs of third-party customers and our other businesses, including our NGL marketing activities and octane enhancement production facility. On a weighted-average basis, the utilization rates of our isomerization facility were approximately 104.3%, 101.7% and 96.6% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Octane enhancement and related operations

Octane Enhancement Facility. We own and operate an octane enhancement production facility located in the Mont Belvieu area that is designed to produce isobutylene and either isooctane or methyl tertiary butyl ether (“MTBE”). The products produced by this facility are used by refiners to increase octane values in reformulated motor gasoline blends. The high-purity isobutane feedstocks consumed in the production of these products are supplied by our isomerization units.

We sell our octane enhancement products at market-based prices. We attempt to mitigate the price risk associated with these products by entering into commodity derivative instruments. To the extent that we produce MTBE, it is sold exclusively into the export market. We measure the utilization of our octane enhancement facility in terms of its combined isooctane, isobutylene and MTBE production volumes, which averaged 23 MBPD, 27 MBPD and 27 MBPD during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

High Purity Isobutylene Facility. We also own and operate a facility located on the Houston Ship Channel that produces up to approximately 4 MBPD of HPIB and includes an associated storage facility with 0.6 MMBbls of related product storage capacity. The primary feedstock for this plant, an isobutane/isobutylene mix, is produced by our octane enhancement and iBDH facilities. HPIB is used in the production of polyisobutylene, which is used in the manufacture of lubricants and rubber. In general, we sell HPIB at market-based prices with a cost-based floor. On a weighted-average basis, utilization rates for this facility were 116.8%, 90.4% and 112.3% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Isobutane Dehydrogenation Facility. We own and operate an iBDH facility located in the Mont Belvieu area that is capable of processing approximately 25 MBPD of butane into nearly 1 billion pounds per year of isobutylene. Production from the iBDH plant enables us to optimize our octane enhancement and HPIB facilities and meet growing market demand for isobutylene.

Steam crackers and refineries have historically been the major source of propane and butane olefins for downstream use; however, with the increased use of light-end feedstocks such as ethane, the need for “on purpose” olefins production has increased. Like our PDH facilities, the iBDH facility helps meet market demand where traditional supplies have been reduced. The iBDH facility increases our production of high purity and low purity isobutylene, both of which are used as feedstocks to manufacture lubricants, rubber products and fuel additives. On a weighted-average basis, utilization rates for this facility were 100.5%, 71.2% and 86.0% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The results of operations from our octane enhancement, HPIB and iBDH facilities are generally dependent on the level of production volumes and the difference, or spread, between the sales prices of the products and the associated feedstock purchase costs and other operating expenses.

Refined products services

Our refined products services business includes refined products pipelines, terminals and associated marketing activities.

Refined products pipelines. We own and operate the TE Products Pipeline, which is an approximately 2,770-mile pipeline system comprised of 2,650 miles of regulated interstate pipelines and 120 miles of unregulated intrastate Texas pipelines. The system primarily transports refined products from the upper Texas Gulf Coast to Seymour, Indiana. From Seymour, segments of the TE Products Pipeline extend to Chicago, Illinois; Lima, Ohio; Selkirk, New York; and a location near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. East of Seymour, Indiana, the TE Products Pipeline is primarily dedicated to NGL transportation service. The refined products transported by the TE Products Pipeline are produced by refineries and include motor gasoline and distillates.

The results of operations for this pipeline system are dependent upon the volume of products transported and the level of fees charged to shippers. The tariffs charged for such services are either contractual or regulated by governmental agencies, including the FERC. See “Regulatory Matters” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 discussion for information regarding governmental regulation of our liquids pipelines, including tariffs charged for transportation services.

24

Table of Contents

The maximum number of barrels per day that our TE Products Pipeline can transport depends on the operating balance achieved at a given point in time between various segments of the system (e.g., demand levels at each delivery point and the mix of products being transported). As a result, we measure the utilization rate of this pipeline in terms of throughput. Aggregate throughput volumes by product type for the TE Products Pipeline were as follows for the years indicated:

For the Year Ended December 31,

2025	2024			2023	
								
Refined products transportation (MBPD)	569			514		502	
NGL transportation (MBPD)	60			45		51	

The TE Products Pipeline system includes five non-regulated refined products truck terminals and access to approximately 21.6 MMBbls of aggregate storage capacity.

Texas Western Products System

We own and operate our Texas Western Products System (“TW Products System”), which utilizes new and previously existing assets primarily to transport refined products from the U.S. Gulf Coast to markets in West Texas, New Mexico, Colorado and Utah.

Refined products destined for these western markets are sourced at our terminals near Beaumont, Texas and Baytown, Texas and stored at our Mont Belvieu area complex. After aggregating refined products at our Mont Belvieu area storage complex, refined products are transported along approximately 1,260 miles of previously existing pipeline assets and sold to customers at our Permian Terminal located in West Texas, our Jal and Moriarty Terminals located in New Mexico and our Grand Junction Terminal located in Utah. On a combined basis, the terminals at these destinations offer 2.0 MMBbls of refined products storage capacity and can load up to 63 MBPD.

Refined products marine terminals. We own and operate marine terminals located on the Neches River near Beaumont, Texas that handle refined products along with crude oil. Our Beaumont facilities include five deep-water ship docks, three barge docks and access to approximately 11.2 MMBbls of aggregate refined products storage capacity.

We also handle refined products at EHT on the Houston Ship Channel. In addition to providing vessel loading and unloading services for refined products, EHT’s refined products operations include 2.4 MMBbls of aggregate storage capacity through the use of 20 above-ground storage tanks.

The results of operations from these marine terminals are primarily dependent upon the volume handled and the associated storage and other fees we charge.

Refined products marketing activities. Our refined products marketing activities generate revenues from the sale and delivery of refined products obtained on the open market. The results of operations from our refined products marketing activities are primarily dependent upon the difference, or spread, between product sales prices and the associated purchase and other costs, including those costs attributable to the use of our other assets. In general, we sell our refined products at market-based prices, which may include pricing differentials for factors such as grade and delivery location. We use derivative instruments to mitigate our exposure to commodity price risks associated with our refined products marketing activities. For a discussion of our commodity hedging program, see Part II, Item 7A of this annual report.

Ethylene export terminal and related operations

Our ethylene export terminal and related operations include the ethylene export terminal, ethylene pipelines and ethylene storage.

Our ethylene export terminal located at our Morgan’s Point facility on the Houston Ship Channel features two docks with a combined nameplate capacity to load up to 1.5 million tons of ethylene per year and a refrigerated storage tank capable of handling 66 million pounds of ethylene. One of the terminal’s refrigeration trains is capable of refrigerating either ethane or ethylene, which provides operational flexibility that may enhance ethylene export capability by approximately 4,100 tons per day, should market conditions support it. Ethylene is the primary feedstock for a wide variety of consumer products, including cell phones and computer parts, food packaging, apparel, textiles and personal protective equipment. We own a 50% consolidated member interest in Enterprise Navigator Ethylene Terminal LLC, which owns the export facility.

25

Table of Contents

Our ethylene system serves as an open market storage and trading hub for the ethylene industry by integrating underground storage capacity with multiple connections to producers, consumers and ethylene pipelines, as well as a high-volume export terminal. In support of our ethylene business, our Mont Belvieu area storage complex includes high-capacity underground ethylene storage wells with an aggregate capacity of 1.5 billion pounds of ethylene.

Our Mont Belvieu area storage complex is connected to our Morgan’s Point ethylene export terminal and further to various locations in Bayport, Texas, Deer Park, Texas, Clear Lake, Texas and La Porte, Texas through a 70-mile pipeline system, and to customers in Lake Charles, Louisiana through our 110-mile Magnolia Ethylene Pipeline, which was placed into service in January 2026.

We also operate the Baymark ethylene pipeline in South Texas. The Baymark pipeline, which is supported by long-term customer commitments, originates in Bayport, Texas and extends 90 miles to Markham, Texas. We own a 70% consolidated interest in the Baymark pipeline through our majority owned subsidiary, Baymark Pipeline LLC.

Marine transportation

Our marine transportation business consists of 64 tow boats and 156 tank barges used to transport refined products, crude oil, asphalt, condensate, heavy fuel oil, LPG and other petroleum products on key U.S. inland and intracoastal waterway systems. The marine transportation industry uses tow boats as power sources and tank barges for freight capacity. We operate our marine transportation assets that serve refinery and storage terminal customers along the Mississippi River, the intracoastal waterway between Texas and Florida, and the Tennessee-Tombigbee waterway system. We own and operate shipyard and repair facilities located in Houma and Morgan City, Louisiana and marine fleeting facilities located in Bourg, Louisiana and Channelview, Texas.

The results of operations from our marine transportation business are generally dependent upon the level of fees charged to transport petroleum products.

Our fleet of marine vessels operated at an average utilization rate of 91.1%, 92.9% and 95.8% during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Our marine transportation business is subject to regulation, including by the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”), Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Coast Guard (“USCG”). For information regarding these regulations, see “Regulatory Matters – Federal Regulation of Marine Operations,” within this Part I, Items 1 and 2 discussion.

Regulatory Matters

The following information describes the principal effects of regulation on our operations, including those regulations involving safety and environmental matters and the rates we charge customers for transportation services.

Environmental, Safety and Conservation

The safe operation of our pipelines and other assets is a top priority. We are committed to protecting the environment and the health and safety of the public and those working on our behalf by conducting our business activities in a safe and environmentally responsible manner.

Occupational Safety and Health

Certain of our facilities are subject to general industry requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (“OSHA”), and comparable state statutes. We believe we are in material compliance with OSHA and similar state requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements and monitoring of occupational exposures of employees.

26

Table of Contents

Certain of our facilities are also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management (“PSM”) regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals. These regulations apply to any process involving certain chemicals, flammable gases or liquids at or above a specified threshold (as defined in the regulations). In addition, we are subject to Risk Management Plan regulations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) at certain facilities. These regulations are intended to complement the OSHA PSM regulations. These EPA regulations require us to develop and implement a risk management program that includes a five-year accident history report, an offsite consequence analysis process, a prevention program and an emergency response program. We believe we are operating in material compliance with the OSHA PSM regulations and the EPA’s Risk Management Plan requirements.

The OSHA hazard communication standard, the community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, and comparable state statutes require us to organize and disclose information about the hazardous materials used in our operations. Certain parts of this information must be reported to federal, state and local governmental authorities and local citizens upon request. These laws and provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) require us to report spills and releases of hazardous chemicals in certain situations.

Pipeline Safety

We are subject to extensive regulation by the DOT as authorized under various provisions of Title 49 of the United States Code and comparable state statutes relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of our pipelines and associated facilities, including breakout tanks and gas storage facilities. These statutes require companies that own or operate pipelines and associated facilities to (i) comply with such regulations, (ii) permit access to and copying of pertinent records, (iii) file certain reports and (iv) provide information as required by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation. The DOT regulates natural gas and hazardous liquids pipelines through its Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”), and in many cases, enforcement authority is delegated to state agencies. Noncompliance with these requirements can result in substantial penalties. We believe we are in material compliance with DOT regulations.

Congress has periodically amended the pipeline safety laws to become more stringent and more broadly applicable. Similarly, PHMSA has undertaken several actions in recent years to increase the applicability and stringency of its regulations. Some examples of the types of subject areas governed through the pipeline safety laws, as specified in current or pending PHMSA regulations, include: (i) complying with industry consensus standards for safety of pipeline breakout tanks and underground natural gas storage facilities; (ii) maintaining and updating gas and hazardous liquid pipeline facility inspection and maintenance plans; (iii) leak detection and repair requirements; (iv) managing the maximum pressure of a pipeline facility, depending on factors such as its design, condition, inspection history, and material; and (v) additional integrity management, inspection, and other activities in designated “High Consequence Areas” such as populated areas, unusually sensitive areas, and commercially navigable waterways.

The development and/or implementation of more stringent requirements pursuant to regulations implementing all of the requirements of the pipeline safety laws, as well as any implementation of the PHMSA rules thereunder or reinterpretation of guidance by PHMSA or any state agencies with respect thereto, may result in us incurring significant and unanticipated expenditures to comply with such standards. Until any proposed regulations are finalized, the impact on our operations, if any, is not known.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to various environmental and safety requirements and potential liabilities under extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations. These include, without limitation: CERCLA; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”); the Federal Clean Air Act (“CAA”); the Clean Water Act (“CWA”); the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”); OSHA; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act; the National Historic Preservation Act; and comparable or analogous state and local laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations affect many aspects of our present and future operations, and generally require us to obtain and comply with a wide variety of environmental registrations, licenses, permits, inspections and other approvals with respect to air emissions, water quality, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste management. Failure to comply with these requirements may expose us to fines, penalties and/or interruptions in our operations that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

27

Table of Contents

If a leak, spill or release of hazardous substances occurs at any facilities that we own, operate or otherwise use, or where we send materials for treatment or disposal, we could be held liable for all resulting liabilities, including investigation, remedial and clean-up costs. Likewise, we could be required to remove previously disposed waste products or remediate contaminated property, including situations where groundwater has been impacted. Any or all of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We believe our operations are in material compliance with existing environmental and safety laws and regulations and that our compliance with such regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. However, environmental and safety laws and regulations are subject to change. The trend in environmental regulation has been to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may be perceived to impact the environment, and thus there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental regulation compliance or remediation. New or revised regulations that result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, particularly if those costs are not fully recoverable from our customers, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

On occasion, we are assessed monetary sanctions by governmental authorities related to administrative or judicial proceedings involving environmental matters. See Part I, Item 3 of this annual report for additional information.

Air Quality

Our operations are associated with regulated, permitted emissions of air pollutants. As a result, we are subject to the CAA and comparable state laws and regulations including state air quality implementation plans. These laws and regulations regulate emissions of air pollutants from various industrial sources, including certain of our facilities, and also impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. These laws and regulations may also require that we (i) obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce air emissions or result in an increase in existing levels of air emissions, (ii) obtain and strictly comply with the requirements of air permits containing various emission and operational limitations, or (iii) utilize specific emission control technologies to limit emissions.

Increasingly, environmental groups are challenging requests to receive, modify or renew permits and seeking to apply more stringent provisions on applicants. Our failure to comply with applicable requirements could subject us to monetary penalties, injunctions, conditions or restrictions on operations, including enforcement actions, and our inability to renew or secure a needed modification to an existing permit could adversely affect our operations. We may also be required to incur certain capital expenditures for air pollution control equipment in connection with obtaining and maintaining permits and approvals for air emissions.

Water Quality

The CWA and comparable state laws impose strict controls on the discharge of petroleum and its derivatives into regulated waters. The CWA provides penalties for discharges of petroleum products and imposes substantial potential liability for the costs of removing petroleum or other hazardous substances. State laws for the control of water pollution also provide varying civil and criminal penalties and liabilities in the case of a release of petroleum or its derivatives into navigable waters or groundwater. Federal spill prevention control and countermeasure mandates require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent a petroleum tank release from impacting regulated waters. The EPA has also adopted regulations that require us to have permits in order to discharge regulated storm water run-off. Storm water discharge permits may also be required by certain states in which we operate and may impose monitoring and other requirements. The CWA prohibits discharges of dredged and fill material in wetlands and other waters of the U.S. unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. We believe that our costs of compliance with these CWA requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The primary federal law for crude oil spill liability is the OPA, which addresses three principal areas of crude oil pollution: prevention, containment and clean-up, and liability. The OPA is applicable to regulated vessels, deep-water ports, offshore production platforms and onshore facilities, including terminals, pipelines and transfer facilities. In order to handle, store or transport crude oil above certain thresholds, onshore facilities are required to file oil spill response plans with the USCG, the DOT’s Office of Pipeline Safety (“OPS”) or the EPA, as appropriate. Numerous states have enacted laws similar to the OPA. Under the OPA and similar state laws, responsible parties for a regulated facility from which crude oil is discharged may be liable for remediation costs, including damage to surrounding natural resources. Any unpermitted release of petroleum or other pollutants from our pipelines or facilities could result in fines or penalties as well as significant remediation costs.

28

Table of Contents

Contamination resulting from spills or releases of petroleum products is an inherent risk within the pipeline industry. To the extent that groundwater contamination requiring remediation exists along our pipeline systems or other facilities as a result of historical operations, we believe any such contamination could be controlled or remedied; however, such costs are site specific and there is no assurance that the impact will not be material in the aggregate.

Disposal of Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Wastes

In our normal operations, we generate hazardous and non-hazardous solid wastes that are subject to requirements of the federal RCRA and comparable state statutes, which impose detailed requirements for the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of solid waste. We also utilize waste minimization and recycling processes to reduce the volumes of our solid wastes.

CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” imposes liability, often without regard to fault or the legality of the original act, on certain classes of persons who contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of a facility where a release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at a facility. Under CERCLA, potentially responsible parties may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. Under enforcement provisions, the EPA and, in some instances, third parties can take actions in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover the costs they incur from the responsible parties. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, our pipeline systems and other facilities generate wastes that may fall within CERCLA’s definition of a “hazardous substance” or be subject to CERCLA and RCRA remediation requirements. It is possible that we could incur liability for remediation, or reimbursement of remediation costs, under CERCLA or RCRA for remediation at sites we currently own or operate, whether as a result of our or our predecessors’ operations, at sites that we previously owned or operated, or at disposal facilities previously used by us, even if such disposal was legal at the time it was undertaken.

Endangered Species

The federal Endangered Species Act, as amended, and comparable state laws, may restrict commercial or other activities that affect endangered and threatened species or their habitats. Some of our current or future planned facilities may be located in areas that are designated as a habitat for endangered or threatened species and, if so, may limit or impose increased costs on facility construction or operation. In addition, the designation of previously unidentified endangered or threatened species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected areas.

FERC Regulation – Liquids Pipelines

Certain of our NGL, refined products and crude oil pipeline systems (collectively “liquids pipelines”) provide interstate common carrier movements (“interstate movements”) that are subject to regulation by FERC under the Interstate Commerce Act (“ICA”). Pipelines providing such interstate movements include, but are not limited to: Dixie Pipeline, Front Range Pipeline, Mid-America Pipeline, Seaway Pipeline, Seminole NGL Pipeline and Texas Express Pipeline. These pipelines are owned by legal entities that are subject to FERC regulations, including periodic reporting requirements.

The ICA prescribes that the rates we charge for these interstate movements must be just and reasonable, and that the rules applied to our services not unduly discriminate against or confer any undue preference upon any shipper. The FERC regulations implementing the ICA further require that pipeline transportation rates and rules pertaining to these movements be filed with the FERC. The ICA permits interested persons to challenge proposed new or changed rates or rules and authorizes the FERC to investigate such changes and to suspend their effectiveness for a period of up to seven months. Upon completion of such an investigation, the FERC may require refunds of amounts collected above what it finds to be a just and reasonable level, together with interest. The FERC may also investigate, upon complaint or on its own motion, a carrier’s rates and related rules that are already in effect. If the FERC concludes, after holding a hearing on such complaint, that the challenged rate or rule was not just and reasonable, it may order a carrier to change the rate or rule prospectively and pay damages (i.e., reparations) caused by the imposition of such rate or rule for a period of up to two years prior to the filing of the complaint.

29

Table of Contents

The rates charged for our interstate movements are generally based on a FERC-approved indexing methodology, which allows a pipeline to charge rates up to a prescribed ceiling level that changes annually based upon the index adjustment promulgated by FERC for the year. A rate increase within the indexed rate ceiling is presumed to be just and reasonable unless a protesting party can demonstrate that the rate increase is substantially in excess of changes in the pipeline’s operating costs. The annual index adjustment that is prescribed by FERC reflects the year-to-year change in the U.S. Producer Price Index for Finished Goods (“PPI”) plus or minus a predetermined percentage (“Index Level”). The Index Level is subject to review and revision every five years. On December 17, 2020, FERC issued a final rule setting the Index Level for the five-year period ending June 30, 2026 at PPI plus 0.78% (“December 2020 Order”). On January 20, 2022, FERC issued an order on rehearing of the December 2020 Order (“Rehearing Order”), wherein FERC revised the Index Level to PPI minus 0.21% for the five-year period ending June 30, 2026. In the Rehearing Order, FERC also ordered pipelines to recalculate their ceiling levels using the revised Index Level and to lower any of their rates that exceeded their revised ceiling levels, effective March 1, 2022. Enterprise, together with a number of other midstream companies, challenged the Rehearing Order in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (“DC Circuit”). On July 26, 2024, the DC Circuit ruled that FERC failed to comply with the Administrative Procedure Act when it issued the Rehearing Order. As a result, the court vacated the Rehearing Order and ordered FERC to reinstate December 2020 Order. FERC complied with the court’s order in an order issued in September 2024, and as part of that order, FERC issued corrected yearly index adders for the years 2022, 2023, and 2024 that were calculated in accordance with the Index Level set forth in the December 2020 Order (“Reinstatement Order”). Several parties requested rehearing of the Reinstatement Order, and several other parties filed appeals of the order. The DC Circuit is holding those appeals in abeyance while FERC continues to consider issues related to this matter. On November 20, 2025, FERC issued an order that denied rehearing of the Reinstatement Order (“Remedies Order”) and ruled that if a pipeline was charging rates at their ceiling level during the period the vacated Index Level from the Rehearing Order was in effect, the pipeline could recover from its shippers the difference between the rates the pipelines charged and the rates the pipelines could have charged under the Index Level in the December 2020 Order. Multiple parties have filed an appeal of the Remedies Order at the DC Circuit, and those appeals have been consolidated with the appeals of the Reinstatement Order and are being held in abeyance while FERC considers various requests for clarification of the Remedies Order. Enterprise has issued corrected invoices to all of its shippers to reflect FERC’s rulings in the Reinstatement Order and the Remedies Order.

As an alternative to this indexing methodology, we may also choose to support changes in our rates based on a cost-of-service methodology, by obtaining advance approval from FERC to charge “market-based rates,” or by charging “settlement rates” agreed to by all affected shippers. Certain of our pipelines have been granted market-based rate authority by the FERC, including Seaway.

Changes in the FERC’s methodologies for approving rates could adversely affect us. We believe the transportation rates currently charged by our liquids pipelines for these interstate movements are in accordance with the ICA and applicable FERC regulations. However, we cannot predict the rates we will be allowed to charge in the future for transportation services by such pipelines.

FERC Regulation – Natural Gas Pipelines and Related Matters

Certain of our intrastate natural gas pipelines, including the Texas Intrastate System and Acadian Gas System, are subject to regulation by the FERC under the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (“NGPA”), in connection with the transportation and storage services they provide pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA. Under Section 311, along with the FERC’s implementing regulations, an intrastate pipeline may transport gas “on behalf of” an interstate pipeline company or any local distribution company served by an interstate pipeline, without becoming subject to the FERC’s broader regulatory authority under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (“NGA”). These services must be provided on an open and not unduly discriminatory basis, and the rates charged for these services may not exceed a “fair and equitable” level as determined by the FERC in periodic rate proceedings.

We believe that the transportation rates currently charged and the services performed by our natural gas pipelines are all in accordance with the applicable requirements of the NGPA and FERC regulations. However, we cannot predict the rates we will be allowed to charge in the future for transportation services by our pipelines.

30

Table of Contents

The resale of natural gas in interstate commerce is subject to FERC regulation. In order to increase transparency in natural gas markets, the FERC has established rules requiring the annual reporting of data regarding natural gas sales. The FERC has also established regulations that prohibit manipulation of energy markets. A violation of the FERC’s regulations may subject us to civil and criminal penalties, suspension or loss of authorization to perform services or make sales of natural gas, disgorgement of unjust profits or other appropriate non-monetary remedies imposed by the FERC. Pursuant to the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the potential civil penalties for any violation of the NGA, NGPA, or any rules, regulations or orders of the FERC, were approximately $1.6 million per day per violation as of January 2025. The Federal Trade Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) have also issued rules and regulations prohibiting energy market manipulation. We believe that our natural gas sales activities are in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements.

State Regulation of Pipeline Transportation Services

Transportation services rendered by our intrastate liquids and natural gas pipelines are subject to regulation in many states, including Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, New Mexico and Texas. Although the applicable state statutes and regulations vary widely, they generally require that intrastate pipelines publish tariffs setting forth all rates, rules and regulations applying to intrastate service, and generally require that pipeline rates and practices be reasonable and nondiscriminatory.

Federal Regulation of Marine Operations

The operation of tow boats, barges and marine equipment create obligations involving property, personnel and cargo under General Maritime Law. These obligations create a variety of risks including, among other things, the risk of collision and allision, which may precipitate claims for personal injury, cargo, contract, pollution, third-party claims and property damages to vessels and facilities.

We are subject to the Jones Act and other federal laws that restrict maritime transportation between U.S. departure and destination points to vessels built and registered in the U.S. and owned and manned by U.S. citizens. As a result of this ownership requirement, we are responsible for monitoring the foreign ownership of our common units and other partnership interests. If we do not comply with such requirements, we would be prohibited from operating our vessels in U.S. coastwise trade, and under certain circumstances we would be deemed to have undertaken an unapproved foreign transfer, resulting in severe penalties, including permanent loss of U.S. coastwise trading rights for our vessels, fines or forfeiture of the vessels. In addition, the USCG and American Bureau of Shipping maintain the most stringent regime of vessel inspection in the world, which tends to result in higher regulatory compliance costs for U.S.-flagged operators than for owners of vessels registered under foreign flags of convenience. Our marine operations are also subject to the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, which under certain conditions would allow the U.S. government to requisition our marine assets in the event of a national emergency.

Climate Change Discussion

There is considerable discussion over global warming and climate change including the environmental effects of greenhouse gas emissions and their associated consequences on global climate, oceans and ecosystems. Climate change could have a long-term impact on our operations. For example, our facilities that are located in low lying areas such as the coastal regions of Louisiana and Texas may be at increased risk due to flooding, rising sea levels, or disruption of operations from more frequent and severe weather events. Facilities in areas with limited water availability may be impacted if droughts become more frequent or severe. Changes in climate or weather may hinder exploration and production activities or increase the cost of production of oil and gas resources and consequently affect the volume of hydrocarbon products entering our system. Changes in climate or weather may also affect consumer demand for energy or alter the overall energy mix.

In response to governmental, scientific and public concerns that emissions of certain gases, commonly referred to as greenhouse gases, including gases associated with oil and natural gas production such as carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide among others, contribute to a warming of the earth’s atmosphere and other adverse environmental effects, various governmental authorities have considered or taken actions to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. For example, the EPA has taken action under the CAA to regulate greenhouse gas emissions. In addition, certain states (individually or in regional cooperation), including states in which some of our facilities or operations are located, have taken or proposed measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. Also, the U.S. Congress from time to time has proposed legislative measures for imposing restrictions or requiring fees or carbon taxes for the emission of greenhouse gases.

31

Table of Contents

Actions have also taken place at the international level, with the U.S. previously being involved. Various policies and approaches, including establishing a cap on emissions, requiring efficiency measures, or providing incentives for emissions reduction, use of renewable energy, or use of replacement fuels with lower carbon content have been considered, and could result in additional actions involving greenhouse gases.

These federal, regional and state measures generally apply to industrial sources (including facilities in the oil and gas sector) and suppliers and distributors of fuel, and could increase the operating and compliance costs of our pipelines, natural gas processing facilities, fractionation plants and other facilities, and the costs of certain sale and distribution activities. These regulations could also adversely affect market demand and pricing for products handled by our midstream network, by affecting the price of, or reducing the demand for, fossil fuels or providing competitive advantages to competing fuels and energy sources. The potential increase in the costs of our operations could include costs to operate and maintain our facilities, install new emission controls on our facilities, acquire allowances to authorize our greenhouse gas emissions, pay taxes or fees related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. While we may be able to include some or all of such increased costs in the rates charged by our pipelines or other facilities, such recovery of costs is uncertain and may depend on events beyond our control, including the outcome of future rate proceedings before the FERC and the provisions of any final regulations.

In addition to direct regulation of emissions as described above, there has been an expansion of requirements and incentives relating to reporting greenhouse gas emissions and other climate change-related matters. We currently file greenhouse gas emission reports for certain facilities and equipment subject to EPA reporting regulations. However, we do not publicly report our total direct or indirect greenhouse gas emissions, and it may not be feasible to quantify all types of emissions without relying on estimates. If we are required to determine comprehensively and report publicly our full direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, or certain other climate change-related matters, such determinations and disclosures could entail significant costs and administrative burdens and be a source of potential liability and negative publicity. Alternatively, if we do not make such determinations or public disclosures, we may be prevented from operating or supplying products into certain markets or dealing with certain counterparties.

Finally, changes in regulatory policies or market preferences that result in a reduction in the demand for hydrocarbon products that are deemed to contribute to greenhouse gases, or restrictions on their use, may reduce volumes available to us for processing, transportation, marketing and storage.

Competition

NGL Pipelines & Services

Within their respective market areas, our natural gas processing facilities and related NGL marketing activities encounter competition primarily from independent processors, major integrated oil companies, and financial institutions with commodity trading platforms. Each of our marketing competitors has varying levels of financial and personnel resources, and competition generally revolves around price, quality of customer service and proximity to customers and other market hubs. In the markets served by our NGL pipelines, we compete with a number of intrastate and interstate pipeline companies (including those affiliated with major oil, petrochemical and natural gas companies) and barge, rail and truck fleet operations. In general, our NGL pipelines compete with these entities in terms of transportation fees, reliability and quality of customer service.

Our primary competitors in the NGL and related product storage business are major integrated oil companies, chemical companies and other storage and pipeline companies. We compete with other storage service providers primarily in terms of the fees charged, number of pipeline connections provided and operational dependability. Our export terminal operations compete with those operated by major oil and gas and chemical companies and other midstream service providers primarily in terms of loading and offloading throughput capacity and access to related pipeline and storage infrastructure.

We compete with a number of NGL fractionators in Kansas, Louisiana, New Mexico and Texas. Competition for such services is primarily based on the fractionation fee charged. However, the ability of an NGL fractionator to receive a customer’s mixed NGLs and store and distribute the resulting purity NGL products is also an important competitive factor and is a function of having the necessary pipeline and storage infrastructure.

32

Table of Contents

Crude Oil Pipelines & Services

Within their respective market areas, our crude oil pipelines, storage and marine terminals and related marketing activities compete with other crude oil pipeline companies, rail carriers, major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates, financial institutions with commodity trading platforms and independent crude oil gathering and marketing companies. The crude oil business can be characterized by intense competition for supplies of crude oil at the wellhead. Competition is based primarily on quality of customer service, competitive pricing and proximity to customers and market hubs.

Natural Gas Pipelines & Services

In our natural gas gathering business, we encounter competition in obtaining contracts to gather natural gas supplies, particularly new supplies. Competition in natural gas gathering is based in large part on reputation, efficiency, system reliability, gathering system capacity and pricing arrangements. Our key competitors in the natural gas gathering business include independent gas gatherers and major integrated energy companies. Our natural gas marketing activities compete primarily with other natural gas pipeline companies and their marketing affiliates as well as standalone natural gas marketing and trading firms. Competition in the natural gas marketing business is based primarily on competitive pricing, proximity to customers and market hubs, and quality of customer service.

Petrochemical & Refined Products Services

We compete with numerous producers of PGP, which include many of the major refiners and petrochemical companies located along the Gulf Coast, in terms of the level of toll processing fees charged and access to pipeline and storage infrastructure. Our petrochemical marketing activities encounter competition from major integrated oil companies and various petrochemical companies that have varying levels of financial and personnel resources, and competition generally revolves around product price, quality of customer service, logistics and location.

With respect to our isomerization operations, we compete primarily with facilities located in Kansas, Louisiana and New Mexico. Competitive factors affecting this business include the level of toll processing fees charged, the quality of isobutane that can be produced and access to supporting pipeline and storage infrastructure. We compete with other octane additive manufacturing companies primarily on the basis of price.

With respect to our TE Products Pipeline, the pipeline’s most significant competitors are third-party pipelines in the areas where it delivers products. Competition among common carrier pipelines is based primarily on transportation fees, quality of customer service and proximity to end users. Trucks, barges and railroads competitively deliver products into some of the markets served by our TE Products Pipeline and river terminals. The TE Products Pipeline also faces competition from rail and pipeline movements of NGLs from Canada and waterborne imports into terminals located along the upper East Coast.

Our marine transportation business competes with other inland marine transportation companies as well as providers of other modes of transportation, such as rail tank cars, tractor-trailer tank trucks and, to a limited extent, pipelines. Competition within the marine transportation business is largely based on performance and price. Also, substantial new construction of inland marine vessels could create an oversupply and intensify competition for our marine transportation business.

For a discussion of the general risks involving competition, see “We face competition from third parties in our midstream energy businesses” under Part I, Item 1A of this annual report.

Seasonality

Although the majority of our businesses are not materially affected by seasonality, certain aspects of our operations are impacted by seasonal changes such as tropical weather events, energy demand in connection with heating and cooling requirements and for the summer driving season. Examples include:

•	Our operations along the Gulf Coast, including those at our Mont Belvieu area complex, may be affected by weather events such as hurricanes and tropical storms, which generally arise during the summer and fall months.

33

Table of Contents

•	Residential demand for natural gas typically peaks during the winter months in connection with heating needs and during the summer months for power generation for air conditioning. These seasonal trends affect throughput volumes on our natural gas pipelines and associated natural gas storage levels and marketing results.

•	Residential demand for propane typically peaks during the winter months in connection with heating needs in rural areas. These seasonal trends can affect throughput volumes on our TE Products Pipeline, Dixie Pipeline and Mid-America Pipeline System and associated terminals.

•	Due to increased demand for fuel additives used in the production of motor gasoline, our isomerization and octane enhancement businesses experience higher levels of demand during the summer driving season, which typically occurs in the spring and summer months. Likewise, shipments of refined products and normal butane experience similar changes in demand due to their use in motor fuels.

•	Extreme temperatures and ice during the winter months can negatively impact the volumes available to our gas processing assets as upstream and gathering equipment may experience freeze offs. In addition, these conditions can negatively affect our trucking and inland marine operations on the upper Mississippi and Illinois rivers.

Workforce and Related Matters

Like many publicly-traded partnerships, we have no direct employees. All of our management, administrative and operating functions are performed by employees of EPCO pursuant to an administrative services agreement (the “ASA”) or by other service providers. The culture of our workforce is one of ownership, integrity, and opportunity. We recognize the hard work and contributions of individuals in our workforce who strive to further our goals. We promote an environment where our employees feel that working for us is more than just a job; it is a tight-knit community that looks out for one another. We respect employees’ differences and believe everyone should be treated with fairness and respect. We value diverse ideas and perspectives, and we are committed to promoting a safe and inclusive workforce.

As of February 1, 2026, there were approximately 8,000 EPCO personnel who spend all or a substantial portion of their time engaged in our business. From a diversity perspective, approximately 13% of these personnel were female and approximately 33% of these personnel were minorities. We believe that the diversity of our workforce compares favorably to that of related energy industries.

The health and safety of those working on our behalf is a top priority. We promote a culture in which all personnel share the same commitment to health and safety, and we recognize the importance of mitigating risks. Acting upon our commitment to safety, we engage all levels of employees and management, our Board, our contractors, and various external entities and organizations. We strive to achieve a goal of zero incidents and injuries. We track our safety performance by monitoring our Total Recordable Incident Rate (“TRIR”), which is an OSHA measure that generally reflects the number of recordable incidents per 100 full-time workers during a one-year period. Our TRIR for 2025 was 0.36, which compares favorably to the average TRIR for the midstream industry over the last seven years. We strive for year-to-year improvement in our safety performance.

Title to Properties

Our real property holdings fall into two basic categories: (i) parcels that we and our unconsolidated affiliates own in fee (e.g., we own the land upon which our Mont Belvieu area complex is constructed) and (ii) parcels in which our interests and those of our unconsolidated affiliates are derived from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of such land for our operations. The fee sites upon which our significant facilities are located have been owned by us or our predecessors in title for many years without any material challenge known to us relating to title to the land upon which the assets are located, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to such fee sites. We and our affiliates have no knowledge of any material challenge to the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license held by us or to our rights pursuant to any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license, and we believe that we have satisfactory rights pursuant to all of our material leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses.

34

Table of Contents

Available Information

As a publicly traded partnership, we electronically file certain documents with the SEC. We file annual reports on Form 10-K; quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; and current reports on Form 8-K (as appropriate); along with any related amendments and supplements thereto. Occasionally, we may also file registration statements and related documents in connection with equity or debt offerings. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

We provide free electronic access to our periodic and current reports on our website, www.enterpriseproducts.com. These reports are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish such materials to, the SEC. You may also contact our Investor Relations department at (866) 230-0745 for paper copies of these reports free of charge. The information found on our website is not incorporated into this annual report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Summary of Key Risk Factors

An investment in our common units or debt securities involves certain risks. If any of the following key risks were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to maintain or increase distribution levels. In any such circumstance and others described below, the trading price of our securities could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

•	The impact of a global public health crisis or foreign conflict on global oil and gas markets may have material adverse consequences for general economic, financial and business conditions, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity and those of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties.

•	Changes in price levels could negatively impact our revenue, our expenses, or both, which could adversely affect our business.

•	Changes in U.S. trade policy and the impact of tariffs may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

•	Changes in demand for and prices and production of hydrocarbon products could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	Our debt level may limit our future financial and operating flexibility.

•	We may not be able to fully execute our growth strategy if we encounter illiquid capital markets or increased competition for investment opportunities.

•	Our construction of new assets is subject to operational, regulatory, environmental, political, geopolitical, legal and economic risks, which may result in delays, increased costs or decreased cash flows.

•	Several of our assets have been in service for many years and require significant expenditures to maintain them. As a result, an increase in future maintenance or repair costs or delays in completing necessary maintenance or repair activities could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	The inability to continue to access lands owned by third parties and governmental bodies could adversely affect our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	Our growth strategy may adversely affect our results of operations if we do not successfully integrate and manage the businesses that we acquire or if we substantially increase our indebtedness and contingent liabilities to make acquisitions.

35

Table of Contents

•	A natural disaster, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other extraordinary event could result in severe personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could curtail our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	A cyber-attack on our information technology (“IT”) or operational technology (“OT”) systems could affect our business and assets, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	Our business requires extensive credit risk management that may not be adequate to protect against customer nonpayment.

•	The use of derivative financial instruments could result in material financial losses by us.

•	Our risk management policies cannot eliminate all commodity price risks. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies could result in significant financial losses.

•	Federal, state or local regulatory measures (including those related to climate, environmental, health, safety and pipeline integrity matters) could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

•	The rates of our regulated assets are subject to review and possible adjustment by federal and state regulators, which could adversely affect our revenues.

•	Our standalone operating cash flow is derived primarily from cash distributions we receive from EPO.

•	Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our financial statements and financial performance.

Risks Relating to Our Partnership Structure

•	We may not have sufficient operating cash flows to pay cash distributions at the current level following establishment of cash reserves and payments of fees and expenses.

•	Our general partner and its affiliates have limited fiduciary responsibilities to, and conflicts of interest with respect to, our partnership, which may permit it to favor its own interests to your detriment.

•	Unitholders have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors. In addition, even if unitholders are dissatisfied, they cannot easily remove our general partner.

•	Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

•	Our general partner has a limited call right that may require common unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

•	Our common unitholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that limited partner actions constitute control of our business.

•	Unitholders may have a liability to repay distributions.

•	Our general partner’s interest in us and the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

•	Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, which could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

36

Table of Contents

•	A successful IRS contest of the federal income tax positions we take and certain valuation methodologies we adopt in determining a unitholder’s allocation of income, gain, loss and deductions may adversely impact the market for our common units and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

•	If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us, in which case we would pay the taxes directly to the IRS and our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced.

•	Our unitholders may be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

•	Tax gains or losses on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

•	We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of our common units.

•	Our common unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where they do not live as a result of an investment in our common units.

Discussion of Key Risk Factors

The following discussion provides additional information regarding each of our key risk factors by category: Risks Relating to Our Business, Risks Relating to Our Partnership Structure and Tax Risks to Common Unitholders.

Risks Relating to Our Business

The impact of a global public health crisis or foreign conflict on global oil and gas markets may have material adverse consequences for general economic, financial and business conditions, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity and those of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties.

Changes in the supply of and demand for hydrocarbon products impacts both the volume of products that we purchase and sell and the level of services that we provide to customers, which in turn impacts our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Global public health crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and measures taken by governmental authorities, businesses and consumers in response to such crises, have previously adversely impacted the global and U.S. economy by disrupting global supply chains, reducing consumer activity, limiting travel and creating significant volatility and disruption of financial and commodity markets. A future global public health crisis could lead to similar disruptions and related economic repercussions. Any resumed period of economic slowdown or recession, or the return to a period of depressed demand or prices for hydrocarbons that we handle, could have significant adverse consequences on our financial condition and the financial condition of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties, and could diminish our liquidity and negatively affect the volumes of products handled by our pipelines and other facilities.

Similarly, foreign conflicts, including the ongoing war in Ukraine and related sanctions imposed on Russia and the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East may significantly disrupt supply chains for crude oil, natural gas and hydrocarbon products. Although we have not experienced any material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows as a result of these conflicts as of the date of this report, we cannot predict how the continuation of these wars or other foreign conflicts will impact the level of future demand, effects on domestic pricing, and impacts on U.S. oil and gas production. Any economic slowdown or recession in major international markets, including as a result of such supply chain disruptions or sanctions, may also impact demand and depress the price for crude oil, natural gas or other products that we handle, which could have significant adverse consequences on our financial condition and the financial condition of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties, and could diminish our liquidity and negatively affect the volumes of products handled by our pipelines and other facilities.

37

Table of Contents

The potential impact of these types of events on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows depends largely on developments outside our control, including the duration of and response to a public health crisis, the related impact on overall economic activity and the potential long-term impacts on demand for crude oil and other products, all of which cannot be predicted with certainty.

Changes in price levels could negatively impact our revenue, our expenses, or both, which could adversely affect our business.

The operation of our assets and the execution of capital projects require significant expenditures for labor, materials, property, equipment and services. As a result, such costs may increase during periods of general business inflation, including as a result of higher commodity prices, supply chain disruptions, tight labor markets or tariffs imposed on imports. Recent inflationary pressures affecting the general economy and the energy industry have increased our expenses and capital costs, and those costs may continue to increase. Similarly, new tariffs imposed on imports could increase materials cost. While the majority of long-term contracts for our services contain index-based changes and inflation adjustments, we may not be able to pass all of these increased costs to our customers in the form of higher fees for our services. In addition, we use the FERC’s PPI-based price indexing methodology to establish tariff rates in certain markets served by our pipelines. In periods of general price deflation, the ceiling level provided by the FERC’s PPI-based price indexing methodology could decrease, requiring us to reduce our index-based rates, even if the actual costs we incur to operate our assets increase. As such, our revenues and operating margins are impacted by changes in price levels. Prior to adjustments to our applicable rates, material cost increases may affect our operating margins, even if margins in subsequent periods may be normalized following applicable rate adjustments. Accordingly, increased costs during periods of general business inflation that are not passed through to customers or offset by other factors may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in U.S. trade policy and the impact of tariffs may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by uncertainty and changes in U.S. trade policies, including tariffs, trade agreements or other trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other governments. These actions have caused uncertainty and volatility in financial markets, may result in retaliatory measures on U.S. goods and may adversely impact both the U.S. and global economies.

Our business requires access to steel and other materials to construct and maintain our pipelines. While our practice is to source steel through domestic producers in the U.S. in most instances, any imposition of or increase in tariffs on imports of steel or other materials, as well as corresponding price increases for such materials available domestically, could increase our construction costs and our costs to maintain our assets. To the extent that we are unable to pass all or any such cost increases on to our customers, such cost increases could adversely affect our returns on investment. Higher materials costs could also diminish our ability to develop new projects at acceptable returns, particularly during times of economic uncertainty, and limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities.

Tariffs or other trade restrictions may lead to continuing uncertainty and volatility in U.S. and global financial and economic conditions and commodity markets, inflation, and reduced demand for our and our customers’ products and services. Such conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and cash flows. Also, disruptions and volatility in the financial markets may lead to adverse changes in the availability, terms and cost of capital. Such adverse changes could increase our costs of capital and limit our access to external financing sources to fund acquisitions, capital projects, or refinancing of debt maturities on similar terms, which could in turn reduce our cash flows and limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities.

38

Table of Contents

Changes in demand for and prices and production of hydrocarbon products could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We operate predominantly in the midstream energy industry, which includes gathering, transporting, processing, fractionating and storing natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemical and refined products. As such, changes in the prices of hydrocarbon products and in the relative price levels among hydrocarbon products could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Changes in prices may impact demand for hydrocarbon products, which in turn may impact production, demand and the volumes of products for which we provide services. In addition, decreases in demand may be caused by other factors, including prevailing economic conditions, reduced demand by consumers for the end products made with hydrocarbon products, increased competition, adverse weather conditions, public health emergencies, foreign conflicts, retaliatory tariffs on U.S. hydrocarbons by importing countries and government regulations affecting prices and production levels. We may also incur credit and price risk to the extent customers do not fulfill their obligations to us in connection with our marketing of natural gas, NGLs, propylene, refined products and/or crude oil and long-term take-or-pay agreements.

Crude oil and natural gas prices have been volatile in recent years. For example, crude oil prices (based on WTI as measured by the NYMEX) ranged from a high of $93.68 per barrel to a low of $55.27 per barrel in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025. For the period January 1, 2026 through January 31, 2026, WTI prices ranged from a high of $65.42 per barrel to a low of $55.99 per barrel. Natural gas prices (based on Henry Hub as measured by the NYMEX) ranged from a high of $5.29 per MMBtu to a low of $1.58 per MMBtu over the three-year period ended December 31, 2025. Henry Hub natural gas prices ranged from a high of $7.46 per MMBtu to a low of $3.10 per MMBtu from January 1, 2026 through January 31, 2026.

Generally, prices of hydrocarbon products are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainty and a variety of other uncontrollable factors, such as: (i) the level of domestic production and consumer product demand; (ii) the availability of imported crude oil and natural gas and actions taken by foreign crude oil and natural gas producing nations, including members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and Russia (collectively, the “OPEC+” group); (iii) the availability of transportation systems with adequate capacity; (iv) the availability of competitive fuels; (v) fluctuating and seasonal demand for crude oil, natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbon products, including demand for NGL products by the petrochemical, refining and heating industries; (vi) the impact of conservation efforts; (vii) governmental regulation and taxation of production; (viii) reduced demand for hydrocarbons attributable to public health emergencies and (ix) prevailing economic conditions.

We are exposed to natural gas and NGL commodity price risks under certain of our natural gas processing and gathering and NGL fractionation contracts that provide for fees to be calculated based on a regional natural gas or NGL price index, or to be paid in-kind by taking title to natural gas or NGLs. A decrease in natural gas and NGL prices can result in lower margins from these contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Volatility in the prices of natural gas and NGLs can lead to ethane rejection, which results in a reduction in volumes available for transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing. Volatility in these commodity prices may also have an impact on many of our customers, which in turn could have a negative impact on their ability to fulfill their obligations to us.

The crude oil, natural gas and NGLs currently transported, gathered or processed at our facilities originate primarily from existing domestic resource basins, which naturally deplete over time. To offset this natural decline, our facilities need access to production from newly discovered properties. Many economic and business factors beyond our control can adversely affect the decision by producers to explore for and develop new reserves. These factors could include relatively low crude oil and natural gas prices, cost and availability of equipment and labor, regulatory changes, capital budget limitations, the lack of available capital or the probability of success in finding hydrocarbons. A decrease in exploration and development activities in the regions where our facilities and other energy logistic assets are located could result in a decrease in volumes handled by our assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

For a discussion regarding our current outlook on industry fundamentals for 2026, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Current Outlook” included under Part II, Item 7 of this annual report.

39

Table of Contents

We face competition from third parties in our midstream energy businesses.

Even if crude oil and natural gas reserves exist in the areas served by our assets, we may not be chosen by producers in these areas to gather, transport, process, fractionate, store or otherwise handle the hydrocarbons extracted. We compete with other companies, including producers of crude oil and natural gas, for any such production on the basis of many factors, including but not limited to geographic proximity to the production, costs of connection, available capacity, rates and access to markets.

Our NGL, refined products and marine transportation businesses may compete with other pipelines and marine transportation companies in the areas they serve. We also compete with railroads and third party trucking operations in certain of the areas we serve. Competitive pressures may adversely affect our tariff rates or volumes shipped. Also, substantial new construction of inland marine vessels could create an oversupply and intensify competition for our marine transportation business.

The crude oil gathering and marketing business can be characterized by intense competition for supplies of crude oil at the wellhead. A decline in domestic crude oil production could intensify this competition among gatherers and marketers. Our crude oil transportation business competes with common carriers and proprietary pipelines owned and operated by major oil companies, large independent pipeline companies, financial institutions with commodity trading platforms and other companies in the areas where such pipeline systems deliver crude oil.

In our natural gas gathering business, we encounter competition in obtaining contracts to gather natural gas supplies, particularly new supplies. Competition in natural gas gathering is based in large part on reputation, efficiency, system reliability, gathering system capacity and pricing arrangements. Our key competitors in the natural gas gathering business include independent gas gatherers and major integrated energy companies. Alternate gathering facilities are available to producers we serve, and those producers may also elect to construct proprietary gas gathering systems.

Both we and our competitors make significant investments in new energy infrastructure to meet anticipated market demand. The success of our projects depends on utilization of our assets. Demand for our new projects may change during construction, and our competitors may make additional investments or redeploy assets that compete with our projects and existing assets. If either our investments or construction by competitors in the markets we serve result in excess capacity, our facilities and assets could be underutilized, which could cause us to reduce rates for our services. A reduction in rates may result in lower returns on our investments and, as a result, lower the value of our assets.

A significant increase in competition in the midstream energy industry, including construction of new assets or redeployment of existing assets by our competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our debt level may limit our future financial and operating flexibility.

As of December 31, 2025, we had $32.4 billion in principal amount of consolidated senior long-term debt outstanding and $2.3 billion in principal amount of junior subordinated debt outstanding. The amount of our future debt could have significant effects on our operations, including, among other things:

•	a substantial portion of our cash flow could be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our future debt and may not be available for other purposes, including the payment of distributions on our common units and for capital investments;

•	credit rating agencies may take a negative view of the energy sector or our consolidated debt level;

•	covenants contained in our existing and future credit and debt agreements will require us to continue to meet financial tests that may adversely affect our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business, including possible acquisition opportunities;

•	our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital investments, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

•	we may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to similar companies that have less debt; and

40

Table of Contents

•	we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions as a result of our significant debt level.

Our public debt indentures currently do not limit the amount of future indebtedness that we can incur, assume or guarantee. Although our credit agreements restrict our ability to incur additional debt above certain levels, any debt we may incur in compliance with these restrictions may still be substantial. For information regarding our long-term debt, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Our credit agreements and each of the indentures related to our public debt instruments include traditional financial covenants and other restrictions. For example, we are prohibited from making distributions to our partners if such distributions would cause an event of default or otherwise violate a covenant under our credit agreements. A breach of any of these restrictions by us could permit our lenders or noteholders, as applicable, to declare all amounts outstanding under these debt agreements to be immediately due and payable and, in the case of our credit agreements, terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

Our ability to access capital markets to raise capital on favorable terms could be affected by our debt level, when such debt matures, and by prevailing market conditions. Moreover, if the rating agencies were to downgrade the energy sector or our credit ratings, we could experience an increase in our borrowing costs, difficulty assessing capital markets and/or a reduction in the market price of our securities. Such a development could adversely affect our ability to obtain financing for working capital, capital investments or acquisitions, or to refinance existing indebtedness. If we are unable to access the capital markets on favorable terms in the future, we might be forced to seek extensions for some of our short-term debt obligations or to refinance some of our debt obligations through bank credit, as opposed to long-term public debt securities or equity securities. The price and terms upon which we might receive such extensions or additional bank credit, if at all, could be more onerous than those contained in existing debt agreements. Any such arrangements could, in turn, increase the risk that our leverage may adversely affect our future financial and operating flexibility and thereby impact our ability to pay cash distributions at expected levels.

We may not be able to fully execute our growth strategy if we encounter illiquid capital markets or increased competition for investment opportunities.

Our growth strategy contemplates the development and acquisition of a wide range of midstream and other energy infrastructure assets while maintaining a strong balance sheet. This strategy includes constructing and acquiring additional assets and businesses that enhance our ability to compete effectively and to diversify our asset portfolio, thereby providing us with more stable cash flows. We consider and pursue potential joint ventures, acquisitions, standalone projects and other transactions that we believe may present opportunities to expand our business, increase our market position and realize operational synergies.

We will require substantial new capital to finance the future development and acquisition of assets and businesses. For example, our capital investments for 2025 reflected $5.6 billion of cash payments for capital projects, acquisitions and other investments. Based on information currently available, we expect our total organic capital investments for 2026, net of contributions from noncontrolling interests, to approximate $3.1 billion to $3.5 billion, which includes organic growth capital investments of $2.5 billion to $2.9 billion and sustaining capital expenditures of $580 million. Any limitations on our access to capital may impair our ability to execute this growth strategy. If our cost of debt or equity capital becomes too expensive, our ability to develop or acquire accretive assets will be limited. We also may not be able to raise the necessary funds on satisfactory terms, if at all.

Any sustained tightening of the credit markets may have a material adverse effect on us by, among other things, decreasing our ability to finance growth capital projects or business acquisitions on favorable terms and by the imposition of increasingly restrictive borrowing covenants. In addition, the distribution yields of any new equity we may issue may be higher than historical levels, making additional equity issuances more expensive. Accordingly, increased costs of equity and debt will make returns on capital expenditures with proceeds from such capital less accretive on a per unit basis.

We also may compete with third parties in the acquisition of energy infrastructure assets that complement our existing asset base. Increased competition for a limited pool of assets could result in our losing to other bidders more often than in the past or acquiring assets at less attractive prices. Either occurrence could limit our ability to fully execute our growth strategy. Our inability to execute our growth strategy may materially adversely affect our ability to maintain or pay higher cash distributions in the future.

41

Table of Contents

Our actual construction, development and acquisition costs could materially exceed forecasted amounts.

We have announced and are engaged in multiple significant construction projects involving existing and new assets for which we have expended or will expend significant capital. These projects entail significant logistical, technological and staffing challenges. We may not be able to complete our projects at the costs we estimated at the time of each project’s initiation or that we currently estimate. Similarly, force majeure events such as hurricanes along the U.S. Gulf Coast may cause delays, shortages of skilled labor and additional expenses for these construction and development projects.

If capital investments materially exceed expected amounts, then our future cash flows could be reduced, which, in turn, could reduce the amount of cash we expect to have available for distribution. In addition, a material increase in project costs could result in decreased overall profitability of the newly constructed asset once it is placed into service.

Our construction of new assets is subject to operational, regulatory, environmental, political, geopolitical, legal and economic risks, which may result in delays, increased costs or decreased cash flows.

One of the ways we intend to grow our business is through the construction of new midstream energy infrastructure assets. The construction of new assets involves numerous operational, regulatory, environmental, political, geopolitical, legal and economic risks beyond our control and may require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital. These potential risks include, among other things, the following:

•	we may be unable to complete construction projects on schedule or at the budgeted cost due to the unavailability of required construction personnel, the unavailability of or delays in obtaining necessary materials as a result of supply chain disruptions (including those caused by public health emergency restrictions or geopolitical events, such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine or ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), accidents, weather conditions or an inability to obtain necessary permits;

•	we will not receive any material increase in operating cash flows until the project is completed, even though we may have expended considerable funds during the construction phase, which may be prolonged;

•	we may construct facilities to capture anticipated future production growth in a region in which such growth does not materialize;

•	since we are not engaged in the exploration for and development of crude oil or natural gas reserves, we may not have access to third-party estimates of reserves in an area prior to our constructing facilities in the area. As a result, we may construct facilities in an area where the reserves are materially lower than we anticipate;

•	in those situations where we do rely on third-party reserve estimates in making a decision to construct assets, these estimates may prove inaccurate;

•	the completion or success of our construction project may depend on the completion of a third-party construction project (e.g., a downstream crude oil refinery expansion or construction of a new petrochemical facility) that we do not control and that may be subject to numerous of its own potential risks, delays and complexities; and

•	we may be unable to obtain rights-of-way to construct additional pipelines or the cost to do so may be uneconomical.

A materialization of any of these risks could adversely affect our ability to achieve growth in the level of our cash flows or realize benefits from expansion opportunities or construction projects, which could impact the level of cash distributions we pay to our unitholders.

42

Table of Contents

Several of our assets have been in service for many years and require significant expenditures to maintain them. As a result, an increase in future maintenance or repair costs or delays in completing necessary maintenance or repair activities could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our pipelines, terminals and storage assets are generally long-lived assets, and many of them have been in service for many years. The age and condition of our assets could result in increased maintenance or repair expenditures in the future. Additionally, we may be unable to complete maintenance or repairs due to the unavailability of necessary materials as a result of supply chain disruptions (including those caused by public health emergency restrictions or geopolitical events, such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine or ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), which may result in the suspension of operations of the impacted assets until such activities can be completed. Any significant increase in these expenditures or delays in completing necessary maintenance or repairs could adversely affect our results of operations, financial position or cash flows, as well as our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The inability to continue to access lands owned by third parties and governmental bodies could adversely affect our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to operate our pipeline systems on certain lands owned by third parties will depend on our maintaining existing rights-of-way and obtaining new rights-of-way on those lands. We are parties to rights-of-way agreements, permits and licenses authorizing land use with numerous parties, including private land owners, governmental entities, Native American tribes, rail carriers, public utilities and others. Our ability to secure extensions of existing agreements, permits and licenses is essential to our continuing business operations, and securing additional rights-of-way will be critical to our ability to pursue expansion projects. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to maintain access to all existing rights-of-way upon the expiration of the current grants, that all of the rights-of-way will be obtained in a timely fashion or that we will acquire new rights-of-way as needed.

In particular, various federal agencies within the U.S. Department of the Interior, particularly the Bureau of Indian Affairs, Bureau of Land Management, and the Office of Natural Resources Revenue, along with each Native American tribe, promulgate and enforce regulations pertaining to natural gas and oil operations on Native American tribal lands. These regulations and approval requirements relate to such matters as drilling and production requirements and environmental standards. In addition, each Native American tribe is a sovereign nation having the right to enforce laws and regulations and to grant approvals independent from federal, state and local statutes and regulations. These tribal laws and regulations include various taxes, fees, requirements to employ Native American tribal members and other conditions that apply to operators and contractors conducting operations on Native American tribal lands. One or more of these factors may increase our cost of doing business on Native American tribal lands and impact the viability of, or prevent or delay our ability to conduct our operations on such lands.

Furthermore, whether we have the power of eminent domain for our pipelines varies from state to state, depending upon the type of pipeline, the laws of the particular state and the ownership of the land to which we seek access. When we exercise eminent domain rights or negotiate private agreements, we must compensate landowners for the use of their property and, in eminent domain actions, such compensation may be determined by a court. The inability to exercise the power of eminent domain could negatively affect our business if we were to lose the right to use or occupy the property on which our pipelines are located.

We may face opposition to the construction and operation of our pipelines and facilities from various groups.

We may face opposition to the operation of our pipelines and facilities from environmental groups, landowners, tribal groups, local groups and other advocates. Such opposition could take many forms, including organized protests, attempts to block or sabotage our construction activities and operations, intervention in regulatory or administrative proceedings involving our assets, or lawsuits or other actions designed to prevent, disrupt or delay the operation of our assets and business. For example, repairing our pipelines often involves securing consent from individual landowners to access their property; one or more landowners may resist our efforts to make needed repairs, which could lead to an interruption in the operation of the affected pipeline or facility for a period of time that is significantly longer than would have otherwise been the case. In addition, acts of sabotage or eco-terrorism could cause significant damage or injury to people, property or the environment or lead to extended interruptions of our operations. Any such event that interrupts the revenues generated by our operations, or which causes us to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce our cash available for paying distributions to our partners and, accordingly, adversely affect our financial condition and the market price of our securities.

43

Table of Contents

Our growth strategy may adversely affect our results of operations if we do not successfully integrate and manage the businesses that we acquire or if we substantially increase our indebtedness and contingent liabilities to make acquisitions.

Our growth strategy includes making accretive acquisitions. From time to time, we evaluate and acquire additional assets and businesses that we believe complement our existing operations. We may be unable to successfully integrate and manage the businesses we acquire in the future. We may incur substantial expenses or encounter delays or other problems in connection with our growth strategy that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, acquisitions and business expansions involve numerous risks, such as:

•	difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, services and products of the acquired assets or businesses;

•	establishing the internal controls and procedures we are required to maintain under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

•	managing relationships with new joint venture partners with whom we have not previously partnered;

•	experiencing unforeseen operational interruptions or the loss of key employees, customers or suppliers;

•	inefficiencies and complexities that can arise because of unfamiliarity with new assets and the businesses associated with them, including with their markets; and

•	diversion of the attention of management and other personnel from day-to-day business to the development or acquisition of new businesses and other business opportunities.

If consummated, any acquisition or investment would also likely result in the incurrence of indebtedness and contingent liabilities and an increase in interest expense and depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses. As a result, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly following a material acquisition. A substantial increase in our indebtedness and contingent liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, any anticipated benefits of a material acquisition, such as expected cost savings or other synergies, may not be fully realized, if at all.

Acquisitions that appear to increase our operating cash flows may nevertheless reduce our operating cash flows on a per unit basis.

Even if we make acquisitions that we believe will increase our operating cash flows, these acquisitions may ultimately result in a reduction of operating cash flow on a per unit basis, such as if our assumptions regarding a newly acquired asset or business did not materialize or unforeseen risks occurred. As a result, an acquisition initially deemed accretive based on information available at the time could turn out not to be. Examples of risks that could cause an acquisition to ultimately not be accretive include our inability to achieve anticipated operating and financial projections or to integrate an acquired business successfully, the assumption of unknown liabilities for which we become liable, and the loss of key employees or key customers. If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and our unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will in making such decisions. As a result of the risks noted above, we may not realize the full benefits we expect from a material acquisition, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

44

Table of Contents

A natural disaster, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other extraordinary event could result in severe personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could curtail our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Some of our operations involve risks of personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could curtail our operations and otherwise materially adversely affect our cash flow. For example, natural gas facilities operate at high pressures, sometimes in excess of 1,100 pounds per square inch. In addition, our marine transportation business is subject to additional risks, including the possibility of marine accidents and spill events. From time to time, our octane enhancement facility may produce MTBE for export, which could expose us to additional risks from spill events. Virtually all of our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters and severe weather, including hurricanes, tornadoes, storms, extreme winter events, floods and/or earthquakes. The location of our assets and our customers’ assets in the U.S. Gulf Coast region makes them particularly vulnerable to hurricane or tropical storm risk. In addition, terrorists may target our physical facilities and computer hackers may attack our electronic systems.

If one or more facilities or electronic systems that we own or that deliver products to us or that supply our facilities are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other extraordinary event, our operations could be significantly interrupted. These interruptions could involve significant damage to people, property or the environment, and repairs could take from a week or less for a minor incident to six months or more for a major interruption. Additionally, some of the storage contracts that we are a party to obligate us to indemnify our customers for any damage or injury occurring during the period in which the customers’ product is in our possession. Any event that interrupts the revenues generated by our operations, or which causes us to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce our cash available for paying distributions and, accordingly, adversely affect the market price of our common units.

We believe that EPCO maintains adequate insurance coverage on our behalf; however, insurance will not cover all types of interruptions that might occur, will not cover amounts up to applicable deductibles and will not cover all risks associated with the nature and extent of our operations. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain types of insurance (e.g., general liability policies) can increase substantially, and in some instances, such insurance may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage.

In the future, circumstances may arise whereby EPCO may not be able to renew existing insurance policies on our behalf or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur.

A cyber-attack on our IT or OT systems could affect our business and assets, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We rely on our IT and OT systems, as well as systems of third-party vendors, to conduct our business. These systems include information used to operate our assets, as well as cloud-based services. These systems are subject to possible security breaches and cyber-attacks.

Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated, and U.S. government warnings have indicated that infrastructure assets, including pipelines, may be specifically targeted by certain groups. These attacks include, without limitation, malicious software, ransomware, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data, and other electronic security breaches. These attacks, which could increase as a result of geopolitical events (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine or ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), may be perpetrated by state-sponsored groups, “hacktivists”, criminal organizations or private individuals (including employee malfeasance). These cybersecurity risks include cyber-attacks on both us and third parties who provide material services to us. In addition to disrupting operations, cyber security breaches could also affect our ability to operate or control our facilities, render data or systems unusable, or result in the theft of sensitive, confidential or customer information. These events could also damage our reputation, and result in losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability to third parties.

45

Table of Contents

We do not carry insurance specifically for cybersecurity events; however, certain of our insurance policies may allow for coverage of associated damages resulting from such events. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur.

Failure of our critical IT or OT systems could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay cash distributions.

We rely on IT and OT systems to operate our assets and manage our businesses. We depend on these systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, including financial records and personally identifiable information such as employee, customer, investor and payroll data, and to manage or support a variety of business processes, including our supply chain, pipeline and storage operations, gathering and processing operations, financial transactions, banking and numerous other processes and transactions. Some of these IT and OT systems are proprietary and custom designed for our business, while others are based upon or reside on commercially available technologies.

We have policies and procedures in place designed to protect our critical systems. Our cybersecurity approach is strategically layered with people, technology and processes such as disaster recovery, incident response and business continuity. However, the risk of critical systems failing due to an unforeseen major disruption cannot be eliminated.

Failures of these IT or OT systems, whether due to power failures, a cybersecurity event or other reason, could result in a breach of critical operational or financial controls and lead to unanticipated costs and a disruption of our operations, commercial activities or financial processes. Such failures could adversely affect our results of operations, financial position or cash flow, as well as our ability to pay cash distributions in a timely manner. State and federal cybersecurity legislation could also impose new requirements on us, which could increase our cost of doing business.

Our business requires extensive credit risk management that may not be adequate to protect against customer nonpayment.

We may incur credit risk to the extent customers do not fulfill their obligations to us in connection with our marketing of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products and long-term contracts with minimum volume commitments or fixed demand charges. Risks of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers are a major consideration in our businesses, and our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to sufficiently eliminate customer credit risk. Further, adverse economic conditions in our industry may increase the risk of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers, particularly customers that have sub-investment grade credit ratings or small-scale companies. We manage our exposure to credit risk through customer diversification, credit analysis, credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for certain transactions may utilize letters of credit, prepayments, net out agreements and guarantees. However, these procedures and policies do not fully eliminate customer credit risk.

The primary markets for our services are the Gulf Coast, Southwest, Rocky Mountains, Northeast and Midwest regions of the U.S. We have a concentration of trade receivable balances due from domestic and international major integrated oil and gas companies, independent oil and gas companies and other pipelines and wholesalers operating in these markets. These concentrations of market areas may affect our overall credit risk in that the customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other factors.

See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report for information regarding our allowance for credit losses.

The use of derivative financial instruments could result in material financial losses by us.

Historically, we have sought to limit a portion of the adverse effects resulting from changes in energy commodity prices and interest rates by using derivative instruments. Derivative instruments typically include futures, forward contracts, swaps, options and other instruments with similar characteristics. Substantially all of our derivatives are used for non-trading activities.

46

Table of Contents

To the extent that we hedge our commodity price and interest rate exposures, we will forego the benefits we would otherwise experience if commodity prices or interest rates were to change in our favor. In addition, hedging activities can result in losses that might be material to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such losses could occur under various circumstances, including those situations where a counterparty does not perform its obligations under a hedge arrangement, the hedge is not effective in mitigating the underlying risk, or our risk management policies and procedures are not followed. Adverse economic conditions (e.g., a significant decline in energy commodity prices that negatively impact the cash flows of oil and gas producers) increase the risk of nonpayment or performance by our hedging counterparties.

See Part II, Item 7A of this annual report and Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report for a discussion of our derivative instruments and related hedging activities.

Our risk management policies cannot eliminate all commodity price risks. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies could result in significant financial losses.

When engaged in marketing activities, it is our policy to maintain physical commodity positions that are substantially balanced with respect to price risks between purchases, on the one hand, and sales or future delivery obligations, on the other hand. Through these transactions, we seek to earn a margin for the commodity purchased by selling the commodity for physical delivery to third party users, such as producers, wholesalers, local distributors, independent refiners, marketing companies or major integrated oil and gas companies. These policies and practices cannot, however, eliminate all price risks. For example, any event that disrupts our anticipated physical supply could expose us to risk of loss resulting from price changes if we are required to obtain alternative supplies to cover our sales transactions. We are also exposed to basis risks when a commodity is purchased against one pricing index and sold against a different index. Moreover, we are exposed to some risks that are not hedged, including price risks on product we own, such as pipeline linefill, which must be maintained in order to facilitate transportation of the commodity in our pipelines. In addition, our marketing operations involve the risk of non-compliance with our risk management policies. We cannot assure you that our processes and procedures will detect and prevent all violations of our risk management policies, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved. If we were to incur a material loss related to commodity price risks, including non-compliance with our risk management policies, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our variable-rate debt, including those fixed-rate debt obligations that may be converted to variable-rate through the use of interest rate swaps, make us vulnerable to increases in interest rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operation and cash flows.

At December 31, 2025, we had $34.1 billion in principal amount of consolidated fixed-rate debt outstanding, including current maturities thereof.

Additionally, at December 31, 2025, we had $582 million of variable-rate debt.

After increasing benchmark interest rates in 2022 and 2023, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System lowered benchmark interest rates during 2024 and 2025, and such rates may fall further in 2026. However, should interest rates increase significantly, the amount of cash required to service our debt (including any future refinancing of our fixed-rate debt instruments) would increase. Additionally, from time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements, which could increase our exposure to variable interest rates. As a result, significant increases in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

An increase in interest rates may also cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity securities in general, and in particular, for yield-based equity securities such as our common units. A reduction in demand for our common units may cause their trading price to decline.

Our pipeline integrity program as well as compliance with pipeline safety laws and regulations may impose significant costs and liabilities on us.

If we were to incur material costs in connection with our pipeline integrity program or pipeline safety laws and regulations, those costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

47

Table of Contents

The DOT requires pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs to comprehensively evaluate their pipelines, and take measures to protect pipeline segments located in HCAs. The majority of the costs to comply with this integrity management rule are associated with pipeline integrity testing and any repairs found to be necessary as a result of such testing. Changes such as advances in pipeline inspection tools, identification of additional threats to a pipeline’s integrity and changes to the amount of pipe determined to be located in HCAs can have a significant impact on the costs to perform integrity testing and repairs. We will continue our pipeline integrity testing programs to assess and maintain the integrity of our pipelines. The results of these tests could cause us to incur significant and unanticipated capital and operating expenditures for repairs or upgrades deemed necessary to ensure the continued safe and reliable operation of our pipelines.

In total, our pipeline integrity costs for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $144 million, $126 million and $104 million, respectively. Of these annual totals, we charged $66 million, $70 million and $55 million to operating costs and expenses during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The remaining annual pipeline integrity costs were capitalized and treated as sustaining capital projects. We expect the cost of our pipeline integrity program, regardless of whether such costs are capitalized or expensed, to approximate $150 million for 2026.

For additional information regarding the pipeline safety regulations, see “Regulatory Matters – Environmental, Safety and Conservation – Pipeline Safety” included under Part I, Items 1 and 2 of this annual report.

Environmental, health and safety costs and liabilities, and changing environmental, health and safety regulation, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our operations are subject to various environmental, health and safety requirements and potential liabilities under extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations. Further, we cannot ensure that existing environmental, health and safety regulations will not be revised or that new regulations will not be adopted or become applicable to us. Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with applicable regulations and permits and to subject violators to civil and criminal penalties, including substantial fines, injunctions or both. Certain environmental laws, including CERCLA and analogous state laws and regulations, may impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean-up and restore sites where hazardous substances or hydrocarbons have been disposed or otherwise released. Moreover, third parties, including neighboring landowners, may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance or to recover for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment. Failure to comply with these requirements may expose us to fines, penalties and/or interruptions in our operations that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, future environmental, health and safety law developments, such as stricter laws, regulations, permits or enforcement policies, could significantly increase some costs of our operations. Areas of potential future environmental, health and safety law developments include the following items.

Climate Change. Responding to reports regarding global warming and climate change matters, the U.S. Congress from time to time has considered and adopted legislation intended to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases or require fees related to greenhouse gas emissions or carbon taxes. In addition, certain states, including states in which our facilities or operations are located, have, individually or in regional cooperation, taken or proposed measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. Various policies and approaches, including establishing a cap on emissions, requiring efficiency measures, or providing incentives for emissions reduction, use of renewable energy sources, or use of replacement fuels with lower carbon content, have been considered and could result in additional actions involving greenhouse gases.

48

Table of Contents

The adoption and implementation of any federal, state or local regulations imposing reporting obligations on, or limiting emissions of greenhouse gases from, our equipment and operations could require us to incur significant costs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the crude oil, natural gas or other hydrocarbon products that we transport, store or otherwise handle in connection with our midstream services. The potential increase in our operating costs could include costs to operate and maintain our facilities, install new emission controls on our facilities, acquire allowances to authorize greenhouse gas emissions (whether emitted by our operations or associated with fuel that we supply into the markets), pay taxes or fees related to greenhouse gas emissions, and administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. We may not be able to recover such increased costs through customer prices or rates, which may limit our access to, or otherwise cause us to reduce our participation in, certain market activities. In addition, changes in regulatory policies that result in a reduction in the demand for hydrocarbon products that are deemed to contribute to greenhouse gases, or restrictions on their use, may reduce volumes available to us for processing, transportation, marketing and storage. These developments could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, numerous countries around the world have adopted, or are considering adopting laws or regulations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. It is not possible to know how quickly renewable energy technologies may advance, but if significant additional legislation and regulation were enacted, the increased use of renewable energy could ultimately reduce future demand for hydrocarbons. These developments could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are in the process of exploring and developing opportunities to capitalize on changes in law and market dynamics relating to greenhouse gas emissions, such as projects related to carbon capture and sequestration and the production and use of hydrogen. These types of projects pose a variety of risks to us, including: (i) we could overestimate the timing or extent of market demand for such services, and therefore divert capital from more profitable opportunities; (ii) we could rely on temporary subsidies or similar market distortions for an increasing portion of our revenue, which reliance could reduce the long-term economic sustainability of our associated operations; (iii) counterparties to projects considered may not have the same credit profiles as many of our existing customers; and (iv) such projects may involve shorter-term contracts than employed with traditional opportunities, thereby involving greater risk to us.

In addition to direct regulation of emissions as described above, there has been an expansion of requirements and incentives relating to reporting greenhouse gas emissions and other climate change-related matters. We currently file greenhouse gas emission reports for certain facilities and equipment subject to EPA reporting regulations. However, we do not publicly report our total direct or indirect greenhouse gas emissions, and it may not be feasible to quantify all types of emissions without relying on estimates. If we are required to determine comprehensively and report publicly our full direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, or certain other climate change-related matters, then such determinations and disclosures could entail significant costs and administrative burdens and be a source of potential liability and negative publicity. Alternatively, if we do not make such determinations or public disclosures, we may be prevented from operating or supplying products into certain markets or dealing with certain counterparties.

Hydraulic Fracturing. Substantially all of our producer customers employ hydraulic fracturing techniques (commonly referred to as “fracking”) to stimulate natural gas and crude oil production from unconventional geological formations (including shale formations), which entails the injection of pressurized fracturing fluids (consisting of water, sand and certain chemicals) into a well bore. The U.S. federal government, and some states and localities, have adopted, and others are considering adopting, regulations or ordinances that could restrict hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances, or that would impose higher taxes, fees or royalties on such activities. Increased regulation and attention given to the hydraulic fracturing process could lead to greater opposition to crude oil and natural gas drilling activities using hydraulic fracturing techniques, including increased litigation. Additional legislation or regulation could also lead to operational delays and/or increased operating costs in the production of crude oil and natural gas (including natural gas produced from shale plays like the Permian, Eagle Ford, Haynesville, Barnett, Marcellus and Utica Shales) incurred by our customers or could make it more difficult to perform hydraulic fracturing. If these legislative and regulatory initiatives cause a material decrease in the drilling of new wells and related servicing activities, it may affect the volume of hydrocarbon products available to our midstream businesses and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

See “Regulatory Matters” under Part I, Items 1 and 2 of this annual report for more information and specific disclosures relating to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and costs and liabilities.

49

Table of Contents

Federal, state or local regulatory measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The FERC regulates interstate transportation services provided by our liquids pipelines under the ICA. State regulatory agencies regulate many of our assets, including intrastate natural gas and NGL pipelines, intrastate storage facilities and gathering lines.

Our intrastate liquids and natural gas pipelines are subject to regulation in many states, including Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, New Mexico and Texas. To the extent our intrastate natural gas pipelines engage in interstate transportation, they are also subject to regulation by the FERC pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA and required to provide service on a not unduly discriminatory basis and pursuant to fair and equitable rates. We also have natural gas underground storage facilities in Louisiana and Texas. Although state regulation is typically less comprehensive in scope than regulation by the FERC, our services are typically required to be provided on a nondiscriminatory basis and are also subject to challenge by protest and complaint.

Although our natural gas gathering systems are generally exempt from FERC regulation under the NGA, our natural gas gathering operations could be adversely affected should they become subject to federal regulation of rates and services, or, if the states in which we operate adopt policies imposing more onerous regulation on gas gathering operations. Additional rules, decisions and legislation pertaining to our assets are considered and adopted from time to time at both state and federal levels. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such regulatory changes and legislation might have on our operations, but we could be required to incur additional capital expenditures.

For a general overview of federal, state and local regulation applicable to our assets, see “Regulatory Matters” included within Part I, Items 1 and 2 of this annual report. This regulatory oversight can affect certain aspects of our business and the market for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The rates of our regulated assets are subject to review and possible adjustment by federal and state regulators, which could adversely affect our revenues.

The FERC, pursuant to the ICA (as amended), the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and rules and orders promulgated thereunder, regulates the tariff rates and terms and conditions of service for our interstate common carrier liquids pipeline operations. To be lawful under the ICA, interstate tariff rates, terms and conditions of service must be just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory and must be on file with the FERC. In addition, pipelines may not confer any undue preference upon any shipper. Shippers may protest (and the FERC may investigate) the lawfulness of new or changed tariff rates. The FERC can suspend those tariff rates for up to seven months. It can also require refunds of amounts collected pursuant to rates that are ultimately found to be unlawful and prescribe new rates prospectively. The FERC and interested parties can also challenge tariff rates that have become final and effective. The FERC can also order new rates to take effect prospectively and order reparations for past rates that exceed the just and reasonable level up to two years prior to the date of a complaint. Due to the complexity of rate making, the lawfulness of any rate is never assured. A successful challenge of our rates could adversely affect our revenues.

The FERC uses prescribed rate methodologies for approving regulated tariff rate changes for interstate liquids pipelines. The FERC’s indexing methodology currently allows a pipeline to charge rates up to a prescribed ceiling level that changes annually based upon the index adjustment promulgated by FERC for the year. The annual index adjustment that is prescribed by FERC reflects the year-to-year change in the U.S. Producer Price Index for Finished Goods (“PPI”) plus or minus a predetermined percentage (“Index Level”). The Index Level is subject to review and revision every five years.

As an alternative to this indexing methodology, we may also choose to support changes in our rates based on a cost-of-service methodology, or by obtaining advance approval from FERC to charge “market-based rates,” or by charging “settlement rates” agreed to by all affected shippers. The requirements imposed by these methodologies may limit our ability to set rates based on our actual costs or may delay our ability to charge rates reflecting increased costs. Adverse decisions by the FERC related to our rates could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

50

Table of Contents

With respect to our intrastate natural gas pipelines that provide service pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA, FERC regulates the statement of operating conditions related to such service under the NGPA, which requires fair and equitable rates and not unduly discriminatory terms and conditions of service. FERC requires pipelines providing Section 311 service to support their filed rates on a fair and equitable basis every five years. Shippers may protest a rate filing or file a complaint at any time (and the FERC may investigate at any time) the lawfulness of new or changed terms and conditions of service and Section 311 rates, which can be subject to refund if ultimately found to be unlawful. Due to the complexity of rate making, the lawfulness of any rate is never assured. A successful challenge of our rates could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The intrastate liquids and natural gas pipeline transportation services we provide are subject to various state laws and regulations that apply to the rates we charge and the terms and conditions of the services we offer. The rates we charge and the provision of our services may be subject to challenge at the state level and any adverse decisions could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The adoption and implementation of new statutory and regulatory requirements for derivative transactions could have an adverse impact on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business and increase the working capital requirements to conduct these activities.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) provides for statutory and regulatory requirements for swaps and other derivative transactions, including financial and certain physical oil and gas hedging transactions. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC has adopted regulations requiring registration of swap dealers and major swap participants, mandatory clearing of swaps, election of the end-user exception for any uncleared swaps by certain qualified companies, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, business conduct standards and position limits among other requirements. Several of these requirements, including position limits rules, allow the CFTC to impose controls that could have an adverse impact on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business and could increase our working capital requirements to conduct these activities.

Based on an assessment of final rules promulgated by the CFTC, we have determined that we are not a swap dealer, major swap participant or a financial entity, and therefore have determined that we currently qualify as an end-user. In addition, the vast majority of our derivative transactions are currently transacted through a Derivatives Clearing Organization, and we believe our use of the end-user exception will likely not be necessary on a routine basis. We will also seek to retain our status as an end-user by taking reasonable measures necessary to avoid becoming a swap dealer, major swap participant or financial entity, and other measures to preserve our ability to elect the end-user exception should it become necessary. However, derivative transactions that are not clearable, and transactions that are clearable but for which we choose to elect the end-user exception, are subject to recordkeeping and reporting requirements and potentially additional credit support arrangements including cash margin or collateral. Posting of additional cash margin or collateral could affect our liquidity and reduce our ability to use cash for capital investments or other company purposes.

While we believe that the majority of our hedging transactions would meet one or more of the enumerated categories for bona fide hedges under the Dodd-Frank Act, the rules could have an adverse impact on our ability to hedge certain risks associated with our business and could potentially affect our profitability.

Over time, the Executive Branch, the U.S. Congress and the CFTC itself may express interest in amending some of the statutory and regulatory provisions impacting financial markets and institutions and in reevaluating some of the existing regulations and regulatory proposals. In addition, the make-up of the CFTC, and its Chairman, changes periodically, often year-to-year, since the term for one CFTC seat expires each year. Those personnel changes can also impact the regulatory agenda. It is not clear what, if any, changes in the law may gain sufficient support to be enacted or what, if any, changes in the existing regulations might move forward and be adopted, or how any such changes would impact our hedging activity.

Our standalone operating cash flow is derived primarily from cash distributions we receive from EPO.

On a standalone basis, the Partnership is a holding company with no business operations and conducts all of its business through its wholly owned subsidiary, EPO. As a result, we depend upon the earnings and cash flows of EPO and its subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates, and the distribution of their cash flows to us in order to meet our obligations and to allow us to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

51

Table of Contents

The amount of cash EPO and its subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates can distribute to us depends primarily on cash flows generated from their operations. These operating cash flows fluctuate based on, among other things, the: (i) volume of hydrocarbon products transported on their gathering and transmission pipelines; (ii) throughput volumes in their processing and treating operations; (iii) fees charged and the margins realized for their various storage, terminaling, processing and transportation services; (iv) price of natural gas, crude oil, NGLs and other products; (v) relationships among natural gas, crude oil, NGL and other product prices, including differentials between regional markets; (vi) fluctuations in their working capital needs; (vii) level of their operating costs; (viii) prevailing economic conditions; and (ix) level of competition encountered by their businesses. In addition, the actual amount of cash EPO and its subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates will have available for distribution will depend on factors such as: (i) the level of sustaining capital expenditures incurred; (ii) their cash outlays for expansion (or growth) capital projects and acquisitions; and (iii) their debt service requirements and restrictions included in the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, organizational documents, applicable state business organization laws and other applicable laws and regulations. Due to these factors, we may not have sufficient available cash each quarter to continue paying distributions at our current levels.

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our financial statements and financial performance.

In preparing our financial statements and periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act, our management is required under applicable rules and regulations, including accounting standards, to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Actual results may differ materially as circumstances change and other information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include: the useful economic lives and residual values of our assets; the economic life of contract-based intangible assets; impairments of property, plant and equipment and investments in affiliates; accruals for estimated liabilities, including reserves for litigation; and routine estimates involving revenues and costs of certain natural gas processing facilities, pipeline transportation revenues, fractionation revenues, marketing revenues and related purchases, and power and utility costs. Changes in estimates or assumptions or information underlying assumptions, such as changes in the Partnership’s business plans, general market conditions and changes in management’s outlook on commodity prices could materially affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses.

Risks Relating to Our Partnership Structure

We may issue additional securities without the approval of our common unitholders.

At any time, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type (to parties other than our affiliates) without the approval of our unitholders. Our partnership agreement does not give our common unitholders the right to approve the issuance of equity securities, including equity securities ranking senior to our common units. The issuance of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects: (i) the ownership interest of a unitholder immediately prior to the issuance will decrease; (ii) the amount of cash available for distribution on each common unit may decrease; (iii) the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase; (iv) the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common unit may be diminished; and (v) the market price of our common units may decline.

We may not have sufficient operating cash flows to pay cash distributions at the current level following establishment of cash reserves and payments of fees and expenses.

Because cash distributions on our common units are dependent on the amount of cash we generate, distributions may fluctuate based on our performance and capital needs. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to pay distributions at the current level each quarter. The actual amount of cash that is available to be distributed each quarter will depend upon numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and the control of our general partner. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the volume of the products that we handle and the prices we receive for our services; (ii) the level of our operating costs; (iii) the level of competition in our business; (iv) prevailing economic conditions, including the price of and demand for crude oil, natural gas, NGLs and other products we transport, store and market; (v) the level of capital investments we make; (vi) the amount and cost of capital we can raise compared to the amount of our capital investments and debt service requirements; (vii) restrictions contained in our debt agreements; (viii) fluctuations in our working capital needs; (ix) weather volatility; (x) cash outlays for acquisitions, if any; and (xi) the amount, if any, of cash reserves required by our general partner in its sole discretion.

52

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the amount of cash that we have available for distribution is not solely a function of profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization and provisions for asset impairments. Our cash flows are also impacted by borrowings under credit agreements and similar arrangements. As a result, we may be able to make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not be able to make cash distributions during periods when we record net income. An inability on our part to pay cash distributions to our unitholders could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our general partner and its affiliates have limited fiduciary responsibilities to, and conflicts of interest with respect to, our partnership, which may permit it to favor its own interests to your detriment.

The directors and officers of our general partner and its affiliates have duties to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its members. At the same time, our general partner has duties to manage our partnership in a manner that is beneficial to us. Therefore, our general partner’s duties to us may conflict with the duties of its officers and directors to its members. Such conflicts may include, among others, the following:

•	neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our general partner or EPCO to pursue a business strategy that favors us;

•	decisions of our general partner regarding the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, cash expenditures, borrowings, issuances of additional units, and the establishment of additional reserves in any quarter may affect the level of cash available to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders;

•	under our partnership agreement, our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

•	our general partner is allowed to resolve any conflicts of interest involving us and our general partner and its affiliates, and may take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as EPCO, in resolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its fiduciary duty to our unitholders;

•	any resolution of a conflict of interest by our general partner not made in bad faith and that is fair and reasonable to us is binding on the partners and is not a breach of our partnership agreement;

•	affiliates of our general partner may compete with us in certain circumstances;

•	our general partner has limited its liability and reduced its fiduciary duties and has also restricted the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might, without the limitations, constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. As a result of purchasing our units, you are deemed to consent to some actions and conflicts of interest that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable law;

•	we do not have any employees and we rely solely on employees of EPCO and its affiliates;

•	in some instances, our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of distributions;

•	our general partner may cause us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;

•	our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations and, in some circumstances, may be entitled to be indemnified by us;

•	our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by our general partner and its affiliates; and

•	our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

We have significant business relationships with entities controlled by EPCO and Dan Duncan LLC. For information regarding these relationships and related party transactions with EPCO and its affiliates, see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report. Additional information regarding our relationship with EPCO and its affiliates can also be found under Part III, Item 13 of this annual report.

53

Table of Contents

The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We currently list our common units on the NYSE under the symbol “EPD.” Because we are a publicly traded limited partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s Board or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Additionally, any future issuance of additional common units or other securities, including to affiliates, will not be subject to the NYSE’s shareholder approval rules that apply to a corporation. Accordingly, unitholders do not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. See Part III, Item 10 of this annual report for additional information.

Unitholders have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors. In addition, even if unitholders are dissatisfied, they cannot easily remove our general partner.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders did not elect our general partner or its directors and will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. The owners of our general partner choose the directors of our general partner.

Furthermore, if unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they currently have no practical ability to remove our general partner or its officers or directors. Our general partner may not be removed except upon the vote of the holders of at least 60% of our outstanding units voting together as a single class. Since affiliates of our general partner currently own approximately 32.5% of our outstanding common units, the removal of Enterprise GP as our general partner is highly unlikely without the consent of both our general partner and its affiliates. As a result of this provision, the trading price of our common units may be lower than other forms of equity ownership because of the absence of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by a provision in our partnership agreement stating that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of our common units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, cannot be voted on any matter. In addition, our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting our unitholders’ ability to influence our management. As a result of this provision, the trading price of our common units may be lower than other forms of equity ownership because of the absence of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require common unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own 85% or more of the common units then outstanding, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than the then current market price. As a result, common unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may therefore not receive any return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon the sale of their common units.

Our common unitholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that limited partner actions constitute control of our business.

Under Delaware law, common unitholders could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if a court determined that the right of limited partners to remove our general partner or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted participation in the “control” of our business. Under Delaware law, our general partner generally has unlimited liability for our obligations, such as our debts and environmental liabilities, except for those of our contractual obligations that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner.

54

Table of Contents

The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the states in which we do business. You could have unlimited liability for our obligations if a court or government agency determined that (i) we were conducting business in a state, but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or (ii) your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constituted “control” of our business.

Unitholders may have a liability to repay distributions.

Under certain circumstances, our unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the Partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. A purchaser of common units who becomes a limited partner is liable for the obligations of the transferring limited partner to make contributions to the Partnership that are known to such purchaser of common units at the time it became a limited partner, and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from our partnership agreement.

Our general partner’s interest in us and the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner, in accordance with our partnership agreement, may transfer its general partner interest without the consent of unitholders. In addition, our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or consolidation or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in our partnership agreement on the ability of the sole member of our general partner, currently Dan Duncan LLC, to transfer its equity interests in our general partner to a third party. The new equity owner of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the Board and officers of our general partner with their own choices and to influence the decisions taken by the Board and officers of our general partner.

We do not have the same flexibility as other types of organizations to accumulate cash and issue equity to protect against illiquidity in the future.

Unlike a corporation, our partnership agreement requires us to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders of all available cash, after taking into account reserves for commitments and contingencies, including capital and operating costs and debt service requirements. The value of our common units and other limited partner interests may decrease in correlation with any reduction in our cash distributions per unit. Accordingly, if we experience a liquidity problem in the future, we may not be able to issue more equity to recapitalize.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or if we were otherwise subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states, then cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, we will be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes unless we satisfy a “qualifying income” requirement. Based on our current operations, we believe we satisfy the qualifying income requirement. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

55

Table of Contents

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate and we would also likely pay additional state and local income taxes at varying rates. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate dividends, and no income, gains, losses or deductions would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, the cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be reduced. Thus, treatment of us as a corporation could result in a reduction in the anticipated cash-flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, which may cause a reduction in the value of our common units.

At the state level, several states have been evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise, capital, and other forms of business taxes, as well as subjecting nonresident partners to taxation through the imposition of withholding obligations and composite, combined, group, block, or similar filing obligations on nonresident partners receiving a distributive share of state “sourced” income. We currently own property or do business in a substantial number of states. Imposition on us of any of these taxes in jurisdictions in which we own assets or conduct business or an increase in the existing tax rates could result in a reduction in the anticipated cash-flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, which may cause a reduction in the value of our common units.

Over the last decade, legislative and regulatory changes and lower demand and related liquidity for midstream energy companies (including those structured as publicly traded partnerships), led to a number of publicly traded partnerships converting to corporations through mergers or voluntarily electing to be taxed as corporations, all of which have materially reduced the number of publicly traded partnerships and the total market capitalization and the depth of capital available for the publicly traded partnership sector.

While we currently believe that our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes continues to provide a net benefit for our unitholders, should we continue to see (i) additional publicly traded partnerships elect to be taxed as corporations, which could result in a further decrease in the total market capitalization of the publicly traded partnership sector, (ii) lower demand for equity capital in the publicly traded partnership sector, (iii) the absence of a historic premium in the market valuation of publicly traded partnerships compared to midstream energy companies taxed as corporations (or if we see any discount in the valuation of our partnership compared to such companies), or (iv) a combination thereof that results in a material difference in our cost of capital or limits our access to capital, the board of directors of our general partner may determine it is in our unitholders’ best interest to change our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Should the general partner recommend that we change our tax classification, such change would be subject to the approval of our common unitholders.

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units, may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation. From time to time, members of Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units, including elimination of partnership tax treatment for certain publicly traded partnerships.

Any changes to federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may or may not be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible for us to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any such changes or interpretations thereof could adversely impact the value of an investment in our common units.

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of the units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. Treasury Regulations allow a similar monthly simplifying convention, but such regulations do not specifically authorize all aspects of our proration method. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

56

Table of Contents

A successful IRS contest of the federal income tax positions we take may adversely impact the market for our common units and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

The IRS has made no determination as to our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take, even positions taken with advice of counsel. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take and such positions may not ultimately be sustained. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. As a result, any such contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which our common units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will be indirectly borne by our unitholders because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us, in which case we would pay the taxes directly to the IRS. If we bear such payment, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced.

Under current law, if the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns for open tax years, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us. Our general partner would cause us to pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS. As a result, our current unitholders may bear some or all of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if such unitholders did not own common units in us during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments of taxes, penalties and interest, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced.

Our unitholders may be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income which could be different in amount from the cash that we distribute, our unitholders may be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of our taxable income, whether or not they receive any cash distributions from us. Our common unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability resulting from their share of our taxable income.

Tax gains or losses on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If our unitholders sell their common units, they will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and their tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of a unitholder’s allocable share of our net taxable income decrease the unitholder’s tax basis in the unitholder’s common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the common units a unitholder sells will, in effect, become taxable income to the unitholder if the unitholder sells such common units at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in those common units, even if the price received is less than the unitholder’s original cost. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items such as depreciation. In addition, because the amount realized may include a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, a unitholder that sells common units may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of the cash received from the sale.

Tax-exempt entities face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investments in our common units by tax-exempt entities, such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) or other retirement plans, raise issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to unitholders who are organizations exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Generally, a tax-exempt entity with more than one unrelated trade or business (including by attribution from investment in a partnership such as ours) is required to compute the unrelated business taxable income of such tax-exempt entity separately with respect to each such trade or business (including for purposes of determining any net operating loss deduction). Thus, it may not be possible for tax-exempt entities to utilize losses from an investment in our partnership to offset unrelated business taxable income from another unrelated trade or business and vice versa. Tax-exempt entities should consult a tax advisor regarding the impact of these rules on an investment in our common units.

57

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. unitholders will be subject to U.S. taxes and withholding with respect to their income and gain from owning our common units.

Non-U.S. unitholders are generally taxed and subject to income tax filing requirements by the United States on income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (“effectively connected income”). Income allocated to our unitholders and any gain from the sale of our common units will generally be considered to be “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business. As a result, distributions to a non-U.S. unitholder will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate and a non-U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will also be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the gain realized from the sale or disposition of that common unit.

Moreover, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of a common unit by a non-U.S. unitholder, the transferee is generally required to withhold 10% of the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition if any portion of the gain on such sale, exchange or other disposition would be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. The U.S. Department of the Treasury and the IRS have issued final regulations providing guidance on the application of these rules for transfers of certain publicly traded partnership interests, including transfers of our common units. Under these regulations, the “amount realized” on a transfer of our common units will generally be the amount of gross proceeds paid to the broker effecting the applicable transfer on behalf of the transferor, and such broker will generally be responsible for the relevant withholding obligations. The U.S. Department of the Treasury and the IRS have provided that these rules generally apply to transfers of and distributions on our common units occurring on or after January 1, 2023. Distributions to non-U.S. unitholders may also be subject to additional withholding under these rules to the extent a portion of a distribution is attributable to an amount in excess of our cumulative net income that has not previously been distributed. We currently anticipate all of our distributions will be in excess of the amount of our cumulative net income that has not previously been distributed. Accordingly, a distribution to a non-U.S. unitholder is expected to be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Under these final regulations, we are required to issue qualified notices regarding these matters. Our qualified notices can be found on our public company website. Non-U.S. unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the impact of these rules on an investment in our common units.

We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of our common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to a common unitholder. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from a sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to the unitholder’s tax returns.

Our common unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where they do not live as a result of an investment in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, our common unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property now or in the future, even if the unitholder does not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our common unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We currently own property or conduct business in a substantial number of states, many of which impose an income tax on individuals, corporations and other entities. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may control assets or conduct business in additional states that impose a personal or corporate income tax. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file its own federal, state and local tax returns, as applicable.

58

Table of Contents

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, the unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there are no specific rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequence of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered to have disposed of the loaned units. In that case, the unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a securities loan are urged to consult a tax advisor to determine whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from lending their common units.

We have adopted certain valuation methodologies in determining a unitholder’s allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction. The IRS may challenge these methods or the resulting allocations and such a challenge could adversely affect the value of our common units.

In determining the items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocable to our unitholders, we must routinely determine the fair market value of our respective assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we make fair market value estimates using a methodology based on the market value of our common units as a means to measure the fair market value of our respective assets. The IRS may challenge these valuation methods and the resulting allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction.

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount, character and timing of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY.

We rely on our information technology (“IT”) and operational technology (“OT”) systems, as well as systems of third-party vendors, to conduct our business. These systems are subject to possible cybersecurity threats. Cyberattacks are becoming more sophisticated, and U.S. government warnings have indicated that infrastructure assets, including pipelines and related infrastructure, may be specifically targeted by certain groups. These attacks include, without limitation, malicious software, ransomware, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data, and other electronic security breaches. Cybersecurity threats, which could increase as a result of geopolitical events, may be perpetrated by state-sponsored groups, “hacktivists,” criminal organizations, private individuals and others.

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We consider the risks from cybersecurity threats to include, without limitation, disruptions to our business operations, theft of protected information or intellectual property, destruction of our control systems and data, losses from remedial actions, damage to our reputation, and exposure to lawsuits and regulatory actions. In general, such risks are based on the capabilities and intent of known bad actors as well as threat information gathered from multiple sources, including industry groups, government agencies, publications and third-party service providers. Our processes for managing these risks generally involve (i) the use of tools and technologies to continuously monitor for and identify system vulnerabilities and attacks; (ii) adherence to policies and procedures designed to protect our critical IT and OT systems; (iii) the use of an employee awareness program to promote cybersecurity education and company-wide support; and (iv) periodic reassessment of areas of focus to maintain continued preparedness relative to changes in tools and technologies as well as emerging threats.

59

Table of Contents

Our processes for identifying, assessing and managing the risks from cybersecurity threats are a key component of our overall cybersecurity strategy, which is designed to safeguard technology critical to providing services for our customers, and protecting business-sensitive and personal information that is entrusted to us. To help execute our cybersecurity strategy, we have adopted a risk-based, layered, defense-in-depth approach, which, among other measures, includes: (i) the segregation of our critical industrial control systems (Operational Technology or OT systems) from our corporate network; (ii) multiple layers of preventative and detective measures; (iii) a cybersecurity incident response plan to promote preparedness; and (iv) a cross-functional cybersecurity steering committee (the “Cybersecurity Committee”) to provide guidance around cybersecurity risk management. Our overall cybersecurity program is based on various industry-recognized frameworks and standards developed and issued by leading international, domestic and energy-industry standard-setting organizations.

As part of our overall cybersecurity strategy, we also engage third-party service providers to: (i) assist in our cybersecurity risk assessment procedures; (ii) perform penetration testing on external facing IT systems; (iii) perform security assessments on our IT and OT systems; (iv) assist in our incident response procedures; and (v) share information on industry-specific cybersecurity threats. With respect to our use of third-party systems, we oversee our risks from cybersecurity threats by working with our third-party vendors to evaluate their cybersecurity program for alignment with our own policies and procedures, including notification of and coordination during any incidents that might affect us.

To the extent our processes for overseeing risks are effective in eliminating cybersecurity threats or mitigating the impact of an unforeseen incident, we generally do not expect these risks to have a material impact on our business strategy, financial position, or results of operations. However, as mentioned in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, we do not carry insurance specifically for cybersecurity incidents. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

For information on the risks we face from cybersecurity threats, please see the risk factors included under Part I, Item 1A titled “A cyber-attack on our IT or OT systems could affect our business and assets, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.” and “Failure of our critical IT or OT systems could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay cash distributions.”

Cybersecurity Governance

Our Cybersecurity Committee is comprised of senior representatives from our legal, IT and OT, engineering, corporate security, risk, human resources, finance, accounting, public relations, investor relations and executive management teams. This committee plays a key role in assessing and managing our risks from cybersecurity threats. In particular, our Cybersecurity Committee is responsible for: (i) establishing and promoting company-wide support for the management of cybersecurity risk; (ii) providing oversight and ensuring alignment between our cybersecurity strategy and business objectives; (iii) reviewing and advising on cybersecurity policy and governance; (iv ) providing a forum for review of cybersecurity risk in alignment with our business objectives and risk tolerance; (v) promoting cross-company alignment of cybersecurity programs and actions; and (vi) reviewing our cybersecurity incident response plan (“CIRP”). Our Cybersecurity Committee meets at least quarterly with senior representatives from our cybersecurity team and outside experts to discuss cybersecurity threat updates, new cybersecurity regulations, cybersecurity projects and entity-wide results of cybersecurity preparedness initiatives. If a cybersecurity incident occurs, our Cybersecurity Incident Response Team, which includes several members of our Cybersecurity Committee, will oversee the execution of our CIRP.

Our Board has oversight of all material risks relevant to Enterprise, including those related to cybersecurity threats. To help keep our Board informed about such risks, senior representatives from our IT and OT department provide quarterly updates to our Board regarding significant developments in: (i) cyberattacks and other cybersecurity threats targeting critical infrastructure; (ii) governmental enforcement actions and investigations against cyber criminals; (iii) the regulatory landscape impacting the midstream energy industry; (iv) improvements to our cybersecurity programs, including our CIRP and related response procedures, and the progress of ongoing cybersecurity projects.

We recognize that effective cybersecurity governance is an on-going process, and thus, encourage those individuals with oversight responsibilities to stay abreast of emerging cybersecurity threats as well as pursue cybersecurity education opportunities. To this end, a number of our Cybersecurity Committee members, particularly the IT and OT representatives, hold one or more industry-recognized information security certifications such as the CISSP, CISM and CISA.

60

Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We may be named as defendants in legal proceedings in connection with our normal business activities. Although we are insured against various risks to the extent we believe it is prudent, there is no assurance that the nature and amount of such insurance will be adequate, in every case, to fully indemnify us against losses arising from legal proceedings. We will vigorously defend our partnership in litigation matters.

For additional information regarding litigation matters, see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

On occasion, we are assessed monetary penalties by governmental authorities related to administrative or judicial proceedings involving environmental matters. The following information summarizes matters where the eventual resolution of each of these matters may result in monetary sanctions in excess of $0.3 million. We do not expect that any expenditures related to the following matters will be material to our consolidated financial statements.

•	In June 2019, we received a Notice of Violation from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) in connection with regulatory requirements applicable to facilities that we operate near Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

•	In August 2022, we received a Notice of Violation from the U.S. EPA alleging that gasoline at two of our refined products terminals in Texas had exceeded certain Clean Air Act-related standards during two past regulatory control periods.

•	In November 2024 and January 2025, we received notices that the New Mexico Environment Department intended to pursue enforcement for alleged exceedances of emission limits, and alleged associated late emissions reports, at our recently acquired Pinon Midstream, LLC treating facility and compressor station on various occasions from 2021 through October 2024 (prior to our acquisition date).

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

61

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED UNITHOLDER MATTERS

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common units are listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol EPD. As of January 31, 2026, there were approximately 1,565 unitholders of record of our common units. For information regarding our quarterly cash distributions to partners, see Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities

Holders of our Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Units (“preferred units”) are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly distributions at a rate of 7.25% per annum. We may satisfy our obligation to pay distributions to the preferred unitholders through the issuance, in whole or in part, of additional preferred units (referred to as paid-in-kind or “PIK” distributions), with the remainder in cash, subject to certain rights of a holder to elect all cash and other conditions as described in our partnership agreement.

The Partnership made quarterly PIK distributions to preferred unitholders in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2025 of 20,965, 21,345, 21,732 and 22,025 preferred units, respectively. With the exception of 95, 97 and 99 preferred units distributed to an unaffiliated third party in the first, second and third quarters of 2025, respectively, all of the PIK distributions made during 2025 were to OTA Holdings, Inc. (“OTA”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership,. The preferred units held by OTA are accounted for as treasury units in consolidation. For additional information regarding the preferred units, see Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

The issuances of preferred units as PIK distributions during the year ended December 31, 2025 were undertaken in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

Other than as described above, there were no sales of unregistered equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2025.

Common Units Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plan

See “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” included under Part III, Item 12 of this annual report, which is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes our equity repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2025:

										Remaining	
							Total Number		Dollar Amount	
							Of Units		of Units That May	
							Purchased		Be Purchased	
		Total Number		Average	as Part of		Under the 2019 Buyback	
		of Units		Price Paid	2019 Buyback		Program	
Period	Purchased		per Unit	Program		($ thousands)	
											
2019 Buyback Program: (1)										
											
October 2025	n/a		n/a	n/a	$	3,612,544	
November 2025	1,302,413		$	31.30		1,302,413		$	3,571,784	
											
December 2025	280,925		$	32.53		280,925		$	3,562,647	
Vesting of phantom unit awards:										
											
November 2025 (2)	6,568		$	30.54		n/a		n/a	

(1)	In January 2019, we announced the 2019 Buyback Program, which authorized the repurchase of up to $2 billion of the Partnership’s common units. In October 2025, we announced that the 2019 Buyback Program was increased to authorize the repurchase of up to $5 billion of the Partnership’s common units. Units repurchased under this program are cancelled immediately upon acquisition.

(2)	Of the 25,214 phantom unit awards that vested in November 2025 and converted to common units, 6,568 units were sold back to us by employees to cover related withholding tax requirements. These repurchases are not part of any announced program. We cancelled these units immediately upon acquisition.

62

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. RESERVED.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations and related information for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, including applicable year-to-year comparisons, should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States (“U.S.”).

Discussion and analysis of matters pertaining to the year ended December 31, 2023 and year-to-year comparisons between the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are not included in this Form 10-K, but can be found under Part II, Item 7 of our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 that was filed on February 28, 2025.

Key References Used in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us” or “our” within this annual report are intended to mean the business and operations of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References to the “Partnership” or “Enterprise” mean Enterprise Products Partners L.P. on a standalone basis.

References to “EPO” mean Enterprise Products Operating LLC, which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and its consolidated subsidiaries, through which the Partnership conducts its business. We are managed by our general partner, Enterprise Products Holdings LLC (“Enterprise GP”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dan Duncan LLC, a privately held Texas limited liability company.

The membership interests of Dan Duncan LLC are owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“DD LLC Trustees”) of which are: (i) Randa Duncan Williams, who is also a director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Enterprise GP (the “Board”); (ii) Richard H. Bachmann, who is also a director and Vice Chairman of the Board; and (iii) W. Randall Fowler, who is also a director and a Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise GP. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as managers of Dan Duncan LLC.

References to “EPCO” mean Enterprise Products Company, a privately held Texas corporation, and its privately held affiliates. The outstanding voting capital stock of EPCO is owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“EPCO Trustees”) of which are: (i) Ms. Duncan Williams, who serves as Chairman of EPCO; (ii) Mr. Bachmann, who serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of EPCO; and (iii) Mr. Fowler, who serves as an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of EPCO. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as directors of EPCO.

We, Enterprise GP, EPCO and Dan Duncan LLC are affiliates under the collective common control of the DD LLC Trustees and the EPCO Trustees.

EPCO, together with its privately held affiliates, owned approximately 32.5% of the Partnership’s common units outstanding at December 31, 2025.

As generally used in the energy industry and in this annual report, the acronyms below have the following meanings:

/d	=	per day	MMBPD	=	million barrels per day	
BBtus	=	billion British thermal units	MMBtus	=	million British thermal units	
						
Bcf	=	billion cubic feet	MMcf	=	million cubic feet	
BPD	=	barrels per day	MWac	=	megawatts, alternating current	
						
MBPD	=	thousand barrels per day	MWdc	=	megawatts, direct current	
MMBbls	=	million barrels	TBtus	=	trillion British thermal units	

63

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 (our “annual report”) contains various forward-looking statements and information that are based on our beliefs and those of our general partner, as well as assumptions made by us and information currently available to us. When used in this document, words such as “anticipate,” “project,” “expect,” “plan,” “seek,” “goal,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “intend,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “believe,” “may,” “scheduled,” “pending,” “potential” and similar expressions and statements regarding our plans and objectives for future operations are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although we and our general partner believe that our expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements (including any forward-looking statements/expectations of third parties referenced in this annual report) are reasonable, neither we nor our general partner can give any assurances that such expectations will prove to be correct.

Forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks, uncertainties and assumptions as described in more detail under Part I, Item 1A of this annual report. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this annual report speak only as of the date hereof. Except as required by federal and state securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or any other reason.

Overview of Business

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, the common units of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “EPD.” Our preferred units are not publicly traded. We were formed in April 1998 to own and operate certain natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) related businesses of EPCO and are a leading North American provider of midstream energy services to producers and consumers of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products. We are owned by our limited partners (preferred and common unitholders) from an economic perspective. Enterprise GP, which owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, manages our Partnership. We conduct substantially all of our business operations through EPO and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our fully integrated, midstream energy asset network (or “value chain”) links producers of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil from some of the largest supply basins in the U.S., Canada and the Gulf of Mexico with domestic consumers and international markets. Our midstream energy operations include:

•	natural gas gathering, treating, processing, transportation and storage;

•	NGL transportation, fractionation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export liquefied petroleum gases (“LPG”) and ethane);

•	crude oil gathering, transportation, storage, and marine terminals;

•	propylene production facilities (including propane dehydrogenation (“PDH”) facilities), butane isomerization, octane enhancement, isobutane dehydrogenation (“iBDH”) and high purity isobutylene (“HPIB”) production facilities;

•	petrochemical and refined products transportation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export ethylene and polymer grade propylene (“PGP”)); and

•	a marine transportation business that operates on key U.S. inland and intracoastal waterway systems.

The safe operation of our assets is a top priority. We are committed to protecting the environment and the health and safety of the public and those working on our behalf by conducting our business activities in a safe and environmentally responsible manner. For additional information, see “Regulatory Matters - Environmental, Safety and Conservation” within Part I, Items 1 and 2 of this annual report.

Like many publicly traded partnerships, we have no employees. All of our management, administrative and operating functions are performed by employees of EPCO pursuant to an administrative services agreement (the “ASA”) or by other service providers.

64

Table of Contents

Each of our business segments benefits from the supporting role of our marketing activities. The main purpose of our marketing activities is to support the utilization and expansion of assets across our midstream energy asset network by increasing the volumes handled by such assets, which results in additional fee-based earnings for each business segment. In performing these support roles, our marketing activities also seek to participate in supply and demand opportunities as a supplemental source of segment gross operating margin for us. The financial results of our marketing efforts fluctuate due to changes in volumes handled and overall market conditions, which are influenced by current and forward market prices for the products bought and sold.

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows are subject to certain risks. For information regarding such risks, see “Risk Factors” included under Part I, Item 1A of this annual report.

Current Outlook

As noted previously, this annual report on Form 10-K, including this update to our outlook on business conditions, contains forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and those of Enterprise GP. In addition, it reflects assumptions made by us and information currently available to us, which includes forecast information published by third parties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information” within this Part II, Item 7 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, for additional information. The following information in this Current Outlook presents our current views on key midstream energy supply and demand fundamentals, and is qualified in all respects as forward-looking statements whether or not expressly qualified as such in particular sentences. All references to U.S. Energy Information Administration (“EIA”) forecasts and expectations are derived from its February 2026 Short-Term Energy Outlook (“February 2026 STEO”), which was published on February 10, 2026.

The level of services we provide and the amount of hydrocarbons we purchase and sell continue to be driven by supply and demand fundamentals for hydrocarbon products. These dynamics affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Entering 2026, global liquid hydrocarbon markets have shifted into a modest surplus as non-Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“non-OPEC”) supply growth, together with the scheduled easing of OPEC and Russia (collectively, the “OPEC+” group) production cuts, have contributed to inventory builds and placed downward pressure on liquid hydrocarbon prices relative to levels seen during 2024 and 2025.

Against this backdrop, broader macroeconomic conditions remain a key determinant of hydrocarbon demand. Global economic growth, an important driver of demand, remains resilient but moderate. In its January 2026 World Economic Outlook, the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”) projects global economic growth of 3.3% in 2026 and 3.2% in 2027 as headline inflation continues to ease. The IMF notes that the U.S. remains a key contributor to near-term global growth amid ongoing technology investment, while Europe and other advanced economies are expected to experience more measured recoveries. The IMF projects China’s economy to grow by 4.5% in 2026 as ongoing government-driven fiscal support, along with relative stabilization in trade conditions, help mitigate the effects of longer-term structural challenges. Despite signs of resilience, the IMF continues to highlight risks associated with geopolitics, trade policy and uncertainty regarding productivity gains from artificial intelligence.

In addition to macroeconomic factors, policy developments and security considerations remain important factors affecting global energy markets. Sanctions, political instability affecting certain crude oil‑exporting countries and security risks in key shipping corridors have contributed to ongoing uncertainty in global trade flows and may influence the availability, cost and routing of hydrocarbon supplies to global markets.

The OPEC+ group, which controls over 79% of the world’s proven crude oil reserves (as reported in the OPEC Annual Statistical Bulletin 2025), continues to have significant influence on global balances. In 2024, the OPEC+ group announced that its baseline and first layer of voluntary cuts totaling 3.66 MMBPD would be extended well into 2025, and certain members agreed to extend the second layer of voluntary cuts of 2.2 MMBPD until the end of March 2025. Beginning in April 2025, the OPEC+ group began unwinding the second layer of voluntary cuts at a faster than announced pace, completing a full restoration of the 2.2 MMBPD by the fall of 2025. On February 1, 2026, eight OPEC+ group member nations agreed to maintain their pause of the ongoing restoration of the baseline cut and the first layer of voluntary cuts. The group reiterated that these volumes could still return to the market either partially or in full, but would happen only in a gradual manner depending on evolving market conditions. These OPEC+ group decisions will affect near-term balances and crude oil prices, which may influence the incentives for non-OPEC production throughout the world.

65

Table of Contents

While these global factors shape the broader market, U.S. supply trends continue to play an important role. U.S. producers achieved a new crude oil production record of 13.6 MMBPD in 2025, with the Permian Basin remaining the primary contributor to supply growth. The EIA projects that 2026 U.S. crude oil output will be roughly flat due to softer prices and slower drilling activity, followed by a modest decline in 2027. As of January 29, 2026, the price of West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) crude oil (as reported by New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”)) was $65.42 per barrel, largely in line with the 2025 calendar year average of $64.83 per barrel. The EIA expects WTI crude oil to average $53.42 per barrel in 2026, reflecting production growth outpacing consumption and inventory builds that are expected to persist into 2027.

The EIA expects Permian Basin crude oil production in 2026 and 2027 to remain largely unchanged from its record level of 6.6 MMBPD in 2025 as impacts from reduced rig counts are offset by increases in production efficiency out of maturing wells. Despite this forecast, we believe that natural gas and NGL production volumes will continue to grow due to rising gas-to-oil ratios (ratio of natural gas production to crude oil production) in the basin.

For natural gas, the EIA forecasts U.S. dry natural gas production to increase approximately 2% in 2026 to 110 Bcf/d, with additional growth of approximately 1% expected in 2027, driven primarily by Permian Basin and Haynesville growth supported by midstream additions. The price of natural gas, as measured by the NYMEX at Henry Hub, was $3.92 per MMBtu as of January 29, 2026, approximately 8% above the 2025 calendar year average of $3.62 per MMBtu. The EIA forecasts Henry Hub to average $4.31 per MMBtu in 2026, with prices expected to increase further in 2027 as LNG exports and power sector demand outpace supply growth. U.S. LNG remains the structural growth lever for gas demand, supported by incremental capacity additions including Plaquemines LNG, Corpus Christi Stage 3 and Golden Pass.

Additional data from the EIA reinforces these trends. In its February 2026 STEO, the EIA projects U.S. liquid fuels production to reach 23.7 MMBPD in 2026, an increase of approximately 0.1 MMBPD from 2025. Global production of liquid fuels is expected to average 107.9 MMBPD in 2026, up from 106.3 MMBPD in 2025. The EIA also forecasts U.S. marketed natural gas production to increase by approximately 2.5 Bcf/d in 2026 to 120.8 Bcf/d, with LNG exports growing by 1.4 Bcf/d to reach 16.4 Bcf/d for the year. On the demand side, the EIA forecasts that global liquids fuel consumption will increase from 103.6 MMBPD in 2025 to 104.8 MMBPD in 2026, driven primarily by growth from Southeast Asia and other non-Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) countries.

We believe the fundamentals for crude oil and natural gas remain constructive, particularly in the U.S. and more so in the Permian Basin, supported by growing supply and sufficient export capacity necessary to satisfy rising global demand. The potential for additional sanctions on crude oil exports from Russia and Iran could further strengthen global demand for U.S. crude supplies. We also expect continued growth in global electricity demand, including incremental U.S. demand associated with industrial reshoring and new data centers, which should support natural gas-fired power generation over the medium to long-term. The global petrochemical industry is expected to remain challenged in 2026 due to oversupply, driven largely by China’s continued expansion of its petrochemical production capacity as it focuses on export manufacturing amid domestic economic pressures. This oversupply has led to the rationalization of petrochemical production capacity in Europe, Japan and other regions. Even with ongoing industry headwinds, U.S. petrochemical producers are expected to maintain a competitive advantage given their access to locally produced, lower-cost feedstocks and energy relative to their global peer group. Over the longer term, growth in overall energy demand, stemming from a rise in global populations, improved living standards and technological advancements, will require continued growth in the level of hydrocarbons produced, in addition to growth in alternative forms of energy, including wind and solar generation, where it can be produced cost-effectively without permanent subsidy.

We believe that these anticipated additions to hydrocarbon production and demand will create additional opportunities for us to provide midstream services to our customers while leveraging the strengths of our portfolio, which include:

•	Our Assets – Our employees find innovative ways to optimize our large, integrated and diversified asset base both to provide incremental services to customers and to respond to market opportunities. Additional production volumes could lead to higher demand for processing, transportation, fractionation and export terminaling services. Our storage services provide valuable flexibility for customers seeking to balance supply and demand while enabling us to capture potential contango and other marketing opportunities. U.S. energy and feedstock advantages position our assets well to compete effectively for incremental production and processing volumes. To the extent a rising operating cost environment impacts our results, there are typically offsetting benefits either inherent in our business or that result from other steps we proactively take to reduce the impact of inflation on our net operating results. These benefits include inflation-based revenue rate escalations, fuel and electricity rebills or surcharges, and increased volumetric throughput often achieved during periods of higher commodity prices.

66

Table of Contents

•	Our Quality Customers – We have contracted with a large number of high-quality customers in order to achieve revenue diversification. In 2025, our top 200 customers represented 96.7% of our consolidated revenues, and no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues. Based on their year-end 2025 debt ratings, approximately 89% of revenues from these customers were attributable to companies that were investment grade rated or backed by letters of credit. Approximately 2% of the revenues from our top 200 customers were attributable to independent producers that are non-rated or sub-investment grade.

•	Our Balance Sheet and Liquidity – We currently maintain investment grade credit ratings on EPO’s long-term senior unsecured debt of A-, A3 and A- by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings, respectively. Based on current market conditions, we believe that we have sufficient consolidated liquidity as of December 31, 2025, which was comprised of $4.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under EPO’s revolving credit facilities and $969 million of unrestricted cash on hand. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 98.3% of our debt portfolio is fixed-rate debt at a weighted-average cost of 4.7% and weighted-average maturity of 16.8 years.

•	Our Access to Capital Markets – In 2025, EPO successfully issued $3.65 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior notes. Based on current market conditions, we believe we will have sufficient liquidity and access to debt capital markets to fund our operations, capital investments and the remaining principal amount of senior notes maturing over the next twelve months and beyond.

Recent Developments

Enterprise Announces Expansion and Extension of Bahia NGL Pipeline; ExxonMobil Acquires Joint Interest

In December 2025, we completed the sale of a 40% undivided interest in our Bahia NGL Pipeline to ExxonMobil, for cash proceeds of approximately $655 million.

The 550-mile Bahia NGL Pipeline, which began commercial operations in December 2025, has an initial capacity to transport up to 600 MBPD of NGLs from the Midland and Delaware basins of West Texas to our Mont Belvieu area fractionation and storage complex.

In addition, Enterprise and ExxonMobil plan to increase the pipeline’s capacity to 1.0 MMBPD by adding incremental pumping capacity and construct a 92-mile extension to ExxonMobil’s Cowboy natural gas processing plant in Eddy County, New Mexico (the “Cowboy Extension”). The Cowboy Extension will also connect to multiple Enterprise-owned processing facilities in the Delaware Basin. We will own a 30% undivided joint interest in the Cowboy Extension. The expansion and Cowboy Extension are expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2027. Enterprise will serve as operator of the combined system.

Issuance of Senior Notes in June 2025 and November 2025

In June 2025, EPO issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $500 million principal amount of senior notes due June 2028 (“Senior Notes LLL”), (ii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2031 (“Senior Notes MMM”) and (iii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2036 (“Senior Notes NNN”).

Senior Notes LLL were issued at 99.869% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.30% per year. Senior Notes MMM were issued at 99.816% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.60% per year. Senior Notes NNN were issued at 99.665% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 5.20% per year. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments, and the repayment of amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program.

67

Table of Contents

In November 2025, EPO issued $1.65 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $300 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes LLL, (ii) $600 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes MMM and (iii) $750 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes NNN. The reopened Senior Notes LLL, reopened Senior Notes MMM and reopened Senior Notes NNN were issued at 100.630%, 100.693% and 101.185% of their respective principal amounts, plus accrued interest from June 20, 2025. Each of the reopened Senior Notes LLL, the reopened Senior Notes MMM and the reopened Senior Notes NNN constitutes a further issuance of, and forms a single series with, the original notes of the corresponding series issued in June 2025, and has the same terms as to interest, status, redemption or otherwise as such original notes. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments and acquisitions, and the repayment of debt (including the repayment of all or a portion of $750 million principal amount of 5.05% Senior Notes FFF that matured in January 2026, $875 million principal amount of 3.70% Senior Notes PP that matured in February 2026 and amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program).

The Partnership guaranteed the senior notes issued in June 2025 and November 2025 through an unconditional guarantee on an unsecured and unsubordinated basis.

Enterprise Announces Increase to 2019 Buyback Program

In October 2025, we announced that the Board approved an increase to the authorized maximum aggregate purchase price (excluding fees, commissions and other ancillary expenses) of the Partnership’s common units that may be repurchased under the 2019 Buyback Program from $2.0 billion to $5.0 billion. After giving effect to this increase, the remaining available capacity under the 2019 Buyback Program is $3.6 billion.

Enterprise Acquires Oxy Affiliate, Enters into Service Agreements, and Expands Midland Basin Processing Capacity

In July 2025, an affiliate of Enterprise agreed to acquire an affiliate of Occidental Petroleum Corporation (“Oxy”), which owns approximately 200 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines in the Midland Basin, in a debt-free transaction for $581 million in cash consideration. In addition, an affiliate of Enterprise agreed to provide Oxy with natural gas gathering and processing services, supported by a long-term dedication of approximately 73,000 acres across four counties in the Midland Basin. This transaction closed on August 22, 2025.

In order to accommodate this production growth in the Midland Basin, we also announced plans to expand our natural gas gathering and processing capabilities in the Midland Basin with the construction of a ninth natural gas processing train (“Athena”) and further expansion of our Midland Basin gathering system. This natural gas processing train, which will have the capacity to process approximately 300 MMcf/d of natural gas and extract up to 40 MBPD of NGLs, is expected to begin service in the fourth quarter of 2026.

Enterprise Begins Initial Service at Neches River Ethane / Propane Export Facility

In July 2025, we placed into service the first phase of our new ethane / propane export facility located on the Neches River in Orange County, Texas (“Neches River Ethane / Propane Export Facility”). This phase included the completion of a loading dock and an ethane refrigeration train with a nameplate capacity of 120 MBPD. The second phase of the project, which will add a second refrigeration train capable of loading up to 180 MBPD of ethane, 360 MBPD of propane, or a combination thereof, is expected to begin service in the first half of 2026.

Enterprise Begins Service at Mentone West 1 and Orion

In July 2025, we placed our first natural gas processing train at our Mentone West location in the Delaware Basin (“Mentone West 1”) and our eighth Midland Basin natural gas processing train (“Orion”) into commercial service. Both Mentone West 1 and Orion are capable of processing over 300 MMcf/d of natural gas and extracting more than 40 MBPD of NGLs and are supported by long-term acreage dedication agreements and minimum volume commitments.

68

Table of Contents

Selected Energy Commodity Price Data

The following table presents selected average index prices for natural gas and selected NGL and petrochemical products for the periods indicated:

							Polymer	Refinery	Indicative Gas		
	Natural	Ethane,	Propane,	Normal	Isobutane,	Natural	Grade	Grade	Processing		
	Gas,			Butane,		Gasoline,	Propylene,	Propylene,	Gross Spread		
	$/MMBtu	$/gallon	$/gallon	$/gallon	$/gallon	$/gallon	$/pound	$/pound	$/gallon		
											
	(1)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(3)	(3)	(4)		
2024 by quarter:											
											
1st Quarter	$2.25	$0.19	$0.84	$1.03	$1.14	$1.54	$0.55	$0.18	$0.43		
2nd Quarter	$1.89	$0.19	$0.75	$0.90	$1.26	$1.55	$0.47	$0.21	$0.43		
											
3rd Quarter	$2.15	$0.16	$0.73	$0.97	$1.08	$1.48	$0.53	$0.28	$0.39		
4th Quarter	$2.79	$0.22	$0.78	$1.13	$1.12	$1.50	$0.42	$0.24	$0.39		
											
2024 Averages	$2.27	$0.19	$0.78	$1.01	$1.15	$1.52	$0.49	$0.23	$0.41		

2025 by quarter:											
1st Quarter	$3.65	$0.27	$0.90	$1.06	$1.07	$1.53	$0.45	$0.33	$0.37		
											
2nd Quarter	$3.44	$0.24	$0.78	$0.88	$0.93	$1.32	$0.38	$0.30	$0.30		
3rd Quarter	$3.07	$0.23	$0.69	$0.86	$0.92	$1.30	$0.36	$0.28	$0.30		
											
4th Quarter	$3.55	$0.27	$0.62	$0.84	$0.88	$1.24	$0.31	$0.22	$0.24		
2025 Averages	$3.43	$0.25	$0.75	$0.91	$0.95	$1.35	$0.38	$0.28	$0.30		

(1)	Natural gas prices are based on Henry-Hub Inside FERC commercial index prices as reported by Platts, which is a division of S&P Global, Inc.

(2)	NGL prices for ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline are based on Mont Belvieu, Texas Non-TET commercial index prices as reported by Oil Price Information Service, which is a division of Dow Jones.
(3)	Polymer grade propylene prices represent average contract pricing for such product as reported by IHS Markit (“IHS”), which is a division of S&P Global, Inc. Refinery grade propylene (“RGP”) prices represent weighted-average spot prices for such product as reported by IHS.
(4)	The “Indicative Gas Processing Gross Spread” represents our generic estimate of the gross economic benefit from extracting NGLs from natural gas production based on certain pricing assumptions. Specifically, it is the amount by which the assumed economic value of a composite gallon of NGLs in Chambers County, Texas exceeds the value of the equivalent amount of energy in natural gas at Henry Hub, Louisiana. Our estimate of the indicative spread does not consider the operating costs incurred by a natural gas processing facility to extract the NGLs nor the transportation and fractionation costs to deliver the NGLs to market. In addition, the actual gas processing spread earned at each plant is further influenced by regional pricing and extraction dynamics.

The weighted-average indicative market price for NGLs was $0.59 per gallon in 2025 compared to $0.60 per gallon in 2024.

69

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected average index prices for crude oil for the periods indicated:

		WTI	Midland	Houston	
		Crude Oil,	Crude Oil,	Crude Oil,	
		$/barrel	$/barrel	$/barrel	
					
		(1)	(2)	(2)	
2024 by quarter:				
				
1st Quarter	$76.96	$78.55	$78.85	
2nd Quarter	$80.57	$81.73	$82.33	
				
3rd Quarter	$75.10	$75.96	$76.51	
4th Quarter	$70.27	$71.19	$71.72	
				
2024 Averages	$75.73	$76.86	$77.35	

2025 by quarter:				
1st Quarter	$71.42	$72.52	$72.81	
				
2nd Quarter	$63.87	$64.42	$64.65	
3rd Quarter	$64.93	$65.76	$66.09	
				
4th Quarter	$59.14	$59.77	$60.05	
2025 Averages	$64.84	$65.62	$65.90	

(1)	WTI prices are based on commercial index prices at Cushing, Oklahoma as measured by the NYMEX.				
(2)	Midland and Houston crude oil prices are based on commercial index prices as reported by Argus.				

Fluctuations in our consolidated revenues and cost of sales amounts are explained in large part by changes in energy commodity prices. An increase in our consolidated marketing revenues due to higher energy commodity sales prices may not result in an increase in gross operating margin or cash available for distribution, since our consolidated cost of sales amounts would also be expected to increase due to comparable increases in the purchase prices of the underlying energy commodities. The same type of relationship would be true in the case of lower energy commodity sales prices and purchase costs.

We attempt to mitigate commodity price exposure through our hedging activities and the use of fee-based arrangements. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” under Part II, Item 7A of this annual report for information regarding our commodity hedging activities.

Impact of Inflation

Inflation rates in the U.S., which are generally influenced by a variety of macroeconomic and policy-related factors, have moderated from prior levels, but remain a relevant consideration for the overall cost environment. In addition, there is uncertainty of what effect, if any, trade tariffs and other policy actions may have on inflation in future periods. However, to the extent that a rising cost environment impacts our results, there are typically offsetting benefits either inherent in our business or that result from other steps we take proactively to reduce the impact of inflation on our net operating results. These benefits include: (1) provisions included in our long-term fee-based revenue contracts that offset cost increases in the form of rate escalations based on positive changes in the U.S. Consumer Price Index, Producer Price Index for Finished Goods or other factors; (2) provisions in other revenue contracts that enable us to pass through higher energy costs to customers in the form of gas, electricity and fuel rebills or surcharges; and (3) higher commodity prices, which generally enhance our results in the form of increased volumetric throughput and demand for our services. Additionally, we take measures to mitigate the impact of cost increases in certain commodities, including a portion of our electricity needs, using fixed-price, term purchase agreements, or financial derivatives. For these reasons, the increased cost environment, caused in part by inflation, has not had a material impact on our historical results of operations for the periods presented in this report. However, a significant or prolonged period of high inflation could adversely impact our results if costs were to increase at a rate greater than the increase in the revenues we receive.

See “Capital Investments” within this Part II, Item 7 for a discussion of the impact of inflation on our capital investment decisions. Additionally, see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors -Changes in price levels could negatively impact our revenue, our expenses, or both, which could adversely affect our business.”

70

Table of Contents

Income Statement Highlights

The following table summarizes the key components of our consolidated results of operations for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Revenues	$	52,596		$	56,219	
Costs and expenses:						
						
Operating costs and expenses:						
Cost of sales		38,566			42,580	
						
Other operating costs and expenses		4,287			4,004	
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses		2,551			2,402	
						
Asset impairment charges		50			57	
Net losses (gains) attributable to asset sales and related matters		(14)			2	
						
Total operating costs and expenses		45,440			49,045	
General and administrative costs		251			244	
						
Total costs and expenses		45,691			49,289	

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

Operating income

Other income (expense):

Interest expense

Other, net

Total other expense, net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to preferred units

Net income attributable to common unitholders

	361			408	
					
	7,266			7,338	
	(1,401)			(1,352)	
	34			49	
					
	(1,367)			(1,303)	
					
	5,899			6,035	
	(23)			(65)	
					
	5,876			5,970	
	(62)			(69)	
	(4)			(4)	
					
$	5,810		$	5,897	

Revenues

The following table presents each business segment’s contribution to consolidated revenues for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024		
NGL Pipelines & Services:							

Sales of NGLs and related products	$	14,415		$	17,397		
Midstream services		2,901			2,879		
							
Total		17,316			20,276		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services:							
							
Sales of crude oil		19,560			20,389		
Midstream services		1,201			1,191		
							
Total		20,761			21,580		
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services:							
							
Sales of natural gas		2,355			1,458		
Midstream services		1,812			1,546		
							
Total		4,167			3,004		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services:							
							
Sales of petrochemicals and refined products		9,010			10,013		
Midstream services		1,342			1,346		
							
Total		10,352			11,359		
Total consolidated revenues	$	52,596		$	56,219		

71

Table of Contents

Total revenues for 2025 decreased a net $3.6 billion when compared to 2024 primarily due to lower marketing revenues.

Revenues from the marketing of NGLs, crude oil and petrochemicals and refined products decreased a combined net $4.8 billion year-to-year primarily due to lower average sales prices, which accounted for a $7.9 billion decrease, partially offset by higher sales volumes, which accounted for a $3.1 billion increase. Revenues from the marketing of natural gas increased $897 million year-to-year primarily due to higher average sales prices.

Revenues from midstream services for 2025 increased a net $294 million when compared to 2024. Revenues from our NGL and natural gas transportation assets increased a combined $408 million year-to-year primarily due to higher demand for transportation services. Revenues from our natural gas processing facilities decreased $97 million year-to-year primarily due to lower market values for the equity NGL-equivalent production volumes we receive as non-cash consideration for processing services. Lastly, revenues from our octane enhancement and related plant operations decreased $32 million year-to-year primarily due to lower deficiency fee revenues.

For additional information regarding our revenues, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Operating costs and expenses

Total operating costs and expenses for 2025 decreased a net $3.6 billion when compared to 2024.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales for 2025 decreased a net $4.0 billion when compared to 2024. The cost of sales associated with the marketing of NGLs and crude oil decreased a combined net $3.4 billion year-to-year primarily due to lower average purchase prices, which accounted for a $6.0 billion decrease, partially offset by higher volumes, which accounted for a $2.6 billion increase. The cost of sales associated with the marketing of petrochemicals and refined products decreased $985 million year-to-year primarily due to lower volumes, which accounted for a $691 million decrease, and lower average purchase prices, which accounted for an additional $294 million decrease. The cost of sales associated with the marketing of natural gas increased $346 million year-to-year primarily due to higher average purchase prices.

Other operating costs and expenses

Other operating costs and expenses increased $283 million year-to-year primarily due to higher employee compensation, utility, and rental costs.

Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses

Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense increased a combined $149 million year-to-year primarily due to higher depreciation expense on assets placed into full or limited service since the first quarter of 2024 (e.g., two natural gas processing trains and related gathering system expansions in the Permian Basin, the natural gas gathering system and treating facilities acquired in October 2024 through our acquisition of Pinon Midstream, LLC (“Pinon Midstream”) and the Neches River Terminal).

General and administrative costs

General and administrative costs for 2025 increased $7 million when compared to 2024 primarily due to higher employee compensation costs.

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

Equity income from our unconsolidated affiliates for 2025 decreased $47 million when compared to 2024 primarily due to lower earnings from investments in crude oil and NGL pipelines.

Operating income

Operating income for 2025 decreased $72 million when compared to 2024 due to the previously described year-to-year changes in revenues, operating costs and expenses, general and administrative costs and equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates.

72

Table of Contents

Interest expense

The following table presents the components of our consolidated interest expense for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

Interest charged on debt principal outstanding (1)

Impact of interest rate hedging program, including related amortization

Interest costs capitalized in connection with construction projects (2)

Other

Total

For the Year

Ended December 31,

2025	2024

$	1,557	$	1,451

(7)	(6)

(182)	(121)

33	28

$	1,401	$	1,352

(1)	The weighted-average interest rates on debt principal outstanding were 4.65% and 4.54% during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(2)	We capitalize interest costs incurred on funds used to construct property, plant and equipment while the asset is in its construction phase. Capitalized interest amounts become part of the historical cost of an asset and are charged to earnings (as a component of depreciation expense) on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset once the asset enters its intended service. When capitalized interest is recorded, it reduces interest expense from what it would be otherwise. Capitalized interest amounts fluctuate based on the timing of when projects are placed into service, our capital investment levels and the interest rates charged on borrowings.

Interest charged on debt principal outstanding, which is a key driver of interest expense, increased a net $106 million year-to-year. This increase was primarily due to the issuance of $2.5 billion, $2.0 billion and $1.65 billion of fixed-rate senior notes in August 2024, June 2025 and November 2025, respectively, which accounted for a combined $142 million increase, partially offset by the retirement of $1.15 billion of fixed-rate senior notes in February 2025, which accounted for a $38 million decrease.

For information regarding our debt obligations, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Income taxes

Our income taxes are primarily comprised of our state tax obligations under the Revised Texas Franchise Tax (“Texas Margin Tax”). Our provision for income taxes for 2025 decreased $42 million when compared to 2024.

For information regarding our income taxes, see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

73

Table of Contents

Business Segment Highlights

Our operations are reported under four business segments: (i) NGL Pipelines & Services, (ii) Crude Oil Pipelines & Services, (iii) Natural Gas Pipelines & Services and (iv) Petrochemical & Refined Products Services. Our business segments are generally organized and managed according to the types of services rendered (or technologies employed) and products produced and/or sold.

The following information summarizes the assets and operations of each business segment:

•	Our NGL Pipelines & Services business segment includes our natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities, NGL pipelines, NGL fractionation facilities, NGL and related product storage facilities, and NGL marine terminals.

•	Our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services business segment includes our crude oil pipelines, crude oil storage and marine terminals, and related crude oil marketing activities.

•	Our Natural Gas Pipelines & Services business segment includes our natural gas pipeline systems that provide for the gathering, treating and transportation of natural gas. This segment also includes our natural gas marketing activities.

•	Our Petrochemical & Refined Products Services business segment includes our (i) propylene production facilities, which include propylene fractionation units and PDH facilities, and related pipelines and marketing activities, (ii) butane isomerization complex and related DIB operations,
(iii)	octane enhancement, iBDH and HPIB production facilities, (iv) refined products pipelines, terminals and related marketing activities, (v) an ethylene export terminal and related operations; and (vi) marine transportation business.

We evaluate segment performance based on our financial measure of gross operating margin. Gross operating margin is an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations and forms the basis of our internal financial reporting. We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating segment results.

The following table presents gross operating margin by segment and total gross operating margin, a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-

GAAP”) financial measure, for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024		
Gross operating margin by segment:							

NGL Pipelines & Services	$	5,559		$	5,548		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		1,501			1,646		
							
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		1,558			1,277		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		1,436			1,547		
							
Total segment gross operating margin (1)		10,054			10,018		
Net adjustment for shipper make-up rights		(24)			(34)		
							
Total gross operating margin (non-GAAP)	$	10,030		$	9,984		

(1)	Within the context of this table, total segment gross operating margin represents a subtotal and corresponds to measures similarly titled within our business segment disclosures found under Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Gross operating margin includes equity in the earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, but is exclusive of other income and expense transactions, income taxes, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and extraordinary charges. Gross operating margin is presented on a 100% basis before any allocation of earnings to noncontrolling interests. Our calculation of gross operating margin may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Segment gross operating margin for NGL Pipelines & Services and Crude Oil Pipelines & Services reflect adjustments for shipper make-up rights that are included in management’s evaluation of segment results. However, these adjustments are excluded from non-GAAP total gross operating margin.

74

Table of Contents

The GAAP financial measure most directly comparable to total gross operating margin is operating income. For a discussion of operating income and its components, see the previous section titled “Income Statement Highlights” within this Part II, Item 7. The following table presents a reconciliation of operating income to total gross operating margin for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Operating income	$	7,266		$	7,338	
Adjustments to reconcile operating income to total gross operating margin (addition or subtraction indicated by sign):						
						
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense in operating costs and expenses (1)		2,477			2,343	
Asset impairment charges in operating costs and expenses		50			57	
						
Net losses (gains) attributable to asset sales and related matters in operating costs and expenses		(14)			2	
General and administrative costs		251			244	
						
Total gross operating margin (non-GAAP)	$	10,030		$	9,984	

(1)	Excludes amortization of major maintenance costs for reaction-based plants and amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets, which are components of gross operating margin.

Each of our business segments benefits from the supporting role of our marketing activities. The main purpose of our marketing activities is to support the utilization and expansion of assets across our midstream energy asset network by increasing the volumes handled by such assets, which results in additional fee-based earnings for each business segment. In performing these support roles, our marketing activities also seek to participate in supply and demand opportunities as a supplemental source of gross operating margin for us. The financial results of our marketing efforts fluctuate due to changes in volumes handled and overall market conditions, which are influenced by current and forward market prices for the products bought and sold.

NGL Pipelines & Services

The following table presents segment gross operating margin and selected volumetric data for the NGL Pipelines & Services segment for the years indicated (dollars in millions, volumes as noted):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024		
Segment gross operating margin:							

Natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities	$	1,507		$	1,598		
NGL pipelines, storage and terminals		3,169			2,988		
							
NGL fractionation		883			962		
Total	$	5,559		$	5,548		

Selected volumetric data:							
							
NGL pipeline transportation volumes (MBPD)		4,646			4,426		
NGL marine terminal volumes (MBPD)		970			915		
							
NGL fractionation volumes (MBPD)		1,706			1,667		
Equity NGL-equivalent production volumes (MBPD) (1)		223			203		
							
Fee-based natural gas processing volumes (MMcf/d) (2,3)		7,311			6,733		

(1)	Primarily represents the NGL and condensate volumes we earn and take title to in connection with our processing activities. The total equity NGL-equivalent production volumes also include residue natural gas volumes from our natural gas processing business.
(2)	Volumes reported correspond to the revenue streams earned by our natural gas processing plants.

(3)	Fee-based natural gas processing volumes are measured at either the wellhead or plant inlet in MMcf/d.

Natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities

Gross operating margin from natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $91 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

75

Table of Contents

Gross operating margin from our NGL marketing activities decreased a net $94 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average sales margins, which accounted for a $167 million decrease, partially offset by higher sales volumes, which accounted for a $65 million increase, and higher mark-to-market earnings, which accounted for an additional $10 million increase.

Gross operating margin from our Rockies natural gas processing facilities (Meeker, Pioneer and Chaco) decreased a combined $22 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average processing margins (including the impact of hedging activities). On a combined basis, fee-based natural gas processing volumes and equity NGL-equivalent production volumes decreased 40 MMcf/d and increased 2 MBPD, respectively, year-to-year.

Gross operating margin from our Midland Basin natural gas processing facilities increased a net $17 million year-to-year primarily due to higher fee-based natural gas processing volumes, which accounted for a $32 million increase, and a 5 MBPD increase in equity NGL-equivalent production volumes, which accounted for an additional $9 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $24 million decrease. Fee-based natural gas processing volumes at our Midland Basin natural gas processing facilities increased 270 MMcf/d year-to-year primarily due to contributions from our Leonidas and Orion natural gas processing trains, which were placed into service in late first quarter of 2024 and the third quarter of 2025, respectively.

Gross operating margin from our Delaware Basin natural gas processing facilities increased a net $15 million year-to-year primarily due to higher fee-based natural gas processing volumes, which accounted for a $44 million increase, and a 5 MBPD increase in equity NGL-equivalent production volumes, which accounted for an additional $26 million increase, partially offset by lower average processing margins (including the impact of hedging activities), which accounted for a $41 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $14 million decrease. Fee-based natural gas processing volumes at our Delaware Basin natural gas processing facilities increased 282 MMcf/d year-to-year, primarily due to contributions from our Mentone 3 and Mentone West 1 natural gas processing trains, which were placed into service in late first quarter of 2024 and the third quarter of 2025, respectively.

NGL pipelines, storage and terminals

Gross operating margin from our NGL pipelines, storage and terminal assets for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased $181 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

A number of our pipelines, including the Mid-America Pipeline System, Seminole NGL Pipeline, Chaparral Pipeline, Shin Oak NGL Pipeline, and Bahia NGL Pipeline, serve Permian Basin and/or Rocky Mountain producers. On a combined basis, gross operating margin from these pipelines increased $85 million year-to-year primarily due to a 51 MBPD increase in transportation volumes, which accounted for a $55 million increase, and higher other revenues, which accounted for an additional $28 million increase.

Gross operating margin for our Eastern ethane pipelines, which include our ATEX and Aegis pipelines, increased a combined $76 million year-to-year primarily due to a 65 MBPD increase in transportation volumes, which accounted for a $49 million increase, and higher average transportation fees, which accounted for an additional $31 million increase.

Gross operating margin from LPG-related activities at EHT decreased $135 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average loading fees, which accounted for a $123 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $11 million decrease. Gross operating margin at our Morgan’s Point and Neches River Export Terminals increased a combined $60 million year-to-year primarily due to higher ethane export volumes. The combined 60 MBPD year-to-year increase in ethane export volumes at these terminals included contributions from the first phase of our Neches River export facility, which was placed into service in July 2025. Gross operating margin from our related Houston Ship Channel Pipeline System increased $11 million year-to-year primarily due to a 54 MBPD increase in transportation volumes.

Gross operating margin from our Dixie Pipeline and related terminals increased $27 million year-to-year primarily due to higher average transportation fees, which accounted for a $13 million increase, and higher loading and other fee revenues, which accounted for an additional $14 million increase. Transportation volumes on our Dixie Pipeline increased 7 MBPD year-to-year.

76

Table of Contents

Gross operating margin from our Tri-States NGL Pipeline increased $24 million year-to-year primarily due to a 9 MBPD increase in transportation volumes, which accounted for a $12 million increase, and higher average transportation fees, which accounted for an additional $7 million increase.

Gross operating margin from our Mont Belvieu area storage complex increased a net $19 million year-to-year primarily due to higher storage revenues, which accounted for a $32 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $13 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our South Texas NGL Pipeline System increased $14 million year-to-year primarily due to higher capacity reservation revenues, which accounted for an $8 million increase, and lower operating costs, which accounted for an additional $3 million increase. Transportation volumes on this system increased 16 MBPD year-to-year.

NGL fractionation

Gross operating margin from NGL fractionation during the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $79 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

Gross operating margin from our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation complex decreased a net $52 million year-to-year primarily due to higher operating costs, which accounted for a $51 million decrease, and lower ancillary service revenues, which accounted for an additional $37 million decrease, partially offset by higher fractionation volumes, which accounted for a $29 million increase, and higher average fractionation fees, which accounted for an additional $7 million increase. NGL fractionation volumes at our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation complex increased 38 MBPD primarily due to contributions from Frac 14, which was placed into service during the fourth quarter of 2025.

On a combined basis, gross operating margin from NGL fractionators other than our Mont Belvieu area complex decreased a net $24 million year-to-year primarily due to lower ancillary service revenues, which accounted for a $21 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $11 million decrease, partially offset by higher average fractionation fees, which accounted for an $8 million increase. NGL fractionation volumes from these NGL fractionators increased a combined 1 MBPD (net to our interest) year-to-year.

Crude Oil Pipelines & Services

The following table presents segment gross operating margin and selected volumetric data for the Crude Oil Pipelines & Services segment for the years indicated (dollars in millions, volumes as noted):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Segment gross operating margin	$	1,501		$	1,646	
						
Selected volumetric data:						
Crude oil pipeline transportation volumes (MBPD)		2,578			2,528	
						
Crude oil marine terminal volumes (MBPD)		763			955	

Gross operating margin from our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $145 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

Gross operating margin from our Texas crude oil pipelines, related terminals and marketing activities (excluding the Seaway Pipeline) decreased a combined net $170 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average sales margins from marketing activities, which accounted for a $147 million decrease, lower mark-to-market earnings, which accounted for a $25 million decrease, lower transportation-related revenues, which accounted for a $21 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $17 million decrease, partially offset by a combined 59 MBPD (net to our interest) increase in crude oil transportation volumes, which accounted for a $48 million increase.

Gross operating margin from crude oil activities at EHT increased $29 million year-to-year primarily due to higher loading revenues, which accounted for a $15 million increase, and lower operating costs, which accounted for an additional $13 million increase. Crude oil marine terminal volumes at EHT decreased 168 MBPD year-to-year.

77

Table of Contents

Natural Gas Pipelines & Services

The following table presents segment gross operating margin and selected volumetric data for the Natural Gas Pipelines & Services segment for the years indicated (dollars in millions, volumes as noted):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Segment gross operating margin	$	1,558		$	1,277	
						
Selected volumetric data:						
Natural gas pipeline transportation volumes (BBtus/d)		20,704			19,276	

Gross operating margin from our Natural Gas Pipelines & Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased $281 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

Gross operating margin from our Delaware Basin Gathering System, which includes the natural gas gathering system acquired in October 2024 through our acquisition of Pinon Midstream, increased a net $86 million year-to-year primarily due to higher treating and other revenues, which accounted for a $71 million increase, a 603 BBtus/d increase in natural gas gathering volumes, which accounted for a $47 million increase, and higher average gathering fees, which accounted for an additional $17 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $49 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our Texas Intrastate System increased a net $76 million year-to-year primarily due to higher capacity reservation fees and other revenues, which accounted for a $74 million increase, and a 255 BBtus/d increase in transportation volumes, which accounted for an additional $12 million increase, partially offset by lower average transportation fees, which accounted for a $9 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our natural gas marketing activities increased a net $65 million year-to-year primarily due to higher average sales margins, which accounted for a $68 million increase, and higher sales volumes, which accounted for an additional $12 million increase, partially offset by lower mark-to-market earnings, which accounted for a $15 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our Midland Basin Gathering System increased a net $31 million year-to-year primarily due to a 364 BBtus/d increase in natural gas gathering volumes, which accounted for a $51 million increase, and higher other revenues, which accounted for an additional $8 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $28 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our Acadian Gas System increased $18 million year-to-year primarily due to a 231 BBtus/d increase in transportation volumes.

78

Table of Contents

Petrochemical & Refined Products Services

The following table presents segment gross operating margin and selected volumetric data for the Petrochemical & Refined Products Services segment for the years indicated (dollars in millions, volumes as noted):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024		
Segment gross operating margin:							

Propylene production and related activities	$	458		$	507		
Butane isomerization and related operations		120			126		
							
Octane enhancement and related plant operations		273			415		
Refined products pipelines and related activities		385			287		
							
Ethylene exports and related activities		122			142		
Marine transportation and other services		78			70		
							
Total	$	1,436		$	1,547		

Selected volumetric data:							
Propylene production volumes (MBPD)		116			112		
							
Butane isomerization volumes (MBPD)		121			118		
Standalone deisobutanizer (“DIB”) processing volumes (MBPD)		194			198		
							
Octane enhancement and related plant sales volumes (MBPD) (1)		40			37		
Pipeline transportation volumes, primarily refined products and petrochemicals (MBPD)		1,040			947		
							
Marine terminal volumes, primarily refined products and petrochemicals (MBPD)		330			326		

(1)	Reflects aggregate sales volumes for our octane enhancement and iBDH facilities located at our Mont Belvieu area complex and our HPIB facility located adjacent to the Houston Ship Channel.

Propylene production and related activities

Gross operating margin from propylene production and related activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $49 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

On a combined basis, gross operating margin from our Mont Belvieu area propylene production facilities decreased a net $30 million year-to-year primarily due to higher operating costs, which accounted for a $76 million decrease, and lower average propylene sales margins, which accounted for an additional $32 million decrease, partially offset by higher propylene sales volumes, which accounted for a $61 million increase, and higher other revenues, which accounted for an additional $18 million increase. Propylene and associated by-product production volumes at these facilities increased a combined 3 MBPD.

Gross operating margin from our propylene pipeline systems decreased a combined $13 million year-to-year primarily due to a 10 MBPD decrease in transportation volumes, which accounted for a $4 million decrease, lower other revenues, which accounted for a $4 million decrease and lower average transportation fees, which accounted for an additional $3 million decrease.

Butane isomerization and related operations

Gross operating margin from butane isomerization and related operations decreased a net $6 million year-to-year primarily due to higher operating costs, which accounted for an $11 million decrease, partially offset by higher ancillary service revenues, which accounted for a $7 million increase.

Octane enhancement and related plant operations

Gross operating margin from our octane enhancement and related plant operations decreased a net $142 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average sales margins, which accounted for a $126 million decrease, lower deficiency revenues, which accounted for a $30 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $5 million decrease, partially offset by higher sales volumes, which accounted for a $21 million increase.

Refined products pipelines and related activities

Gross operating margin from refined products pipelines and related activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased $98 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

79

Table of Contents

Gross operating margin from our TE Products Pipeline System increased a net $61 million year-to-year primarily due to a 70 MBPD increase in transportation volumes, which accounted for a $56 million increase, higher other revenues, which accounted for a $19 million increase, and higher average transportation fees, which accounted for an additional $16 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $30 million decrease.

Gross operating margin from our TW Products System increased $44 million year-to-year primarily due to the full start-up of the system, which was placed into service in stages during 2024 and was fully operational in October 2024.

Gross operating margin from our refined products marketing activities decreased $15 million year-to-year primarily due to lower average sales margins.

Ethylene exports and related activities

Gross operating margin from ethylene exports and related activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased a net $20 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower deficiency fee revenues from our ethylene pipelines and ethylene export terminal, which accounted for a $21 million decrease, and higher operating costs, which accounted for an additional $14 million decrease, partially offset by a 4 MBPD increase in ethylene export volumes, which accounted for an $8 million increase, and higher storage and other revenues, which accounted for an additional $6 million increase.

Marine transportation and other services

Gross operating margin from marine transportation and other services increased a net $8 million year-to-year primarily due to higher average fees, which accounted for a $12 million increase, partially offset by higher operating costs, which accounted for a $5 million decrease.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Based on current market conditions (as of the filing date of this annual report), we believe that the Partnership and its consolidated businesses will have sufficient liquidity, cash flow from operations and access to capital markets to fund their capital investments and working capital needs for the reasonably foreseeable future. At December 31, 2025, we had $5.2 billion of consolidated liquidity. This amount was comprised of $4.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under EPO’s revolving credit facilities and $969 million of unrestricted cash on hand.

We may issue debt and equity securities to assist us in meeting our future funding and liquidity requirements, including those related to capital investments. We have a universal shelf registration statement on file with the SEC that allows the Partnership and EPO to issue an unlimited amount of equity and debt securities, respectively. In addition, we have a registration statement on file with the SEC covering the issuance of up to $2.5 billion of the Partnership’s common units in amounts, at prices and on terms based on market conditions and other factors at the time of such offerings (referred to as the Partnership’s at-the-market (“ATM”) program).

80

Table of Contents

Cash Flow Statement Highlights

The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years indicated (dollars in millions).

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Net cash flow provided by operating activities	$	8,585		$	8,115	
Net cash flow used in investing activities		5,491			5,433	
						
Net cash flow used in financing activities		2,687			2,164	

Net cash flow provided by operating activities are largely dependent on earnings from our consolidated business activities. Changes in energy commodity prices may impact the demand for natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products, which could impact sales of our products and the demand for our midstream services. Changes in demand for our products and services may be caused by other factors, including prevailing economic conditions, reduced demand by consumers for the end products made with hydrocarbon products, increased competition, public health emergencies, adverse weather conditions and government regulations affecting prices and production levels. We may also incur credit and price risk to the extent customers do not fulfill their contractual obligations to us in connection with our marketing activities and long-term take-or-pay and dedication agreements. For a more complete discussion of these and other risk factors pertinent to our business, see Part I, Item 1A of this annual report.

For additional information regarding our cash flow amounts, please refer to the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

The following information highlights significant year-to-year fluctuations in our consolidated cash flow amounts:

Operating activities

Net cash flow provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased $470 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to changes in operating accounts primarily due to the use of working capital employed in our marketing activities, which includes the impact of (i) fluctuations in commodity prices, (ii) timing of our inventory purchase and sale strategies, and (iii) changes in margin deposit requirements associated with our commodity derivative instruments.

For information regarding significant year-to-year changes in our consolidated net income and underlying segment results, see “Income Statement Highlights” and “Business Segment Highlights” within this Part II, Item 7.

Investing activities

Net cash flow used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased a net $58 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to:

•	a $1.1 billion year-to-year increase in investments for property, plant and equipment (see “Capital Investments” within this Part II, Item 7 for additional information); partially offset by

•	a net $949 million cash outflow in October 2024 in connection with the acquisition of Pinon Midstream; and

•	a $68 million increase in proceeds from asset sales and other matters primarily attributable to the $60 million first installment payment received in December 2025 related to our sale of a 40% undivided joint interest in the Bahia NGL Pipeline.

81

Table of Contents

Financing activities

Net cash flow used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased a net $523 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to:

•	a net cash inflow of $2.5 billion related to debt transactions that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to a net cash inflow of $3.1 billion related to debt transactions that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2024. In 2025, we issued $3.65 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes, partially offset by the repayment of $1.15 billion principal amount of senior notes. In 2024 we issued $4.5 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes, partially offset by the repayment of $850 million principal amount of senior notes and net repayments of $450 million under EPO’s commercial paper program;

•	a $166 million year-to-year increase in cash distributions paid to common unitholders primarily attributable to increases in the quarterly cash distribution rate per unit;

•	an $81 million year-to-year increase in the repurchase of common units under the 2019 Buyback Program; partially offset by

•	a $400 million cash outflow during the first quarter of 2024 in connection with the acquisition of noncontrolling interests from affiliates of Western Midstream Partners, LP.

Non-GAAP Cash Flow Measures

Distributable Cash Flow and Operational Distributable Cash Flow

Our partnership agreement requires us to make quarterly distributions to our common unitholders of all available cash, after any cash reserves established by Enterprise GP in its sole discretion. Cash reserves include those for the proper conduct of our business, including those for capital investments, debt service, working capital, operating expenses, common unit repurchases, commitments and contingencies and other amounts. The retention of cash allows us to reinvest in our growth and reduce our future reliance on the equity and debt capital markets.

We measure available cash by reference to distributable cash flow (“DCF”), which is a non-GAAP cash flow measure. DCF is an important financial measure for our common unitholders since it serves as an indicator of our success in providing a cash return on investment. Specifically, this financial measure indicates to investors whether or not we are generating cash flows at a level that can sustain our declared quarterly cash distributions. DCF is also a quantitative standard used by the investment community with respect to publicly traded partnerships since the value of a partnership unit is, in part, measured by its yield, which is based on the amount of cash distributions a partnership can pay to a unitholder. Our management compares the DCF we generate to the cash distributions we expect to pay our common unitholders. Using this metric, management computes our distribution coverage ratio. Our calculation of DCF may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Based on the level of available cash each quarter, management proposes a quarterly cash distribution rate to the Board, which has sole authority in approving such matters. Enterprise GP has a non-economic ownership interest in the Partnership and is not entitled to receive any cash distributions from it based on incentive distribution rights or other equity interests.

Operational distributable cash flow (“Operational DCF”), which is defined as DCF excluding the impact of proceeds from asset sales and other matters and monetization of interest rate derivative instruments, is a supplemental non-GAAP liquidity measure that quantifies the portion of cash available for distribution to common unitholders that was generated from our normal operations. We believe that it is important to consider this non-GAAP measure as it provides an enhanced perspective of our assets’ ability to generate cash flows without regard for certain items that do not reflect our core operations.

Our use of DCF and Operational DCF for the limited purposes described above and in this report is not a substitute for net cash flow provided by operating activities, which is the most comparable GAAP measure to DCF and Operational DCF. For a discussion of net cash flow provided by operating activities, see “Cash Flow Statement Highlights” within this Part II, Item 7.

82

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our calculation of DCF and Operational DCF for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Net income attributable to common unitholders (GAAP) (1)	$	5,810		$	5,897	
Adjustments to net income attributable to common unitholders to derive DCF and Operational DCF (addition or subtraction indicated by						
sign):						
						
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses		2,623			2,473	
Cash distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates (2)		438			483	
						
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		(361)			(408)	
Asset impairment charges		50			57	
						
Change in fair market value of derivative instruments		16			(20)	
Deferred income tax expense		46			45	
						
Sustaining capital expenditures (3)		(620)			(667)	
Other, net		(98)			(2)	
						
Operational DCF (non-GAAP)	$	7,904		$	7,858	
Proceeds from asset sales and other matters		82			14	
						
Monetization of interest rate derivative instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges		14			(33)	
DCF (non-GAAP)	$	8,000		$	7,839	

Cash distributions paid to common unitholders with respect to period, including distribution equivalent rights on phantom unit awards	$	4,752		$	4,598	

Cash distribution per common unit declared by Enterprise GP with respect to period (4)	$	2.1750		$	2.1000	

Total DCF retained by the Partnership with respect to period (5)	$	3,248		$	3,241	

Distribution coverage ratio (6)		1.7 x		1.7 x	

(1)	For a discussion of the primary drivers of changes in our comparative income statement amounts, see “Income Statement Highlights” within this Part II, Item 7.

(2)	Reflects aggregate distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates attributable to both earnings and the return of capital.

(3)	Sustaining capital expenditures include cash payments and accruals applicable to the period.

(4)	See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report for information regarding our quarterly cash distributions declared with respect to the years indicated.
(5)	Cash retained by the Partnership may be used for capital investments, debt service, working capital, operating expenses, common unit repurchases, commitments and contingencies and other amounts. The retention of cash reduces our reliance on the capital markets.
(6)	Distribution coverage ratio is determined by dividing DCF by total cash distributions paid to common unitholders and in connection with distribution equivalent rights with respect to the period.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash flow provided by operating activities to DCF and Operational DCF for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024	
						
Net cash flow provided by operating activities (GAAP)	$	8,585		$	8,115	
Adjustments to reconcile net cash flow provided by operating activities to DCF and Operational DCF (addition or subtraction indicated by						
sign):						
						
Net effect of changes in operating accounts		124			506	
Sustaining capital expenditures		(620)			(667)	
						
Distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates attributable to the return of capital		74			77	
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(62)			(69)	
						
Other, net		(197)			(104)	
Operational DCF (non-GAAP)	$	7,904		$	7,858	
						
Proceeds from asset sales and other matters		82			14	
Monetization of interest rate derivative instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges		14			(33)	
						
DCF (non-GAAP)	$	8,000		$	7,839	

83

Table of Contents

Capital Investments

Since the beginning of 2025, we have placed into service two natural gas processing trains in the Permian Basin, the first phase of our Neches River Ethane

/	Propane Export Facility, an NGL fractionator (“Frac 14”) and associated DIB unit at our Mont Belvieu area NGL fractionation complex, the Bahia NGL Pipeline and the second phase of enhancements at our Morgan’s Point terminal. We have approximately $4.8 billion of growth capital projects scheduled to be completed by the end of 2027, including the following projects (including their respective scheduled completion dates):

•	natural gas gathering, compression and treating expansion projects in the Delaware and Midland Basins (2026 and 2027);

•	our second natural gas processing train at our Mentone West location in the Delaware Basin (first quarter of 2026);

•	the second phase of our Neches River Ethane / Propane Export Facility located in Orange County, Texas (first half of 2026);

•	the expansion of our LPG export capacity at EHT, including Ref 4 (fourth quarter of 2026);

•	a ninth natural gas processing train (“Athena”) in the Midland Basin (fourth quarter of 2026); and

•	the expansion and extension of the Bahia NGL Pipeline (fourth quarter of 2027).

Based on information currently available, we expect our total organic capital investments for 2026, net of contributions from noncontrolling interests, to approximate $3.1 billion to $3.5 billion, which reflects organic growth capital investments of $2.5 billion to $2.9 billion and sustaining capital expenditures of $580 million. In addition, we expect approximately $600 million in cash proceeds from asset sales and other matters during 2026, primarily from the second installment payment received in January 2026 related to the sale of a 40% undivided joint interest in our Bahia NGL Pipeline, which may be used to offset a portion of our forecasted organic growth capital investments.

Our forecast of capital investments is dependent upon our ability to generate the required funds from either operating cash flows or other means, including borrowings under debt agreements, the issuance of additional equity and debt securities, and potential divestitures. We may revise our forecast of capital investments due to factors beyond our control, such as adverse economic conditions, weather-related issues and changes in supplier prices resulting from raw material or labor shortages, supply chain disruptions or inflation. Furthermore, our forecast of capital investments may change over time based on future decisions by management, which may include changing the scope or timing of projects or cancelling projects altogether. Our success in raising capital, having the ability to increase revenues commensurate with cost increases and our ability to partner with other companies to share project costs and risks continue to be significant factors in determining how much capital we can invest. We believe our access to capital resources is sufficient to meet the demands of our current and future growth needs, and although we currently expect to make the forecast capital investments noted above, we may revise our plans in response to changes in economic and capital market conditions.

84

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our capital investments for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

For the Year

Ended December 31,

	2025				2024		
Capital investments: (1)							

Growth capital projects (2)	$	4,393		$	3,890		
Sustaining capital projects (3)		595			654		
							
Asset acquisitions (4)		632			–		
Total	$	5,620		$	4,544		

Cash used for business combinations, net of cash received (5)	$	–	$	949		

(1)	Growth and sustaining capital amounts presented in the table above are presented on a cash basis. In total, these amounts represent “Capital expenditures” as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows.
(2)	Growth capital projects either (a) result in new sources of cash flow due to enhancements of or additions to existing assets (e.g., additional revenue streams, cost savings resulting from debottlenecking of a facility, etc.) or (b) expand our asset base through construction of new facilities that will generate additional revenue streams and cash flows.
(3)	Sustaining capital projects are capital expenditures (as defined by GAAP) resulting from improvements to existing assets. Such expenditures serve to maintain existing operations but do not generate additional revenues or result in significant cost savings. Sustaining capital expenditures include the costs of major maintenance activities at our reaction-based plants, which are accounted for using the deferral method.

(4)	Amount for the year ended December 31, 2025 primarily represents the total cost of the acquisition of the Oxy natural gas gathering affiliate, which closed in August 2025. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.
(5)	Amount for the year ended December 31, 2024 represents net cash used for the acquisition of Pinon Midstream, which closed in October 2024. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2025 with Year Ended December 31, 2024

In total, investments in growth capital projects increased a net $503 million year-to-year primarily due to the following:

•	higher investments in our Bahia NGL Pipeline (placed into service in December 2025), which accounted for a $393 million increase;

•	higher investments in the construction of natural gas processing trains and related gathering system expansions in the Delaware and Midland Basins, which accounted for an additional $343 million increase; partially offset by

•	lower investments in our TW Products System (placed into service in phases during 2024), which accounted for a $158 million decrease.

Investments attributable to sustaining capital projects decreased $59 million year-to-year primarily due to lower major maintenance activities performed at certain of our reaction-based plants (e.g., our PDH 1 and iBDH facilities) and fluctuations in timing and costs of pipeline integrity and similar projects.

Consolidated Debt

At December 31, 2025, the average maturity of EPO’s consolidated debt obligations was approximately 16.8 years. The following table presents the scheduled maturities of principal amounts of EPO’s consolidated debt obligations and associated estimated cash payments for interest at December 31, 2025 for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

		Total		2026			2027			2028			2029			2030			Thereafter	
																					
Principal amount of debt obligations	$	34,707		$	1,625		$	1,575		$	1,800		$	1,250		$	1,250		$	27,207	
Estimated cash payments for interest (1)	$	28,309		$	1,578		$	1,509		$	1,477		$	1,409		$	1,354		$	20,982	

(1)	Estimated cash payments for interest are based on the principal amount of our consolidated debt obligations outstanding at December 31, 2025, the contractually scheduled maturities of such balances, and the applicable interest rates. Our estimated cash payments for interest are influenced by the long-term maturities of our $2.3 billion in junior subordinated notes (due June 2067 through February 2078). The estimated cash payments assume that (i) the junior subordinated notes are not repaid prior to their respective maturity dates and (ii) the amount of interest paid on the junior subordinated notes is based on either (a) the current fixed interest rate charged or (b) the weighted-average variable rate paid in 2025, as applicable, for each note through the respective maturity date.

85

Table of Contents

In March 2025, EPO entered into a new 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement (the “March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement”) that replaced its prior 364-day revolving credit agreement. The March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement matures in March 2026. EPO expects to renew this credit agreement during the first quarter of 2026. As of December 31, 2025, there are no principal amounts outstanding under this new revolving credit agreement.

Also in March 2025, EPO amended its Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement (the “March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement”) to extend its maturity date from March 2028 to March 2030. The remaining material terms of the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2025, there are no principal amounts outstanding under this revolving credit agreement.

In June 2025, EPO issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $500 million principal amount of senior notes due June 2028 (“Senior Notes LLL”), (ii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2031 (“Senior Notes MMM”) and (iii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2036 (“Senior Notes NNN”). Senior Notes LLL were issued at 99.869% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.30% per year. Senior Notes MMM were issued at 99.816% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.60% per year. Senior Notes NNN were issued at 99.665% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 5.20% per year. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments, and the repayment of amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program.

In November 2025, EPO issued $1.65 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $300 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes LLL, (ii) $600 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes MMM and (iii) $750 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes NNN. The reopened Senior Notes LLL, reopened Senior Notes MMM and reopened Senior Notes NNN were issued at 100.630%, 100.693% and 101.185% of their respective principal amounts, plus accrued interest from June 20, 2025. Each of the reopened Senior Notes LLL, the reopened Senior Notes MMM and the reopened Senior Notes NNN constitutes a further issuance of, and forms a single series with, the original notes of the corresponding series issued in June 2025, trades under the same CUSIP number as the applicable original notes, and has the same terms as to interest, status, redemption or otherwise as such original notes. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments and acquisitions, and the repayment of debt (including the repayment of all or a portion of $750 million principal amount of 5.05% Senior Notes FFF that matured in January 2026, $875 million principal amount of 3.70% Senior Notes PP that matured in February 2026 and amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program).

For additional information regarding our consolidated debt obligations, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Credit Ratings

As of February 27, 2026, the investment-grade credit ratings of EPO’s long-term senior unsecured debt securities were A- from Standard and Poor’s, A3 from Moody’s and A- from Fitch Ratings. In addition, the credit ratings of EPO’s short-term senior unsecured debt securities were A-2 from Standard and Poor’s, P-2 from Moody’s and F-2 from Fitch Ratings. EPO’s credit ratings reflect only the view of a rating agency and should not be interpreted as a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any of our securities. A credit rating can be revised upward or downward or withdrawn at any time by a rating agency, if it determines that circumstances warrant such a change. A credit rating from one rating agency should be evaluated independently of credit ratings from other rating agencies.

Product Purchase Commitments

The following table presents our unconditional product purchase commitments at December 31, 2025 for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

		Total		2026			2027			2028			2029			2030			Thereafter	
																					
Product purchase commitments	$	7,175		$	2,419		$	2,420		$	1,143		$	761		$	395		$	37	

86

Table of Contents

We have unconditional, long-term product purchase commitments for NGLs and crude oil with third party suppliers. The prices that we are obligated to pay under these contracts approximate market prices at the time we take delivery of the volumes. The preceding table presents our estimated future payment obligations under these contracts based on the contractual price in each agreement at December 31, 2025 applied to all future volume commitments. Actual future payment obligations may vary depending on prices at the time of delivery.

For additional information regarding our product purchase commitments, see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Enterprise Declares Cash Distribution for Fourth Quarter of 2025

On January 8, 2026, we announced that the Board declared a quarterly cash distribution of $0.55 per common unit, or $2.20 per common unit on an annualized basis, to be paid to the Partnership’s common unitholders with respect to the fourth quarter of 2025. The quarterly distribution was paid on February 13, 2026 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on January 30, 2026. The total amount paid was $1.2 billion, which includes $11 million for distribution equivalent rights on phantom unit awards.

The payment of quarterly cash distributions is subject to management’s evaluation of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in connection with such payments and Board approval. Management will evaluate any future increases in cash distributions on a quarterly basis.

Common Unit Repurchases Under 2019 Buyback Program

In January 2019, we announced that the Board had approved a $2.0 billion multi-year unit buyback program (the “2019 Buyback Program”), which provides the Partnership with an additional method to return capital to investors. In October 2025, we announced that the Board approved an increase to the authorized maximum aggregate purchase price (excluding fees, commissions and other ancillary expenses) of the Partnership’s common units that may be repurchased under the 2019 Buyback Program from $2.0 billion to $5.0 billion. The 2019 Buyback Program authorizes the Partnership to repurchase its common units from time to time, including through open market purchases and negotiated transactions. The timing and pace of buy backs under the program will be determined by a number of factors including (i) our financial performance and flexibility, (ii) organic growth and acquisition opportunities with higher potential returns on investment, (iii) the market price of the Partnership’s common units and implied cash flow yield and (iv) maintaining targeted financial leverage, which is currently a debt-to-normalized adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) ratio in the range of 2.75 to 3.25 times. No time limit has been set for completion of the 2019 Buyback Program, and it may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

The Partnership repurchased an aggregate 9,496,536 common units under the 2019 Buyback Program during the year ended December 31, 2025. The total cost of these repurchases, including commissions and fees, was $300 million. Common units repurchased under the 2019 Buyback Program are immediately cancelled upon acquisition. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining available capacity under the 2019 Buyback Program was $3.6 billion.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In our financial reporting processes, we employ methods, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our financial statements. These methods, estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for each reporting period. Investors should be aware that actual results could differ from these estimates if the underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect. The following sections discuss the use of estimates within our critical accounting policies:

87

Table of Contents

Depreciation Methods and Estimated Useful Lives of Property, Plant and Equipment

In general, depreciation is the systematic and rational allocation of an asset’s cost, less its residual value (if any), to the periods it benefits. The majority of our property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method, which results in depreciation expense being incurred evenly over the life of an asset. Depreciation expense incorporates management estimates regarding the useful economic lives and residual values of our assets. At the time we place our assets into service, we believe such assumptions are reasonable; however, circumstances may develop that cause us to change these assumptions, which would change our depreciation amounts prospectively. Examples of such circumstances include (i) changes in laws and regulations that limit the estimated economic life of an asset, (ii) changes in technology that render an asset obsolete, (iii) changes in expected salvage values or (iv) significant changes in our forecast of the remaining life for the associated resource basins, if applicable.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the net carrying value of our property, plant and equipment was $51.4 billion and $49.1 billion, respectively. We recorded $2.1 billion and $2.0 billion of depreciation expense during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For information regarding our property, plant and equipment, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Measuring Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets and Fair Value of Equity Method Investments

Long-lived assets, which consist of intangible assets with finite useful lives and property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Examples of such events or changes might be production declines that are not replaced by new discoveries or long-term decreases in the demand for or price of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals or refined products.

The carrying value of a long-lived asset is deemed not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of undiscounted estimated cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Estimates of undiscounted cash flows are based on a number of assumptions including anticipated operating margins and volumes; estimated useful life of the asset or asset group; and estimated residual values. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable, an impairment charge would be recorded for the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value, which is derived from an analysis of the asset’s estimated future discounted cash flows, the market value of similar assets and replacement cost of the asset less any applicable depreciation or amortization. In addition, fair value estimates also include the usage of probabilities when there is a range of possible outcomes.

We evaluate our equity method investments for impairment when there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate there is a potential loss in value of the investment attributable to an other-than-temporary decline. Examples of such events or changes in circumstances include continuing operating losses of the entity and/or long-term negative changes in the entity’s industry. In the event we determine that the value of an investment is not recoverable due to an other-than-temporary decline, we record a non-cash impairment charge to adjust the carrying value of the investment to its estimated fair value. We assess the fair value of our equity method investments using commonly accepted techniques, and may use more than one method, including, but not limited to, recent third party sales and discounted estimated cash flow models. Estimates of discounted cash flows are based on a number of assumptions including discount rates; probabilities assigned to different cash flow scenarios; anticipated margins and volumes and estimated useful lives of the investment’s underlying assets.

A significant change in the assumptions we use to measure recoverability of long-lived assets and the fair value of equity method investments could result in our recording a non-cash impairment charge. Any write-down of the carrying values of such assets would increase operating costs and expenses at that time.

In 2025 and 2024, we recognized non-cash asset impairment charges attributable to assets other than goodwill totaling $50 million and $57 million, respectively. For information regarding impairment charges involving property, plant and equipment see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report. We did not recognize any impairment charges in connection with our equity-method investments during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

88

Table of Contents

Amortization Methods of Customer Relationships and Contract-Based Intangible Assets

The specific, identifiable intangible assets of an acquired business depend largely upon the nature of its operations and include items such as customer relationships and contracts.

Customer relationship intangible assets represent the estimated economic value assigned to commercial relationships acquired in connection with business combinations. In certain instances, the acquisition of these intangible assets provides us with access to customers in a defined resource basin and is analogous to having a franchise in a particular area. Efficient operation of the acquired assets (e.g., a natural gas gathering system) helps to support the commercial relationships with existing producers and provides us with opportunities to establish new ones within our existing asset footprint. The duration of this type of customer relationship is limited by the estimated economic life of the associated resource basin that supports the customer group. When estimating the economic life of a resource basin, we consider a number of factors, including reserve estimates and the economic viability of production and exploration activities.

In other situations, the acquisition of a customer relationship intangible asset provides us with access to customers whose hydrocarbon volumes are not attributable to specific resource basins. As with basin-specific customer relationships, efficient operation of the associated assets (e.g., a marine terminal that handles volumes originating from multiple sources) helps to support the commercial relationships with existing customers and provides us with opportunities to establish new ones. The duration of this type of customer relationship is typically limited to the term of the underlying service contracts, including assumed renewals.

The value we assign to customer relationships is amortized to earnings using methods that closely resemble the pattern in which the estimated economic benefits will be consumed (i.e., the manner in which the intangible asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our cash flows). For example, the amortization period for a basin-specific customer relationship asset is limited by the estimated finite economic life of the associated hydrocarbon resource basin.

Contract-based intangible assets represent specific commercial rights we own arising from discrete contractual agreements. A contract-based intangible asset with a finite life is amortized over its estimated economic life, which is the period over which the contract is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our cash flows. Our estimates of the economic life of contract-based intangible assets are based on a number of factors, including (i) the expected useful life of the related tangible assets (e.g., a marine terminal, pipeline or other asset), (ii) any legal or regulatory developments that would impact such contractual rights and (iii) any contractual provisions that enable us to renew or extend such arrangements.

If our assumptions regarding the estimated economic life of an intangible asset were to change, then the amortization period for such asset would be adjusted accordingly. Changes in the estimated useful life of an intangible asset would impact operating costs and expenses prospectively from the date of change.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the carrying value of our customer relationship and contract-based intangible asset portfolio was $4.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. We recorded $216 million and $207 million of amortization expense attributable to intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For information regarding our intangible assets, see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Methods We Employ to Measure the Fair Value of Goodwill and Related Assets

Our goodwill balance was $5.7 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024. Goodwill, which represents the cost of an acquired business in excess of the fair value of its net assets at the acquisition date, is subject to annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may not be recoverable. Goodwill impairment charges represent the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value (including its respective goodwill) exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.

89

Table of Contents

We determine the fair value of each reporting unit using accepted valuation techniques, primarily through the use of discounted cash flows (i.e., an income approach to fair value) supplemented by market-based assessments, if available. The estimated fair values of our reporting units incorporate assumptions regarding the future economic prospects of the assets and operations that comprise each reporting unit including: (i) discrete financial forecasts for the assets comprising the reporting unit, which, in turn, rely on management’s estimates of long-term operating margins, throughput volumes, capital investments and similar factors; (ii) long-term growth rates for the reporting unit’s cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period; and (iii) appropriate discount rates. The fair value estimates are based on Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. We believe that the assumptions we use in estimating reporting unit fair values are consistent with those that market participants would use in their fair value estimation process. However, due to uncertainties in the estimation process and volatility in the supply and demand for hydrocarbons and similar risk factors, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.

We did not record any goodwill impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2025. Based on our most recent goodwill impairment test at December 31, 2025, the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units was substantially in excess of its carrying value (i.e., by at least 10%).

For information regarding our goodwill, see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

Use of Estimates for Revenues and Expenses

As noted previously, preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates that affect amounts presented in the financial statements. Due to the time required to compile actual billing information and receive third party data needed to record transactions, we routinely employ estimates in connection with revenue and expense amounts in order to meet our accelerated financial reporting deadlines.

Our most significant routine estimates involve revenues and costs of certain natural gas processing facilities, pipeline transportation revenues, fractionation revenues, marketing revenues and related purchases, and power and utility costs. These types of transactions must be estimated since the actual amounts are generally unavailable at the time we complete our accounting close process. The estimates subsequently reverse in the next accounting period when the corresponding actual customer billing or vendor-invoiced amounts are recorded.

Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates, which could affect our reported financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Prior to issuing our financial statements, we review our revenue and expense estimates based on currently available information to determine if adjustments are required.

Other Matters

Parent-Subsidiary Guarantor Relationship

The Partnership (the “Parent Guarantor”) has guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on the consolidated debt obligations of EPO (the “Subsidiary Issuer”) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Debt”). If EPO were to default on any of its Guaranteed Debt, the Partnership would be responsible for full and unconditional repayment of such obligations. At December 31, 2025, the total amount of Guaranteed Debt was $35.3 billion, which was comprised of $32.4 billion of EPO’s senior notes, $2.3 billion of EPO’s junior subordinated notes and $566 million of related accrued interest.

The Partnership’s guarantees of EPO’s senior note obligations, commercial paper notes and borrowings under bank credit facilities represent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Partnership that rank equal in right of payment to all other existing or future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Partnership. In addition, these guarantees effectively rank junior in right of payment to any existing or future indebtedness of the Partnership that is secured and unsubordinated, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The Partnership’s guarantees of EPO’s junior subordinated notes represent unsecured and subordinated obligations of the Partnership that rank equal in right of payment to all other existing or future subordinated indebtedness of the Partnership and senior in right of payment to all existing or future equity securities of the Partnership. The Partnership’s guarantees of EPO’s junior subordinated notes effectively rank junior in right of payment to (i) any existing or future indebtedness of the Partnership that is secured, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and (ii) all other existing or future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Partnership.

90

Table of Contents

The Partnership may be released from its guarantee obligations only in connection with EPO’s exercise of its legal or covenant defeasance options as described in the underlying agreements.

Selected Financial Information of Obligor Group

The following tables present summarized financial information of the Partnership (as Parent Guarantor) and EPO (as Subsidiary Issuer) on a combined basis (collectively, the “Obligor Group”), after the elimination of intercompany balances and transactions among the Obligor Group.

In accordance with Rule 13.01 of Regulation S-X, the summarized financial information of the Obligor Group excludes the Obligor Group’s equity in income and investments in the consolidated subsidiaries of EPO that are not party to the guarantee obligations (the “Non-Obligor Subsidiaries”). The total carrying value of the Obligor Group’s investments in the Non-Obligor Subsidiaries was $54.9 billion at December 31, 2025. The Obligor Group’s equity in the earnings of the Non-Obligor Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $6.9 billion. Although the net assets and earnings of the Non-Obligor Subsidiaries are not directly available to the holders of the Guaranteed Debt to satisfy the repayment of such obligations, there are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Non-Obligor Subsidiaries to pay distributions or make loans to EPO or the Partnership. EPO exercises control over the Non-Obligor Subsidiaries. We continue to believe that the consolidated financial statements of the Partnership presented under Item 8 of this annual report provide a more appropriate view of our credit standing. Our investment grade credit ratings are based on the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements and not the Obligor Group’s financial information presented below.

The following table presents summarized balance sheet information for the combined Obligor Group at December 31, 2025 (dollars in millions):

Selected asset information:			
			
Current receivables from Non-Obligor Subsidiaries	$	487	
Other current assets		7,035	
			
Long-term receivables from Non-Obligor Subsidiaries		187	
Other noncurrent assets, excluding investments in Non-Obligor Subsidiaries of $54.9 billion		9,519	

Selected liability information:			
			
Current portion of Guaranteed Debt, including interest of $566 million	$	2,190	
Current payables to Non-Obligor Subsidiaries		1,344	
			
Other current liabilities		4,416	
Noncurrent portion of Guaranteed Debt, principal only		33,082	
			
Noncurrent payables to Non-Obligor Subsidiaries		54	
Other noncurrent liabilities		205	

Mezzanine equity of Obligor Group:			
			
Preferred units	$	44	

The following table presents summarized income statement information for the combined Obligor Group for the year ended December 31, 2025 (dollars in millions):

Revenues from Non-Obligor Subsidiaries	$	16,128	
Revenues from other sources		17,795	
			
Operating income of Obligor Group		359	
Net loss of Obligor Group excluding equity in earnings of Non-Obligor Subsidiaries of $6.9 billion		(1,082)	

Related Party Transactions

For information regarding our related party transactions, see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report as well as Part III, Item 13 of this annual report.

91

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

During 2021, 2022 and 2024, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issued a Notice of Selection for Examination to EPO and the Partnership, respectively, stating that the IRS selected their 2019, 2020 and 2021 partnership tax returns for examination. These are routine compliance examinations of various items of income, gain, deductions, losses and credits of EPO and the Partnership during the years under examination.

Insurance

For information regarding insurance matters, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES

ABOUT MARKET RISK.

General

In the normal course of our business operations, we are exposed to certain risks, including changes in interest rates and commodity prices. In order to manage risks associated with assets, liabilities and certain anticipated future transactions, we use derivative instruments such as futures, forward contracts, swaps and other instruments with similar characteristics. Substantially all of our derivatives are used for non-trading activities.

We assess the risk associated with each of our derivative instrument portfolios using a sensitivity analysis model. This approach measures the change in fair value of the derivative instrument portfolio based on a hypothetical 10% change in the underlying interest rates or quoted market prices on a particular day. In addition to these variables, the fair value of each portfolio is influenced by changes in the notional amounts of the instruments outstanding. The sensitivity analysis approach does not reflect the impact that the same hypothetical price movement would have on the hedged exposures to which they relate. Therefore, the impact on the fair value of a derivative instrument resulting from a change in interest rates or quoted market prices (as applicable) would normally be offset by a corresponding gain or loss on the hedged debt instrument, inventory value or forecasted transaction assuming:

•	the derivative instrument functions effectively as a hedge of the underlying risk;

•	the derivative instrument is not closed out in advance of its expected term; and

•	the hedged forecasted transaction occurs within the expected time period.

We routinely review the effectiveness of our derivative instrument portfolios in light of current market conditions. Accordingly, the nature and volume of our derivative instruments may change depending on the specific exposure being managed.

See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report for additional information regarding our derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Commodity Hedging Activities

The price of energy commodities such as natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products and power are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply and demand, market conditions and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. In order to manage such price risks, we enter into commodity derivative instruments such as physical forward contracts, futures contracts, fixed-for-float swaps and basis swaps.

At December 31, 2025, our predominant commodity hedging strategies consisted of (i) hedging anticipated future purchases and sales of commodity products associated with transportation, storage and blending activities, (ii) hedging natural gas processing margins, (iii) hedging the fair value of commodity products held in inventory and (iv) hedging anticipated future purchases of power for certain operations in Southeast Texas. For a summary of our portfolio of commodity derivative instruments outstanding, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

92

Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis

The following tables show the effect of hypothetical price movements on the estimated fair values of our principal commodity derivative instrument portfolios at the dates indicated (dollars in millions).

The fair value information presented in the sensitivity analysis tables excludes the impact of applying Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) Rule 814, which deems that financial instruments cleared by the CME are settled daily in connection with variation margin payments. As a result of this exchange rule, CME-related derivatives are considered to have no fair value at the balance sheet date for financial reporting purposes; however, the derivatives remain outstanding and subject to future commodity price fluctuations until they are settled in accordance with their contractual terms. Derivative transactions cleared on exchanges other than the CME (e.g., the Intercontinental Exchange or ICE) continue to be reported on a gross basis.

Natural gas marketing portfolio

				Portfolio Fair Value at				
	Resulting								
					December 31,				
Scenario	Classification	December 31, 2024			2025		January 30, 2026		
									
Fair value assuming no change in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)	$	5	$	10	$	(9)		
Fair value assuming 10% increase in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		4		3		(19)		
									
Fair value assuming 10% decrease in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		6		17		1		

NGL and refined products marketing, natural gas processing and octane enhancement portfolio

				Portfolio Fair Value at				
	Resulting								
					December 31,				
Scenario	Classification		December 31, 2024		2025		January 30, 2026		
									
Fair value assuming no change in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)	$	61	$	91	$	(4)		
Fair value assuming 10% increase in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		24		32		(35)		
									
Fair value assuming 10% decrease in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		98		150		27		

Crude oil marketing portfolio

				Portfolio Fair Value at				
	Resulting								
					December 31,				
Scenario	Classification		December 31, 2024		2025		January 30, 2026		
									
Fair value assuming no change in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)	$	19	$	102	$	(7)		
Fair value assuming 10% increase in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		(79)		1		(123)		
									
Fair value assuming 10% decrease in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		117		203		109		

Commercial energy derivative portfolio

				Portfolio Fair Value at				
	Resulting								
					December 31,				
Scenario	Classification		December 31, 2024		2025		January 30, 2026		
									
Fair value assuming no change in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)	$	(3)	$	4	$	(4)		
Fair value assuming 10% increase in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		7		10		1		
									
Fair value assuming 10% decrease in underlying commodity prices	Asset (Liability)		(13)		(2)		(9)		

Interest Rate Hedging Activities

We may utilize interest rate swaps, forward-starting swaps, options to enter into forward-starting swaps (“swaptions”), treasury locks and similar derivative instruments to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates charged on borrowings under certain consolidated debt agreements. This strategy may be used in controlling our overall cost of capital associated with such borrowings.

As of the filing date of this annual report, we do not have any interest rate hedging derivative instruments outstanding.

93

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Our audited consolidated financial statements begin on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of (i) A. James Teague, Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise GP, (ii) W. Randall Fowler, Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise GP and (iii) R. Daniel Boss, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enterprise GP, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Teague and Mr. Fowler are our co-principal executive officers and Mr. Boss is our principal financial officer. Based on this evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, Messrs. Teague, Fowler and Boss concluded:

(i)	that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosures; and

(ii)	that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the fourth quarter of 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Section 302 and 906 Certifications

The required certifications of Messrs. Teague, Fowler and Boss under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are included as exhibits to this annual report (see Exhibits 31 and 32 under Part IV, Item 15 of this annual report).

94

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025

The management of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its Co-Chief Executive Officers and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the management of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and the Board of Directors of its general partner regarding the preparation and fair presentation of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s published financial statements.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). This assessment included a review of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as well as the safeguarding of assets. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2025, Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Our Audit and Conflicts Committee is comprised of independent directors who are not officers or employees of our general partner. This committee meets regularly with members of management, internal audit staff and representatives of Deloitte & Touche LLP, which is our independent registered public accounting firm, to discuss the adequacy of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s internal controls over financial reporting, consolidated financial statements and the nature, extent and results of the audit effort. Management reviews all of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s significant accounting policies and assumptions that affect its results of operations with the Audit and Conflicts Committee. Both the independent registered public accounting firm and our internal auditors have direct access to the Audit and Conflicts Committee without the presence of management.

Deloitte & Touche LLP has issued its attestation report regarding our internal control over financial reporting. See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included within this Part II, Item 9A.

Pursuant to the requirements of Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this annual report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in their respective capacities indicated below on February 27, 2026.

/s/ A. James Teague

Name:	A. James Teague	
Title:	Co-Chief Executive Officer	
	of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC	
/s/ R. Daniel Boss	
		
Name:	R. Daniel Boss	
Title:	Executive Vice President and	
	Chief Financial Officer	
	of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC	

/s/ W. Randall Fowler

Name:	W. Randall Fowler

Title:	Co-Chief Executive Officer

of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC

95

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC and

Unitholders of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting as of December 31, 2025. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas

February 27, 2026

96

Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

During the three months ended December 31, 2025, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of Enterprise GP adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND PARTNERSHIP GOVERNANCE.

Partnership Management

The following individuals currently serve as members of the Board of Directors of Enterprise GP (the “Board”): Richard H. Bachmann, Carin M. Barth, Murray E. Brasseux, Rebecca G. Followill, W. Randall Fowler, James T. Hackett, William C. Montgomery, John R. Rutherford, A. James Teague, Harry P. Weitzel and Randa Duncan Williams. Ms. Duncan Williams serves as the non-executive Chairman of the Board, and Mr. Bachmann serves as the non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board.

Richard S. Snell serves as an advisory director for Enterprise GP, and O.S. Andras serves as an honorary director. Service as an advisory or honorary director does not confer any of the rights, obligations, liabilities or responsibilities of a director of Enterprise GP (including any power or authority to vote on any matters as a director).

As is commonly the case with publicly traded limited partnerships, we do not directly employ any of the persons responsible for our management, administrative or operating functions. Pursuant to the administrative services agreement (“ASA”) with EPCO, these roles are performed by employees of EPCO, which are under the direction of the Board and executive officers of Enterprise GP. The executive officers of Enterprise GP are elected for one-year terms and may be removed, with or without cause, only by the Board. Our limited partners do not elect the officers or directors of Enterprise GP. The DD LLC Trustees, through their control of Enterprise GP, have the ability to elect, remove and replace at any time, the officers and directors of Enterprise GP. Each member of the Board of Enterprise GP serves until such member’s death, resignation or removal. The employees of EPCO who served as directors of Enterprise GP during 2025 were Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann, Fowler, Teague and Weitzel.

Notwithstanding any contractual limitation on its obligations or duties, Enterprise GP is liable for all debts we incur (to the extent not paid by us), except to the extent that such indebtedness or other obligations are non-recourse to Enterprise GP. Whenever possible, Enterprise GP intends to make any such indebtedness or other obligations non-recourse to itself.

Under our partnership agreement and subject to specified limitations, we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events, any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of the Partnership, Enterprise GP or any of their respective affiliates.

97

Table of Contents

Office of the Chairman

The Office of the Chairman is a management oversight group comprised of four individuals: Ms. Duncan Williams (as Chairman of the Board), Mr. Bachmann (as Vice Chairman of the Board), Mr. Teague (as Co-Chief Executive Officer (“Co-CEO”)) and Mr. Fowler (also as Co-CEO). The purpose of the Office of the Chairman is for the group to serve collectively as a liaison between the Board and senior management with respect to, and to provide the Chairman, Vice-Chairman and Co-CEOs a venue to discuss, certain matters including:

•	our strategic direction (including business opportunities through organic growth and acquisitions);

•	the vision, leadership and development of our management team;

•	our business goals and operational performance; and

•	strategies to preserve our financial strength.

In addition, the Office of the Chairman assists the Board and its Governance Committee in identifying director education opportunities and in determining the size and composition of the Board and recruitment of new members. The Office of the Chairman also oversees policies that (i) reflect our values and business goals and (ii) enhance the effectiveness of our governance structure. The Office of the Chairman also collectively oversees and provides strategic direction for our legal and human resources departments.

In her role as Chairman of the Board (a non-executive role), Ms. Duncan Williams is responsible for, among other things: (i) presiding over and setting the agendas for meetings of the Board, with due consideration of our values and business goals and an effective governance structure; (ii) overseeing the appropriate flow of information to the Board; (iii) acting as a liaison between the Board and senior management; and (iv) meeting regularly with the Board to review our strategic direction.

In his role as Vice Chairman of the Board (a non-executive role), Mr. Bachmann is responsible for, among other things: (i) assisting the Chairman of the Board in the execution of the Chairman of the Board’s functions and responsibilities, as requested from time to time by the Chairman of the Board; and (ii) meeting regularly with the Board to review our strategic direction.

In his role as Co-CEO, Mr. Teague is our co-principal executive officer and is responsible for, among other things: (i) managing our overall business and financial strategy and day-to-day operations; (ii) a principal focus area of overseeing and providing strategic direction for us, subject to Board approval, in the areas of operations, commercial activities, business development, and health and safety; and (iii) providing the required certifications as co-principal executive officer of Enterprise GP (together with Mr. Fowler) in connection with our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

In his role as Co-CEO, Mr. Fowler is our co-principal executive officer and is responsible for, among other things: (i) managing our overall business and financial strategy; (ii) a principal focus area of overseeing and providing strategic direction for us, subject to Board approval, in the areas of accounting, risk management, finance, treasury and cash management, information technology, investor relations, and public relations and (iii) providing the required certifications as co-principal executive officer of Enterprise GP (together with Mr. Teague) in connection with our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

98

Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers of Enterprise GP

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of the directors, excluding advisory or honorary directors, and executive officers of Enterprise GP at February 27, 2026. Each executive officer holds the same respective office shown below in the managing member of EPO.

Name	Age	Position with Enterprise GP	
			
Randa Duncan Williams (1,6)	64	Director and Chairman of the Board	
Richard H. Bachmann (1,6)	73	Director and Vice Chairman of the Board	
			
A. James Teague (1,6,7,8)	80	Director and Co-CEO	
W. Randall Fowler (1,6,7,8)	69	Director and Co-CEO	
			
Carin M. Barth (2,6)	63	Director	
Murray E. Brasseux (4, 6)	77	Director	
			
Rebecca G. Followill (4)	67	Director	
James T. Hackett (2,3,6)	72	Director	
			
William C. Montgomery (4,5)	64	Director	
John R. Rutherford (2)	65	Director	
			
Harry P. Weitzel (6,8)	61	Director and Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
Graham W. Bacon (8)	62	Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer	
			
R. Daniel Boss (8)	50	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”)	
Michael C. Hanley (8)	42	Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer	
			
Christian M. Nelly (8)	50	Executive Vice President – Finance and Sustainability and Treasurer	

(1)	Member of Office of the Chairman

(2)	Member of the Governance Committee

(3)	Chairman of the Governance Committee

(4)	Member of the Audit and Conflicts Committee

(5)	Chairman of the Audit and Conflicts Committee

(6)	Member of the Capital Projects Committee

(7)	Co-Chairman of the Capital Projects Committee

(8)	Executive officer

The following information presents a brief description of the business experience of our directors and executive officers:

Randa Duncan Williams

Ms. Duncan Williams was elected Chairman of the Board of Enterprise GP in February 2013 and a director of Enterprise GP in November 2010. She was elected Chairman of EPCO in May 2010, having previously served as Group Co-Chairman since 1994. Ms. Duncan Williams has served as a member of Enterprise GP’s Capital Projects Committee since November 2016.

Ms. Duncan Williams has served as a director of EPCO since February 1991. She also served as a director of the general partner of Enterprise GP Holdings L.P. (“Holdings GP”) from May 2007 to November 2010.

Prior to joining EPCO in 1994, Ms. Duncan Williams practiced law with the firms Butler & Binion and Brown, Sims, Wise & White. Ms. Duncan Williams previously served on the board of directors of Encore Bancshares from July 2007 until July 2012. She currently serves on the board of trustees for numerous charitable organizations. Ms. Duncan Williams is the daughter of the late Mr. Dan L Duncan, our founder.

Richard H. Bachmann

Mr. Bachmann was elected a director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Enterprise GP in January 2016 and has served as a member of its Capital Projects Committee since November 2016. He previously served as a director of Enterprise GP from November 2010 through April 2014.

99

Table of Contents

Mr. Bachmann was elected President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of EPCO in May 2010 and has served as a director since January 1999. He previously served as Secretary of EPCO from May 1999 to May 2010 and as a Group Vice Chairman of EPCO from December 2007 to May 2010. Mr. Bachmann served as an Executive Vice President of Holdings GP from April 2005 to November 2010 and as a director of Holdings GP from February 2006 to November 2010. He served as Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Holdings GP from April 2005 to May 2010. Mr. Bachmann served as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Enterprise Products GP, LLC (“EPGP,” our former general partner) from February 1999 until November 2010 and as Secretary of EPGP from November 1999 to November 2010. He previously served as a director of EPGP from June 2000 to January 2004 and from February 2006 to May 2010. Mr. Bachmann served as a director of DEP Holdings, LLC (“DEP GP”), the general partner of Duncan Energy Partners L.P., from October 2006 to May 2010 and as President and CEO of DEP GP from October 2006 to April 2010.

A. James Teague

Mr. Teague was elected Co-CEO of Enterprise GP in January 2020 and has been a director of Enterprise GP since November 2010. Mr. Teague previously served as CEO of Enterprise GP from January 2016 to January 2020, as the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of Enterprise GP from November 2010 to December 2015 and served as an Executive Vice President of Enterprise GP from November 2010 until February 2013. He has served as Co-Chairman of the Capital Projects Committee of Enterprise GP since November 2016.

Mr. Teague served as an Executive Vice President of EPGP from November 1999 to November 2010 and additionally as a director from July 2008 to November 2010 and as COO from September 2010 to November 2010. In addition, he served as Chief Commercial Officer of EPGP from July 2008 until October 2010. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of DEP GP from July 2008 until September 2011. He previously served as a director of DEP GP from July 2008 to May 2010 and as a director of Holdings GP from October 2009 to May 2010.

Mr. Teague joined us in connection with our purchase of certain midstream energy assets from affiliates of Shell Oil Company in 1999. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Teague served as President of Tejas Natural Gas Liquids, LLC, then an affiliate of Shell. From 1997 to 1998, he was President of Marketing and Trading for MAPCO, Inc. Mr. Teague also serves on the board of directors of Solaris Energy Infrastructure, Inc.

W. Randall Fowler

Mr. Fowler was elected a director of Enterprise GP in September 2011 and has served as one of Enterprise GP’s two Co-CEOs (together with Mr. Teague) since January 2020, having previously served as President of Enterprise GP from January 2016 to January 2020 and as Chief Administrative Officer from April 2015 to January 2016. Mr. Fowler served as CFO of Enterprise GP from August 2018 through February 2024, having previously served as Executive Vice President and CFO of Enterprise GP from November 2010 to March 2015 and as Executive Vice President and CFO of EPGP from August 2007 to November 2010. He has served as Co-Chairman of the Capital Projects Committee of Enterprise GP since November 2016.

Mr. Fowler was elected Executive Vice President and CFO of EPCO in February 2019, having previously served as EPCO’s Vice Chairman and CFO from May 2010 to February 2019, as its President and CEO from December 2007 to May 2010 and as its CFO from April 2005 to December 2007.

Mr. Fowler also served as President and CEO of DEP GP from April 2010 until September 2011 and as Executive Vice President and CFO of DEP GP from August 2007 to April 2010. He served as a director of DEP GP from September 2006 until September 2011. Mr. Fowler served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of EPGP from February 2005 to August 2007 and of DEP GP from October 2006 to August 2007. Mr. Fowler also previously served as a director of EPGP and of Holdings GP from February 2006 to May 2010. Mr. Fowler also served as Senior Vice President and CFO of Holdings GP from August 2005 to August 2007.

Mr. Fowler, a Certified Public Accountant (inactive), joined us as Director of Investor Relations in January 1999. He also serves as Chairman of the Board of the Energy Infrastructure Council (formerly the Master Limited Partnership Association). He also serves on the Advisory Board for the College of Business at Louisiana Tech University and on the Board of Trustees for the Texas Parks and Wildlife Foundation.

100

Table of Contents

Carin M. Barth

Ms. Barth was elected a director of Enterprise GP in October 2015. She has served as a member of its Governance Committee since October 2015 and its Capital Projects Committee since November 2016.

Ms. Barth is co-founder and President of LB Capital Inc., a private equity investment firm established in 1988. She currently serves on the following boards of directors: Black Stone Minerals, L.P., where she is lead director and Chair of the Audit Committee and Group 1 Automotive, Inc., where she is Chair of the Audit Committee. Additionally, Ms. Barth is a Senior Advisor at Mountain Capital Management, LLC. She also serves as a trustee of The Welch Foundation, a trustee of Memorial Hermann Foundation and an emeritus board member of the Ronald McDonald House of Houston.

Ms. Barth previously served on the Housing Commission at the Bi-Partisan Policy Center in Washington, DC from 2011 to 2014, and was a Commissioner of the Texas Department of Public Safety from 2008 to 2014. She also served as a board member of the following: BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. from 2020 to May 2021; Halcon Resources Corporation from April 2019 to October 2019; Bill Barrett Corporation from June 2012 to May 2016; Western Refining Inc., where she was Chair of the Audit Committee from March 2006 to January 2016; Methodist Hospital Research Institute from 2007 to 2012; Encore Bancshares, Inc. from 2009 to 2012; Amegy Bancorporation, Inc. from 2006 to 2009; the Texas Public Finance Authority from 2006 to 2008; and the Texas Tech University System Board of Regents from 1999 to 2005. She was appointed by President George W. Bush to serve as CFO of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development from 2004 to 2005.

Murray E. Brasseux

Mr. Brasseux was elected a director of Enterprise GP in January 2019 and is a member of its Audit and Conflicts Committee and its Capital Projects Committee.

Mr. Brasseux retired from BBVA Bank in December 2014 after 20 years of service, having most recently served as Managing Director of Oil & Gas Finance. He also served as a consultant to BBVA Bank from January 2015 to June 2015 and as a consultant to Loughlin Management Partners (a restructuring and advisory firm) from June 2015 to December 2017. Mr. Brasseux served as a member of the board of directors of Adams Resources & Energy, Inc. from March 2015 to February 2025. Mr. Brasseux also serves on the board of Worldwide Power Products Company, LLC (a private company in the industrial power business) and the advisory board of the Rare Book School (an affiliate of the University of Virginia).

Rebecca G. Followill

Mrs. Followill was elected a director of Enterprise GP and a member of its Audit and Conflicts Committee in January 2023.

Mrs. Followill is a petroleum engineer with 38 years of energy industry experience, including over 25 years providing analysis and assessing the valuations and competitiveness of public and private companies as a securities analyst. Mrs. Followill retired from U.S. Capital Advisors in May 2022, most recently serving as a Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining U.S. Capital Advisors in December 2010, Mrs. Followill served in senior roles at Tudor, Pickering, Holt, & Co. from 2007 to 2010, Howard Weil, Inc. from 2000 to 2007 and Merrill Lynch from 1997 to 2000. Mrs. Followill began her career as a reservoir engineer for Tenneco Oil Company. Mrs. Followill serves on the Industry Advisory Board for the Department of Petroleum Engineering at Texas A&M University, the board of the Texas A&M Petroleum Ventures Program and the advisory board of Third Gear Investments.

James T. Hackett

Mr. Hackett was elected a director of Enterprise GP in April 2014. He has served as a member of its Governance Committee since April 2014, including in the role of committee Chairman since November 2016. In addition, Mr. Hackett has served as a member of Enterprise GP’s Capital Projects Committee since November 2016.

101

Table of Contents

Mr. Hackett served as Executive Chairman of Alta Mesa Resources, Inc. (formerly named Silver Run Acquisition Corporation II) (“Alta Mesa”) until March 2020. Mr. Hackett previously served as an Advisor and Partner to private energy investing firm Riverstone Holdings LLC. He served as Executive Chairman and CEO of Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, an independent oil and natural gas exploration and production company, from 2003 to 2013. Mr. Hackett is a board member of Fluor Corporation and Schlumberger Limited. He is a former director of NuScale Power Corp., Cameron International and NOV, Inc. and the former Chairman of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. He is a past Chairman (and now Member) of the National Petroleum Council, a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers, a member of the Baylor College of Medicine Board of Trustees and a former member of the Rice University Board of Trustees. Mr. Hackett also serves as a faculty member at Rice University and The University of Texas (Austin).

William C. Montgomery

Mr. Montgomery was elected a director of Enterprise GP and appointed a member of its Audit and Conflicts Committee in October 2015. Mr. Montgomery has served as Chairman of the Audit and Conflicts Committee since January 2020.

Mr. Montgomery has served as a Partner of Quantum Energy Partners since 2011 and is also a member of its Investment Committee. He is responsible for originating and overseeing investments in the oil and gas upstream and oilfield service sectors. Mr. Montgomery previously served on the board of Apache Corporation from July 2011 to May 2022.

Prior to joining Quantum Energy Partners, Mr. Montgomery was a Partner in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. where he headed the firm’s Americas Natural Resources Group as well as its Houston office. His career as a banker spanned 22 years and was focused on large cap energy companies primarily in the upstream and oil service sectors. Mr. Montgomery has been an active civic leader, chairing the boards of The Houston Museum of Natural Science and The St. Francis Episcopal Day School and currently serves on the Board of Visitors of the MD Anderson Cancer Center and as Chairman of the board of trustees of The Episcopal Health Foundation.

John R. Rutherford

Mr. Rutherford was elected a director of Enterprise GP in January 2019 and is currently a member of its Governance Committee. Mr. Rutherford served as a member of the Audit and Conflicts Committee from January 2019 to December 2022.

Mr. Rutherford is a private investor. Mr. Rutherford also serves on the board of directors of T.D. Williamson Holdings, LLC, a privately-owned pipeline field services company, on the board of trustees of the Teachers Retirement System of Texas and on the board of trustees of The Kinkaid School. In addition, Mr. Rutherford serves on the board of directors of the Navy Seal Foundation. Mr. Rutherford previously served as Executive Vice President (Strategic Planning, M&A and Business Development) of the general partner of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (“Plains”) and as a member of Plains’ executive committee from October 2010 through July 2015. Mr. Rutherford also served as a financial consultant to Plains from July 2015 through September 2018. His career includes over 20 years of investment banking experience as a mergers and acquisitions and strategic advisor to public and private energy companies, investment firms, management teams and boards of directors. Prior to joining Plains, Mr. Rutherford served as Managing Director of the North American Energy Practice of Lazard Freres & Company from 2007 until 2010. Prior to joining Lazard, he was a partner at Simmons & Company for over ten years.

Harry P. Weitzel

Mr. Weitzel was elected a director of Enterprise GP and appointed a member of its Capital Projects Committee in November 2016 and has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Enterprise GP since January 2020. He previously served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Enterprise GP from April 2016 to January 2020 and as Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Secretary of Enterprise GP from January 2015 to April 2016. Mr. Weitzel is responsible for all our legal functions, including securities, litigation, employment, mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance and commercial transactions.

102

Table of Contents

Mr. Weitzel has extensive experience as an attorney, including over 24 years of practice as a commercial litigator in Texas and California prior to joining Enterprise. He has successfully represented individual, corporate and governmental clients as plaintiffs and defendants in a wide variety of business-related matters. Mr. Weitzel has tried cases in state and federal courts, as well as arbitrations under the American Arbitration Association, JAMS and the International Chamber of Commerce. He has handled appeals in state and federal courts. Prior to joining us, Mr. Weitzel was a commercial litigation partner with Pepper Hamilton LLP in Irvine, California from October 2009 to December 2014.

Graham W. Bacon

Mr. Bacon was elected Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Enterprise GP in September 2019. Mr. Bacon most recently served as Executive Vice President (Operations and Engineering) of Enterprise GP from October 2015 to August 2019 and continues to have responsibility for our operations and engineering teams in his new role. He previously served as Group Senior Vice President (Operations and Environmental, Health, Safety & Training) from February 2014 to October 2015; as Senior Vice President (Operations) from January 2012 to February 2014; as Vice President (Operations) from June 2006 to January 2012, and as Vice President (Engineering) from September 2005 to May 2006. He joined EPCO in 1991 and has held a variety of operations and engineering roles. Prior to joining EPCO, Mr. Bacon worked for Vista Chemical Company.

R. Daniel Boss

Mr. Boss, a Certified Public Accountant, was elected Executive Vice President and CFO of Enterprise GP effective as of March 1, 2024, having previously served as Executive Vice President – Accounting, Risk Control and Information Technology of Enterprise GP from January 2020 through February 2024 and as Senior Vice President (Accounting and Risk Control) from August 2016 to January 2020. In his role as CFO, Mr. Boss serves as Enterprise GP’s principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.

Mr. Boss is responsible for the overall leadership of our Accounting, Risk Control, Information Technology and Internal Audit organizations. Mr. Boss served as a Senior Vice President of Enterprise GP from March 2015 to August 2016 with responsibility over our regulated business. He also served as Vice President (Risk Control) from April 2013 to March 2015 and as Senior Director (Risk Control) from January 2010 to March 2013. While serving in these positions, Mr. Boss was Chairman of the Risk Management Committee and had responsibilities for our marketing risk management policies, transaction controls and derivatives and hedging strategies compliance. Mr. Boss also served as Director (Volume Accounting) from November 2008 until January 2010 where he was responsible for gas marketing and commodity derivatives accounting, hedging and reporting. Prior to joining us, Mr. Boss held leadership positions with Merrill Lynch Commodities and Dynegy Inc.

Michael C. Hanley

Mr. Hanley was elected Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of Enterprise GP effective as of December 1, 2025. Mr. Hanley previously served as Senior Vice President (Hydrocarbon Marketing) from May 2022 to November 2025, Senior Vice President (Pipelines and Terminals) from September 2019 to April 2022, Vice President (Pipelines and Terminals) from June 2017 to August 2019, Vice President (NGL Marketing and Supply) from January 2016 to May 2017 and Vice President (Distribution Services) from December 2014 to December 2015. He has also served us in other leadership positions in NGL marketing and distribution. Mr. Hanley, who has nearly 20 years of experience in the energy industry, joined us in 2006.

Christian M. Nelly

Mr. Nelly was elected Executive Vice President – Finance and Sustainability and Treasurer of Enterprise GP in July 2020. Mr. Nelly previously served as Executive Vice President – Finance and Treasurer from January 2020 to July 2020 and as Senior Vice President (Finance) and Treasurer from March 2019 to January 2020. Mr. Nelly is responsible for managing our financing activities, business planning and analysis, credit, cash management, corporate risk and insurance, investor relations, sustainability and public relations groups. Mr. Nelly served as Vice President and Treasurer from April 2015 to February 2019; Senior Director of Finance from April 2011 until March 2015; and Director of Finance from January 2008 to March 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Nelly spent 10 years with various corporate and investment banks where he executed transactions and maintained relationships with midstream and upstream energy companies and gained experience in strategic advisory, valuation, mergers and acquisitions, and capital raising.

103

Table of Contents

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and Skills

The following is a brief discussion of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led us to the conclusion that each of the following persons should serve as a director of Enterprise GP.

Five of our directors are current employees of EPCO and officers of Enterprise GP or its affiliates. Each of these directors has significant experience in our industry as executive officers as well as other qualifications, attributes and skills. These include:

•	for Ms. Duncan Williams, legal and community involvement with numerous charitable organizations, and active involvement in EPCO’s businesses, including ownership in and management of our businesses;

•	for Mr. Teague, over 50 years of commercial management of midstream assets and marketing and trading activities, both for third parties and for us;

•	for Mr. Fowler, over 26 years of experience with our midstream assets, including finance, accounting and investor relations and, for over 20 years, as a member of our executive management team;

•	for Mr. Bachmann, over 40 years of experience with our midstream assets, including legal, regulatory, contracts and mergers and acquisitions and, for over 26 years, as a member of either EPCO’s or our executive management teams; and

•	for Mr. Weitzel, approximately ten years of service as General Counsel of Enterprise GP (with responsibility for all our legal functions) and over 24 years of experience in Texas and California as a commercial litigator (before joining Enterprise), having successfully represented individual, corporate and governmental clients as plaintiffs and defendants in a wide variety of business-related matters.

Our six outside voting directors also have significant experience in a variety of capacities, as well as other qualifications, attributes and skills. These include:

•	for Ms. Barth, executive management experience in various financial and governance roles;

•	for Mr. Brasseux, executive management experience in banking and finance as well as governance roles;

•	for Mrs. Followill, executive management experience in the financial services industry (including in the areas of analysis and assessing the valuations and competitiveness of public and private companies in the energy industry);

•	for Mr. Hackett, executive management of a major oil and gas exploration and production company;

•	for Mr. Montgomery, executive management of both an investment banking firm and a private equity investment firm serving the global energy industry; and

•	for Mr. Rutherford, executive management experience in the midstream energy industry (including in the areas of strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions, investment banking and finance).

As an advisory director, Mr. Snell has experience involving complex legal and accounting matters. As an honorary director, Mr. Andras has a long history with us and our operations, including being a former CEO.

Partnership Governance

We are committed to sound principles of governance. Such principles are critical for us to achieve our performance goals and maintain the trust and confidence of investors, employees, suppliers, business partners and other stakeholders.

A key element of strong governance is having independent members of the Board. Pursuant to the NYSE listing standards, a director will be considered independent if the Board determines that he or she does not have a material relationship with Enterprise GP or us (either directly or as a partner, unitholder or officer of an organization that has a material relationship with Enterprise GP or us). Based on the foregoing, the Board has affirmatively determined that Ms. Barth, Mrs. Followill and Messrs. Brasseux, Hackett, Montgomery and Rutherford are independent directors under the NYSE rules.

104

Table of Contents

Because we are a limited partnership and meet the definition of a “controlled company” under the listing standards of the NYSE, we are not required to comply with certain NYSE rules. In particular, we are not required to comply with Section 303A.01 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, which would require that the Board of Enterprise GP be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Currently, six of the eleven Board members of Enterprise GP are independent under NYSE rules; however, this composition may not always be in effect. Also, we have elected to not comply with Sections 303A.04 and 303A.05 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, which would require that the Board of Enterprise GP maintain a Nominating Committee and a Compensation Committee, each consisting entirely of independent directors.

Code of Conduct and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines

Enterprise GP has adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to its directors, officers and employees. This code sets forth our requirements for compliance with legal and ethical standards in the conduct of our business, including general business principles, legal and ethical obligations, compliance policies for specific subjects, obtaining guidance on complying with the code, the reporting of compliance issues, and discipline for violations of the code. The Code of Conduct also establishes policies applicable to our Co-CEOs and CFO, and senior financial and other managers to prevent wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including ethical handling of actual and apparent conflicts of interest, compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in public communications, and prompt internal reporting of violations of the code (and thus accountability for adherence to the code). Employees are required to certify their understanding and compliance with the Code of Conduct on an annual basis. Training on the Code of Conduct is also provided to employees, where applicable.

Governance guidelines, together with applicable committee charters, provide the framework for effective governance of our partnership. The Board has adopted the Governance Guidelines of Enterprise Products Partners (“Governance Guidelines”), which address several matters, including qualifications for directors, responsibilities of directors, limitations on service to other companies, retirement of directors, the composition and responsibilities of Board committees, the conduct and frequency of Board and committee meetings, management succession plans, director access to management and outside advisors, director compensation, director and executive officer equity ownership, director orientation and continuing education, and annual self-evaluation of the Board. The Board recognizes that effective governance is an on-going process, and thus, it will review the Governance Guidelines annually or more often as deemed necessary.

Insider Trading Policy

Enterprise GP has adopted an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase and sale of the Partnership’s securities by directors, officers and employees.

This policy has been designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, as well as applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Audit and Conflicts Committee

The purpose of the Board’s Audit and Conflicts Committee is to address audit and conflicts-related matters. In accordance with NYSE rules and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board has named three of its members to serve on the Audit and Conflicts Committee. Members of the Audit and Conflicts Committee must have a basic understanding of finance and accounting matters and be able to read and understand financial statements, and at least one member of the Audit and Conflicts Committee shall have accounting or related financial management expertise. The current members of the Audit and Conflicts Committee are Mrs. Followill and Messrs. Brasseux and Montgomery, all of whom are independent directors, free from any relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. The Board has affirmatively determined that Mr. Montgomery satisfies the definition of “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

The primary responsibilities of the Audit and Conflicts Committee include (i) reviewing potential conflicts of interest, including related party transactions,

(ii)	monitoring the integrity of our financial reporting process and related systems of internal control, (iii) ensuring our legal and regulatory compliance and that of Enterprise GP, (iv) overseeing the independence and performance of our independent public accountant, (v) approving all services performed by our independent public accountant, (vi) providing for an avenue of communication among the independent public accountant, management, internal audit function and the Board, (vii) encouraging adherence to and continuous improvement of our policies, procedures and practices at all levels and (viii) reviewing areas of potential significant financial risk to our businesses.

105

Table of Contents

If the Board believes that a particular matter presents a conflict of interest and proposes a resolution, the Audit and Conflicts Committee has the authority to review such matter to determine if the proposed resolution is fair and reasonable to us. Any matters approved by the Audit and Conflicts Committee are conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by Enterprise GP or the Board of any duties they may owe us or our unitholders.

Pursuant to its formal written charter, the Audit and Conflicts Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities, and it has direct access to our independent public accountants as well as any EPCO personnel whom it deems necessary in fulfilling its responsibilities. The Audit and Conflicts Committee has the ability to retain, at our expense, special legal, accounting or other consultants or experts it deems necessary in the performance of its duties.

Governance Committee

The primary purpose of the Governance Committee is to develop and recommend to the Board a set of governance guidelines applicable to our partnership, to review such guidelines from time to time and to oversee governance matters related to our business, including Board and Committee composition, qualifications of Board candidates, director independence, succession planning and related matters. The Governance Committee also assists in Board oversight of management’s establishment and administration of our environmental, safety and transportation compliance policies, procedures, programs and initiatives, and related matters. In accordance with its charter, the Governance Committee shall be composed of not less than three members, at least a majority of whom shall be independent directors. Currently, the Governance Committee is comprised of three independent directors (Ms. Barth, Mr. Hackett and Mr. Rutherford).

Like the Audit and Conflicts Committee, the Governance Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities, and it has direct access to our independent public accountants as well as any EPCO personnel whom it deems necessary in fulfilling its responsibilities. In addition, the Governance Committee has the ability to retain, at our expense, special legal, accounting or other consultants or experts it deems necessary in the performance of its duties.

A subcommittee of the Governance Committee, the Incentive Plan Administration Subcommittee, is involved in decision-making regarding employee compensation matters, including grants of equity-based awards. In accordance with the Governance Committee charter, this subcommittee shall be composed of two or more non-employee directors (currently, Ms. Barth, Mr. Hackett and Mr. Rutherford) and shall (i) review and approve all aspects of compensation of our Co-CEOs, (ii) administer the long-term incentive plans of the Partnership and its affiliates and (iii) review and approve all equity grants made to employees, consultants and/or directors as required by such long-term incentive plans. For more information regarding this subcommittee’s role in executive compensation matters, see “Overview of Decision-Making Process regarding Compensation of Named Executive Officers” under Part III, Item 11 of this annual report.

Capital Projects Committee

The primary purpose of the Capital Projects Committee is to review and approve certain expenditures by Enterprise GP, the Partnership and/or their respective consolidated subsidiaries in connection with proposed capital projects. Currently, the Capital Projects Committee is comprised of Ms. Duncan Williams, Ms. Barth and Messrs. Bachmann, Brasseux, Fowler, Hackett, Teague and Weitzel. Messrs. Teague and Fowler are co-chairmen of the Capital Projects Committee.

Investor Access to Partnership Governance Information

We provide investors access to information relating to our governance procedures and principles, including the Code of Conduct, Governance Guidelines, the charters of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, the Governance Committee and the Capital Projects Committee, the Insider Trading Policy, along with other information, through our website, www.enterpriseproducts.com. You may also contact our Investor Relations department at (866) 230-0745 for printed copies of these documents free of charge.

NYSE Corporate Governance Listing Standards

On March 18, 2025, Mr. Teague certified to the NYSE (as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) that he was not aware of any violation by us of the NYSE’s Corporate Governance listing standards as of that date.

106

Table of Contents

Executive Sessions of Non-Management Directors

The Board holds regular executive sessions in which non-management directors meet without any members of management present. The purpose of these executive sessions is to promote open and candid discussion among the non-management directors. During such executive sessions, one director is designated as the presiding director, who is responsible for leading and facilitating such executive sessions. Currently, the presiding director is Mr. Montgomery.

Confidential Telephone Hotline

In accordance with NYSE rules, we have established a toll-free, confidential telephone hotline (the “Hotline”) so that interested parties may communicate with the presiding director or with all the non-management directors of Enterprise GP as a group. All calls to this Hotline are reported to the chairman of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, who is responsible for communicating any necessary information to the other non-management directors. The number of our confidential Hotline is (844) 693-4318.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Executive Officer Compensation

We do not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing our business. Instead, we are managed by Enterprise GP, the executive officers of which are employees of EPCO. Our management, administrative and operating functions are primarily performed by employees of EPCO in accordance with the ASA. Pursuant to the ASA, we reimburse EPCO for its compensation costs related to the employment of personnel working on our behalf. For information regarding the ASA, see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

107

Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents total compensation amounts paid, accrued or otherwise expensed by us with respect to our (i) co-CEOs, (ii) CFO, (iii) three highest paid officers of our general partner, other than our principal executive and financial officers, who were serving in such capacity at December 31, 2025 and (iv) a former officer of our general partner who would have been among the three highest paid officers, other than our principal executive and financial officers, except that he had resigned prior to December 31, 2025. Collectively, these seven individuals were our “named executive officers” for 2025. To the extent such individuals were also named executive officers for 2024 and 2023, their total compensation for those years is presented as well.

							Equity-						
Name and			Cash		Bonus		Based		All Other		Total		
			Salary				Awards		Compensation				
Principal Position	Year		($)		($)		($) (1)		($) (2)		($)		
													
A. James Teague,	2025	$	1,257,500	$	4,000,000	$	9,108,000	$	1,630,098	$	15,995,598		
Co-CEO	2024		1,206,500		4,000,000		8,137,500		1,553,316		14,897,316		
													
	2023		1,149,500		3,700,000		7,740,000		1,377,039		13,966,539		
													
W. Randall Fowler,	2025		943,125		3,000,000		6,831,000		1,216,938		11,991,063		
Co-CEO	2024		904,875		3,000,000		6,103,125		1,160,806		11,168,806		
													
	2023		862,125		2,775,000		5,805,000		4,773,863		14,215,988		
													
R. Daniel Boss,	2025		533,188		570,000		2,602,073		505,616		4,210,877		
Executive Vice President and CFO	2024		500,333		522,500		2,418,938		507,382		3,949,153		
													
	2023		454,812		498,750		2,842,115		1,437,564		5,233,241		
													
Michael C. Hanley (3)	2025		373,833		400,000		4,329,400		239,258		5,342,491		
Executive Vice President and													
													
Chief Commercial Officer													
													
Graham W. Bacon,	2025		643,750		900,000		2,484,000		530,116		4,557,866		
Executive Vice President and	2024		618,750		825,000		2,362,500		578,079		4,384,329		
													
Chief Operating Officer	2023		593,750		825,000		3,336,500		1,617,939		6,373,189		
													
Christian M. Nelly,	2025		519,724		541,125		2,505,859		499,329		4,066,037		
Executive Vice President – Finance	2024		485,063		516,750		2,329,031		503,625		3,834,469		
													
and Sustainability and Treasurer	2023		457,031		502,125		2,695,631		960,132		4,614,919		
													
Brent B. Secrest (4)	2025		240,545		–		2,434,320		5,283,274		7,958,139		
Former Executive Vice President and	2024		593,750		700,000		2,283,750		561,595		4,139,095		
													
Chief Commercial Officer	2023		563,750		700,000		3,185,200		1,588,794		6,037,744		

(1)	Amounts represent our estimated share of the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based awards granted during each year presented. See “Grants of Equity-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2025” within this Item 11 for information regarding awards granted in the year ended December 31, 2025.
(2)	Amounts include (i) contributions in connection with funded, qualified, defined contribution retirement plans, (ii) quarterly distributions paid on equity-based awards, (iii) the imputed value of life insurance premiums paid on behalf of the officer, (iv) employee retention payments and (v) other amounts.
(3)	Mr. Hanley was elected Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer effective December 1, 2025.

(4)	Mr. Secrest served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer until his resignation on May 1, 2025. The amount presented under the column labeled “All Other Compensation” includes our share of the initial phase of Mr. Secrest’s Separation Payment (as defined under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” within this Part III, Item 11), or $5,000,000. The Separation Payment was based on a number of factors, including, among others, his tenure at the Partnership and the number of equity awards he surrendered upon resignation.

Bonus amounts shown in the preceding table represent discretionary annual awards earned by each named executive officer with respect to the year presented. Bonus amounts are paid in cash in February of the following year (e.g., the bonus amount for 2025 was paid in February 2026).

108

Table of Contents

The following table presents the components of “All Other Compensation” for each named executive officer for the year ended December 31, 2025:

		Contributions										
		Under										
		Funded,										
		Qualified,		Distributions								
		Defined		Paid On								
		Contribution		Equity-Based		Life				Total		
Named Executive Officer		Retirement		Awards		Insurance		Other		All Other		
		Plans		(1)		Premiums				Compensation		
												
A. James Teague	$	42,000	$	1,566,644	$	13,596	$	7,858	$	1,630,098		
W. Randall Fowler		31,500		1,174,983		6,286		4,169		1,216,938		
												
R. Daniel Boss		36,575		460,759		1,442		6,840		505,616		
Michael C. Hanley		38,500		195,391		660		4,707		239,258		
												
Graham W. Bacon		42,000		477,800		4,356		5,960		530,116		
Christian M. Nelly		37,538		454,544		1,480		5,767		499,329		
												
Brent B. Secrest (2)		42,000		238,476		808		5,001,990		5,283,274		

(1)	Reflects aggregate cash payments made to the named executive officer and allocated to us in connection with distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”) issued in tandem with phantom unit awards.
(2)	Mr. Secrest served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer until his resignation on May 1, 2025. The amount presented under the column labeled “Other” includes our share of the initial phase of Mr. Secrest’s Separation Payment, or $5,000,000. The Separation Payment was based on a number of factors, including, among others, his tenure at the Partnership and the number of equity awards he surrendered upon resignation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Elements of Compensation

With respect to our named executive officers, compensation paid or awarded by us reflects only that portion of compensation paid by EPCO and allocated to us pursuant to the ASA, including an allocation of a portion of the cost of long-term incentive plans of EPCO. The elements of EPCO’s compensation program, along with EPCO’s other incentives (e.g., benefits, work environment and career development), are intended to provide a total rewards package to employees. The objective of EPCO’s compensation program is to provide competitive compensation opportunities that will align and drive employee performance toward the creation of sustained long-term unitholder value. We believe that our compensation program allows us to attract, motivate and retain high quality talent with the skills and competencies that we require. Our compensation packages are designed to reward contributions by employees in support of the business strategies of EPCO and its affiliates at both our partnership and individual levels and to avoid risks that are likely to conflict with our risk management policies.

For each of the three years ended December 31, 2025, the primary elements of compensation for the named executive officers consisted of annual cash base salary, a discretionary annual bonus, equity awards under long-term incentive arrangements and other compensation, including very limited perquisites. With respect to the annual periods presented in the Summary Compensation Table, EPCO’s compensation package for the named executive officers did not include any compensation elements based on targeted performance-based criteria other than as described with respect to the Employee Partnerships under the heading “Profits Interest Awards” in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report. We believe that minimizing targeted performance-based criteria has the effect of discouraging excessive risk taking by our named executive officers.

Changes in the base salaries of our named executive officers during the three years ended December 31, 2025 were largely budget-driven and made consistent relative to increases in the base salaries of our other executive officers.

109

Table of Contents

The bonus awards are discretionary and, in combination with annual base salaries, are intended to yield competitive total compensation levels for the named executive officers and drive performance in support of our business strategies. A subjective judgment of each named executive officer’s performance and individual contributions to our business for those periods is taken into account and reflected in the annual bonus amounts. The bonus amounts are also based on the level and position of such named executive officers and the relative compensation paid to our other executive officers, and subjective judgment with respect to overall performance measures may differ based on the position of each named executive officer. The annual bonus amount presented for each named executive officer also reflects a general consideration of our overall financial and certain operating results for those periods. This general consideration takes into account the following specific financial measures: adjusted cash flow from operating activities per unit, distributable cash flow per unit, gross operating margin, return on invested capital, and our related performance trends relative to peers. The general consideration also takes into account certain of our non-financial, operating performance measures relative to peers (including safety performance). No specific weight or formula is given to any particular financial or operating performance measure.

Each of our named executive officers has been granted equity-based compensation. The amount of equity-based compensation granted to our named executive officers reflects a subjective judgment of each named executive officer’s performance and individual contributions to our business. The values of equity-based awards granted to the named executive officers are also based on the level and position of such named executive officers and the relative compensation paid to our other executive officers. Such values also reflect a general consideration of our overall financial and certain operating results (as described in the preceding paragraph), without any specific weight or formula given to any particular financial or operating performance measure. Each of the named executive officers received grants of phantom unit awards for the periods presented in the summary compensation table. Each phantom unit award vests upon completion of a specified employment period.

Additionally, in the past, each of our named executive officers were granted a “profits interest” award (in the form of Class B limited partner interests) in one or more Employee Partnerships, which function as long-term incentive arrangements for key employees of EPCO. If certain conditions were met, the employee participants in each Employee Partnership were entitled to (i) a residual profits interest in the assets of the Employee Partnership at liquidation, along with (ii) quarterly cash distributions. The residual profits distributed, if any, consisted of common units of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. owned by the Employee Partnership.

In March 2024, the Class B limited partner interests of EPD 2018 Unit IV L.P. (“EPD IV”), representing the last Employee Partnership in which one or more of our named executive officers participated, vested and each of Messrs. Boss, Bacon, Secrest and Nelly received a liquidating distribution of residual profits.

EPCO expects to continue its policy of paying for limited perquisites attributable to our named executive officers. EPCO also makes matching contributions under its defined contribution plans for the benefit of our named executive officers in the same manner as it does for other EPCO employees.

EPCO does not offer our named executive officers a defined benefit pension plan. Also, none of our named executive officers had nonqualified deferred compensation during the three years ended December 31, 2025.

Effective as of April 21, 2025, Mr. Hanley entered into a retention agreement with EPCO (the “Retention Agreement”). Pursuant to the Retention Agreement, Mr. Hanley will be entitled to a cash retention payment of $1,000,000, less any applicable withholding taxes on such payment (the “Retention Payment”), in a lump sum within a reasonable period following his completion of continuous active full-time employment with EPCO from April 21, 2025 through April 30, 2028 (the “Retention Period”), and provided that he maintains a satisfactory level of performance (the “Performance Requirement”) during the Retention Period, as determined at the sole discretion of the executive officers of EPCO.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an involuntary termination of Mr. Hanley’s employment prior to the end of his Retention Period for specified reasons, including death, disability or termination of his employment by EPCO other than for “cause” (as defined in the Retention Agreement), Mr. Hanley will receive (or in the event of his death, his estate will receive), a cash payment equal to a pro-rata amount of his Retention Payment, determined based on the number of days he is employed during the Retention Period over the total number of days in such Retention Period (subject to meeting the Performance Requirement through his termination date). Any Retention Payment is in addition to any discretionary incentive compensation that EPCO or any of its affiliates may grant or have in place from time to time.

110

Table of Contents

Effective as of May 1, 2025, in connection with Mr. Secrest’s resignation, Mr. Secrest and EPCO entered into a Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), in which EPCO agreed to pay to Mr. Secrest: (a) a “Separation Payment” in two phases, including (i) an initial cash payment of $5.0 million (which was payable in May 2025) and (ii) an additional cash payment of $11.5 million, payable within ten days after April 30, 2026; provided that Mr. Secrest satisfies certain “Conditions of Payment” (as described below), and (b) up to 12 months of medical benefits.

As used in the Separation Agreement, the “Conditions of Payment” refers to the following restrictions on Mr. Secrest’s employment for the 12-month period from May 1, 2025 through April 30, 2026 (the “Restricted Period”): Mr. Secrest shall not, during the Restricted Period, accept employment with, consult with, render services to, become associated with, or acquire a controlling ownership interest in any company in the oil and gas industry (collectively, the “Restricted Companies”) as a manager, supervisor, officer, director, or otherwise in a role in which any confidential information of the Partnership or its affiliates could be useful to any of the Restricted Companies. Failure to satisfy the Conditions of Payment shall result in immediate and automatic forfeiture of any and all rights to the unpaid portions of the Separation Payment. If Mr. Secrest dies within the Restricted Period and has continuously satisfied the Conditions of Payment up until the date of his death, then the payment described in clause (a)(ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall be tendered to the testamentary trustees under Mr. Secrest’s last will no later than ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of his death from such testamentary trustees.

Overview of Decision-Making Process Regarding Compensation of Named Executive Officers

A subcommittee of the Governance Committee of our general partner, the Incentive Plan Administration Subcommittee (the “IPA Subcommittee”), has final and ultimate decision-making authority with respect to all aspects of compensation of our Co-CEOs. The IPA Subcommittee, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, considers input and recommendations from the EPCO Trustees and EPCO’s Human Resources department in making its compensation decisions for our Co-CEOs. The current members of the IPA Subcommittee are Ms. Barth, Mr. Hackett and Mr. Rutherford, all of whom are “Non-Employee Directors” (as defined in SEC Rule 16b-3).

The compensation of our other named executive officers (other than equity-based awards granted under EPCO’s long-term incentive plans) is determined by our Co-CEOs. Neither EPCO nor Enterprise GP has a separate compensation committee; however, grants of equity-based compensation under EPCO’s long-term incentive plans (e.g., phantom unit awards) to our named executive officers, including our Co-CEOs, have been approved by the IPA Subcommittee.

The issuance of profits interest awards was approved by EPCO’s board of directors.

The overall compensation for each named executive officer is not based on any formula or specific performance criteria; rather, the IPA Subcommittee, our Co-CEOs, and EPCO (as applicable) determine an appropriate level and mix of compensation for each officer on a case-by-case basis. Further, there is no established policy or target for the allocation between either cash and non-cash or short-term and long-term incentive compensation. However, some considerations that may be taken into account in making the case-by-case compensation determinations include the total value of all elements of compensation, the appropriate balance of internal pay equity among our executive officers, individual performance and potential, levels of responsibility and value to the organization. All compensation determinations are subjective and discretionary.

In making compensation decisions, EPCO considers market data for determining relevant compensation levels and compensation program elements through the review of and, in certain cases, participation in, relevant compensation surveys and reports. These surveys and reports are conducted and prepared by third party compensation consultants. In 2025, EPCO engaged Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (the “Consultant”) to complete a detailed review of executive compensation relative to our industry. In connection with this review, the Consultant provided comparative market data on compensation practices and programs for executive level positions based on an analysis of industry participants. The market data for industry participants included information from Dominion Energy, Inc.; Enbridge Inc.; Energy Transfer LP; Kinder Morgan Inc.; MPLX LP; ONEOK, Inc.; Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.; Targa Resources Corporation; The Williams Companies, Inc.; and TC Energy Corporation.

Neither we, nor EPCO, which engaged the Consultant, are aware of the specific data of the companies included in the Consultant’s proprietary database for specific positions. EPCO uses the information provided in the Consultant’s analysis to gauge whether compensation levels reported by the Consultant and the general ranges of compensation for EPCO employees in similar positions are comparable. However, that comparison is only a factor taken into consideration and may or may not impact compensation of our named executive officers. EPCO does not otherwise engage in benchmarking of compensation for the named executive officers’ positions.

111

Table of Contents

Allocation of Compensation Between Us and EPCO and its Other Affiliates

Under the ASA, the compensation costs of our named executive officers, including those costs related to equity-based awards, are allocated between us and other affiliates of EPCO based on the estimated amount of time that each officer spends on our consolidated businesses in any fiscal year. These percentages are reassessed at least quarterly.

With the exception of Messrs. Fowler, Boss and Nelly, each of our named executive officers devoted all of their time to our consolidated businesses during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. On average, Mr. Fowler devoted approximately 75% of his time to our consolidated businesses during this three-year period, with the remainder of his time allocated to EPCO and its privately held affiliates. On average, Mr. Boss devoted approximately 95% of his time to our consolidated businesses during this three-year period, with the remainder of his time allocated to EPCO and its privately held affiliates. On average, Mr. Nelly devoted approximately 97.5% of his time to our consolidated businesses during this three-year period, with the remainder of his time allocated to EPCO and its privately held affiliates.

Grants of Equity-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2025

The following table presents information concerning each grant of an equity-based award in 2025 to a named executive officer for which we will be allocated our pro rata share of the related cost under the ASA.

						Grant		
						Date Fair		
			Estimated Future Payouts Under			Value of		
						Equity-		
			Equity Incentive Plan Awards					
						Based		
								
	Grant	Threshold	Target	Maximum		Awards		
Award Type/Named Executive Officer	Date	(#)	(#)	(#)		($) (1)		
								
Phantom unit awards: (2)								
								
A. James Teague	2/10/25	–	275,000	–	$	9,108,000		
W. Randall Fowler	2/10/25	–	275,000	–		6,831,000		
								
R. Daniel Boss	2/10/25	–	82,700	–		2,602,073		
Michael C. Hanley	2/10/25	–	32,500	–		1,076,400		
								
	12/01/25	–	100,000	–		3,253,000		
Graham W. Bacon	2/10/25	–	75,000	–		2,484,000		
								
Christian M. Nelly	2/10/25	–	77,600	–		2,505,859		

(1)	Amounts presented reflect that portion of grant date fair value allocable to us based on the estimated percentage of time each named executive officer spent on our consolidated business activities during 2025. Based on current allocations, we estimate that the compensation expense we record for each named executive officer with respect to these awards will equal these amounts over time.
(2)	The grant date fair value presented for the phantom unit awards is based, in part, on the closing prices of our common units on February 10, 2025 and December 1, 2025 of $33.12 per unit and $32.53 per unit, respectively.

Awards granted to Mr. Secrest in February 2025 were cancelled in connection with his resignation in May 2025.

The fair value amounts presented in the preceding table are based on certain assumptions and considerations made by management. For information regarding these assumptions and considerations, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report.

The 2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan (Fourth Amendment and Restatement) (the “2008 Plan”) provides for incentive awards to EPCO’s key employees and non-employee directors and consultants who perform management, administrative or operational functions for us or our affiliates. Awards granted under the 2008 Plan may be in the form of phantom units, DERs, restricted common units, unit options, unit appreciation rights and other unit-based awards or substitute awards. For information regarding the number of common units authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan, see “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” under Part III, Item 12 of this annual report.

112

Table of Contents

Phantom unit awards

Phantom unit awards allow recipients to acquire our common units (at no cost to the recipient apart from fulfilling service and other conditions) once a defined vesting period expires, subject to customary forfeiture provisions. Phantom unit awards generally vest at a rate of 25% per year beginning one year after the grant date; provided, with respect to the awards granted to Mr. Hanley in December 2025, such awards (for 100,000 phantom units) are scheduled to vest in February 2030. Each phantom unit award includes a tandem DER, which entitles the holder to nonforfeitable cash payments equal to the product of the number of phantom unit awards outstanding for the participant and the cash distribution per common unit paid to our common unitholders.

Vesting of Equity-Based Awards in 2025

The following table presents the vesting of phantom unit awards to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2025. These amounts are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect any allocation of compensation to affiliates under the ASA.

		Unit Awards	
				
	Number of			
	Units		Value	
	Acquired on	Realized on	
	Vesting		Vesting	
Named Executive Officer	(#) (1)		($)	
				
A. James Teague:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	281,250	$	9,483,750	
W. Randall Fowler:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	281,250	$	9,483,750	
R. Daniel Boss:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	89,125	$	3,005,295	
Michael C. Hanley:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	36,875	$	1,243,425	
Graham W. Bacon:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	95,000	$	3,203,400	
Christian M. Nelly:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	87,625	$	2,954,715	
Brent B. Secrest:				
				
Vesting of phantom unit awards (2)	94,250	$	3,178,110	

(1)	Represents the gross number of Partnership common units acquired upon vesting of phantom unit awards, before adjustments for associated tax withholdings.

(2)	Value realized on vesting of the phantom unit awards determined by multiplying the gross number of Partnership common units received by the closing price of our common units on the date of vesting.

113

Table of Contents

Equity-Based Awards Outstanding at December 31, 2025

The following information summarizes each named executive officer’s long-term incentive awards outstanding at December 31, 2025. These amounts are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect any allocation of compensation to affiliates under the ASA.

		Unit Awards		
				
			Market	
	Number		Value	
	of Units		of Units	
	That Have		That Have	
	Not Vested		Not Vested	
Award Type/Named Executive Officer	(#) (1)		($) (2)	
				
Phantom unit awards: (3)				
				
A. James Teague	723,750	$	23,203,425	
W. Randall Fowler	723,750		23,203,425	
				
R. Daniel Boss	222,950		7,147,777	
Michael C. Hanley	189,375		6,071,363	
				
Graham W. Bacon	216,250		6,932,975	
Christian M. Nelly	213,350		6,840,001	

(1)	Represents the total number of phantom unit awards outstanding for each named executive officer.

(2)	With respect to amounts presented for phantom unit awards, the market values were derived by multiplying the total number of awards outstanding for the named executive officer by the closing price of Partnership common units on December 31, 2025 (the last trading day of 2025) of $32.06 per unit.
(3)	Of the 2,289,425 phantom unit awards presented in the table, the vesting schedule is as follows: 877,075 in 2026; 669,575 in 2027; 438,325 in 2028, 204,450 in 2029, and 100,000 in 2030.

Phantom unit awards

For a description of phantom unit awards, see “Grants of Equity-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2025” within this Item 11.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

None of the named executive officers have any employment agreements that call for the payment of termination or severance benefits or provide for any payments in the event of a change in control of Enterprise GP.

EPCO has entered into a Retention Agreement with Mr. Hanley, which is described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” within this Part III, Item 11. The Retention Agreement provides that, in the event of an involuntary termination of Mr. Hanley’s employment prior to the end of his Retention Period for specified reasons, including death, disability or termination of his employment by EPCO other than for “cause” (as defined in the Retention Agreement), Mr. Hanley will receive (or in the event of his death, his estate will receive), a cash payment equal to a pro-rata amount of his Retention Payment, determined based on the number of days he is employed during the applicable Retention Period over the total number of days in such Retention Period (subject to meeting the Performance Requirement through his termination date).

EPCO has entered into a Separation Agreement with Mr. Secrest, which is described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” within this Part III, Item 11. Under the Separation Agreement, EPCO agreed to pay to Mr. Secrest: (a) a “Separation Payment” in two phases, including (i) an initial cash payment of $5.0 million (which was payable in May 2025) and (ii) an additional cash payment of $11.5 million, payable within ten days after April 30, 2026; provided that Mr. Secrest satisfies certain “Conditions of Payment” (as described above), and (b) up to 12 months of medical benefits.

The vesting of equity-based awards under EPCO’s long-term incentive plans is subject to acceleration upon a qualifying termination, including termination after a change of control of Enterprise GP. A qualifying termination under such awards generally means a termination as an employee of EPCO or an affiliated group member (i) upon death, (ii) a qualifying long-term disability, (iii) a qualifying retirement, or (iv) within one year after a change of control, other than a termination for cause or termination by such person that is not a qualifying termination for good reason (as such terms are defined in the underlying plan documents). A “change of control” under these awards is generally defined to mean that the descendants, heirs and/or legatees of Dan L Duncan, and/or trusts (including, without limitation, one or more voting trusts) established for their benefit, collectively, cease, directly or indirectly, to control our general partner. Mr. Duncan passed away in March 2010.

114

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

We do not have a separate compensation committee. In addition, we do not directly employ or compensate our named executive officers. Rather, under the ASA, we reimburse EPCO for the compensation of our executive officers. As described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, decisions regarding the compensation of our named executive officers with respect to 2025 were made, as applicable, by EPCO and Enterprise GP’s Co-CEOs and the IPA Subcommittee.

In light of the foregoing, the Board has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above and determined that it be included in this annual report for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Submitted by:

Randa Duncan Williams

Richard H. Bachmann

A. James Teague

W. Randall Fowler

Carin M. Barth

Murray E. Brasseux

Rebecca G. Followill

James T. Hackett

William C. Montgomery

John R. Rutherford

Harry P. Weitzel

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any previous filings under the Securities Act, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, that incorporate future filings, including this annual report, in whole or in part, the foregoing Compensation Committee Report shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the directors or executive officers of Enterprise GP served as members of the compensation committee of another entity that has or had an executive officer who served as a member of our Board during the year ended December 31, 2025. As previously noted, we do not have a separate compensation committee. As described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, decisions regarding the compensation of our named executive officers with respect to 2025 were made, as applicable, by EPCO and Enterprise GP’s Co-CEOs and the IPA Subcommittee.

Clawback Policy

During fiscal year 2023, the Board adopted a Policy on Recoupment of Incentive Compensation (the “Clawback Policy”) in compliance with SEC rules and NYSE listing standards. Under the Clawback Policy, we are required in certain situations to recoup incentive compensation paid or payable to certain current or former executive officers, including the named executive officers, in the event of an accounting restatement.

Pay Ratio Disclosure

The median of the total annual compensation of all employees of EPCO, other than our Co-CEOs, was $180,077 for the year ended December 31, 2025 (the “fiscal 2025 median total annual compensation”). Mr. Teague and Mr. Fowler served as Co-CEOs of Enterprise GP during the year ended December 31, 2025. Mr. Teague’s fiscal 2025 annual total compensation was $15,995,598 and Mr. Fowler’s fiscal 2025 annual total compensation allocated to us was $11,991,063. The ratio of the fiscal 2025 median total annual compensation to Mr. Teague’s fiscal 2025 annual total compensation was 89:1. The ratio of the fiscal 2025 median total annual compensation to Mr. Fowler’s fiscal 2025 annual total compensation was 67:1.

The fiscal 2025 median total annual compensation was determined as follows:

•	First, a list was prepared of all active EPCO employees, excluding Mr. Teague, Mr. Fowler and those on long-term disability, that devote all or a substantial portion of their time to our consolidated businesses and affairs. This list was based on employee information as of December 31, 2025. There are 7,944 EPCO personnel who spend all or a substantial portion of their time engaged in our business.

115

Table of Contents

•	Second, basic wage data for each active EPCO employee, excluding Mr. Teague, Mr. Fowler and those on long-term disability, was extracted from Form W-2 information provided to the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal 2025. This information was then sorted and the employee who earned the median compensation (the “median employee”) was selected from the list.

•	Third, once the median employee was selected, his or her respective total annual compensation for 2025 was determined using the same method used to determine Mr. Teague’s and Mr. Fowler’s total annual compensation for 2025 as presented in the Summary Compensation Table within this Part III, Item 11.

Director Compensation

For the year ended December 31, 2025, each of the independent voting directors of Enterprise GP received the following compensation:

•	a $90,000 annual cash retainer and an annual grant of the Partnership’s common units having a fair market value of $90,000, based on the closing price of such common units on the trading day immediately preceding grant date;

•	a $2,500 per meeting cash fee for attendance at each meeting of the Board (other than a quarterly Board meeting);

•	a $2,500 per meeting cash fee for attendance at each meeting of a committee or subcommittee of which such director is a member (other than any committee or subcommittee meeting that occurs on the same day as (i) a Board meeting and/or (ii) a previous meeting of a committee or subcommittee of which such director is a member);

•	if the individual served as a chairman of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, an additional $25,000 annual cash retainer; and

•	if the individual served as a chairman of the Governance Committee, an additional $20,000 annual cash retainer.

The compensation program for independent voting directors for 2026 is expected to be the same as 2025.

We bear all costs attributable to the compensation of independent voting directors of Enterprise GP. The following table summarizes compensation paid to these directors in 2025:

		Fees Earned		Value of				
		or Paid		Equity-Based		Total		
		in Cash		Awards				
Independent Voting Director		($)		($)		($)		
								
Carin M. Barth	$	92,500	$	90,000	$	182,500		
Murray E. Brasseux		102,500		90,000		192,500		
								
Rebecca G. Followill		102,500		90,000		192,500		
James T. Hackett (1)		112,500		90,000		202,500		
								
William C. Montgomery (2)		127,500		90,000		217,500		
John R. Rutherford		92,500		90,000		182,500		

(1)	Mr. Hackett serves as chairman of the Governance Committee.

(2)	Mr. Montgomery serves as chairman of the Audit and Conflicts Committee.

Mr. Snell received $150,000 in cash for his services as an advisory director in 2025. Mr. Andras received $20,000 in cash for his services as an honorary director in 2025. Neither we nor Enterprise GP provide additional compensation to employees of EPCO for their services as voting directors of Enterprise GP. The employees of EPCO who served as voting directors of Enterprise GP in 2025 were Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann, Teague, Fowler and Weitzel.

116

Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED UNITHOLDER MATTERS.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth certain information as of February 16, 2026, regarding each person known by Enterprise GP to beneficially own more than 5% of our limited partner units:

		Amount and			
Name and Address		Nature of	Percent		
		Beneficial			
of Beneficial Owner	Title of Class	Ownership	of Class		
					
Randa Duncan Williams (1)	Common Units	702,563,034	32.5%		
1100 Louisiana Street, 10th Floor					
Houston, Texas 77002					

(1)	For a detailed listing of the ownership amounts that comprise Ms. Duncan Williams’ total beneficial ownership of the Partnership’s common units, see the table presented in the following section, “Security Ownership of Management,” within this Part III, Item 12.

Ms. Duncan Williams is a DD LLC Trustee and an EPCO Trustee. Ms. Duncan Williams is also currently Chairman and a director of EPCO and Chairman of the Board and a director of Enterprise GP. Ms. Duncan Williams disclaims beneficial ownership of the limited partner units beneficially owned by the EPCO Trustees, except to the extent of her voting and dispositive interests in such units.

Security Ownership of Management

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Partnership’s common units, as of February 16, 2026 by (i) the current directors of Enterprise GP; (ii) our named executive officers for 2025; and (iii) the current directors and executive officers (including named executive officers) of Enterprise GP as a group. All beneficial ownership information has been furnished by the respective directors and executive officers. Each person has sole voting and dispositive power over the securities shown unless indicated otherwise.

		Amount and			
	Positions with	Nature Of			
	Enterprise GP	Beneficial	Percent of Class		
	at February 16, 2026	Ownership			
					
Randa Duncan Williams:	Director and Chairman of the Board				
Units controlled by EPCO Voting Trust:					
					
Through EPCO		74,754,703	3.5%		
Through EPCO Holdings, Inc.		604,549,004	28.0%		
					
Units controlled by Alkek and Williams, Ltd.		650,118	*		
Units controlled by Chaswil, Ltd.		108,191	*		
					
Units controlled by family trusts (1)		21,070,498	*		
Units owned personally (2)		1,430,520	*		
					
Total for Randa Duncan Williams		702,563,034	32.5%		

*	Represents a beneficial ownership of less than 1% of class

(1)	The number of common units presented for Ms. Duncan Williams includes common units held by family trusts for which she serves as a director of an entity trustee but has disclaimed beneficial ownership (except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein).
(2)	The number of common units presented for Ms. Duncan Williams includes 9,090 common units held by her spouse and 4,040 common units held jointly with her spouse.

EPCO and its privately held affiliates have pledged 59,976,464 of our common units that they own as security under their credit facilities. These credit facilities include customary provisions regarding potential events of default. As a result, a change in ownership of these units could result if an event of default ultimately occurred.

117

Table of Contents					
			Common Units		
						
			Amount and			
		Positions with	Nature Of	Percent of		
		Enterprise GP	Beneficial			
		at February 16, 2026	Ownership	Class		
					
Richard H. Bachmann	Director and Vice Chairman of the Board	2,270,826	*		
A. James Teague (1,2)	Director and Co-CEO	3,205,351	*		
					
W. Randall Fowler (1,3)	Director, Co-CEO	2,515,248	*		
Carin M. Barth (4)	Director	107,030	*		
					
Murray E. Brasseux (5)	Director	44,327	*		
Rebecca G. Followill (6)	Director	14,815	*		
					
James T. Hackett (7)	Director	311,267	*		
William C. Montgomery	Director	139,480	*		
					
John R. Rutherford (8)	Director	186,146	*		
		Director and Executive Vice President, General Counsel and				
Harry P. Weitzel	Secretary	315,348	*		
					
R. Daniel Boss (1)	Executive Vice President and CFO	349,048	*		
		Executive Vice President and				
Graham W. Bacon (1)	Chief Operating Officer	676,476	*		
						
		Executive Vice President and				
Michael C. Hanley (1)	Chief Commercial Officer	158,058	*		
		Executive Vice President – Finance and Sustainability and				
Christian M. Nelly (1,9)	Treasurer	340,278	*		
						
		Former Executive Vice President and				
Brent B. Secrest (1,10)	Chief Commercial Officer	395,029	*		
All directors and executive officers (including all named executive					
officers) of Enterprise GP, as a group (16 individuals in total)		713,591,761	33.0%		

*	Represents a beneficial ownership of less than 1% of class

(1)	These individuals are named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2025.

(2)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Teague includes (i) 74,911 common units held by a trust, (ii) 41,155 common units held by his spouse and (iii) 6,060 common units held by minor children.
(3)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Fowler includes (i) 708,419 common units held by a family limited partnership (for which he has disclaimed beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest) and (ii) 2,339 common units held by his spouse.
(4)	The number of common units presented for Ms. Barth includes 19,050 common units held for the benefit of her parents (for which she has disclaimed beneficial ownership except to the extent of her pecuniary interest).
(5)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Brasseux includes 2,882 common units held by his spouse.

(6)	The number of common units presented for Mrs. Followill includes 1,200 common units held for the benefit of her mother-in-law (for which she has disclaimed beneficial ownership except to the extent of her pecuniary interest).
(7)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Hackett includes (i) 10,215 common units held by family trusts and (ii) 34,897 common units held by a family limited partnership.

(8)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Rutherford includes 10,000 common units held by family trusts (for which he has disclaimed beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest).
(9)	The number of common units presented for Mr. Nelly includes approximately 20,000 common units held for the benefit of his mother-in-law (for which he has disclaimed beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest).
(10)	The ownership information presented is based on Mr. Secrest’s reported holdings of our common units immediately prior to his resignation. Mr. Secrest resigned effective May 1, 2025.

Equity Ownership Guidelines

In order to further align the interests and actions of Enterprise GP’s directors and executive officers with our long-term interests and those of Enterprise GP and other unitholders, the Board has adopted and approved certain equity ownership guidelines for Enterprise GP’s directors and executive officers. Under these guidelines:

•	each non-management director of Enterprise GP is required to own our common units having an aggregate value (as defined in the guidelines) of three times the dollar amount of such non-management director’s aggregate annual cash retainer for service on the Board for the most recently completed calendar year; and

•	each executive officer of Enterprise GP is required to own our common units having an aggregate value (as defined in the guidelines) of three times the dollar amount of such executive officer’s aggregate annual base salary for the most recently completed calendar year.

118

Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The 2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated to date, the “2008 Plan”) is EPCO’s only long-term incentive plan under which our common units have been authorized for issuance. The 2008 Plan provides for awards of our common units and other rights to our non-management directors and to consultants and employees of EPCO and its affiliates providing services to us. Awards under the 2008 Plan may be granted in the form of phantom units, DERs, unit options, restricted common units, UARs, unit awards and other unit-based awards or substitute awards.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the 2008 Plan as of January 1, 2026.

			Number of	
			Units	
			Remaining	
			Available For	
	Number of		Future Issuance	
	Units to	Weighted-	Under Equity	
	Be Issued	Average	Compensation	
	Upon Exercise	Exercise Price	Plans (excluding	
	of Outstanding	of Outstanding	securities	
	Common Unit	Common Unit	reflected in	
Plan Category	Options	Options	column (a))	
				
	(a)	(b)	(c)	

Equity compensation plans approved by unitholders:				
				
2008 Plan (1)	–	–	97,704,053	
Equity compensation plans not approved by unitholders:				
				
None	–	–	–	
Total for equity compensation plans	–	–	97,704,053	

(1)	At December 31, 2025, the total number of common units authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan was 165,000,000 common units.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS,

AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

We believe that the terms and provisions of our related party agreements are fair to us; however, such agreements and transactions may not be as favorable to us as we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Additional information regarding our related party transactions is set forth in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this annual report and is incorporated by reference into this Part III, Item 13.

Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Parties

We consider transactions between us and our subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates, on the one hand, and our executive officers and directors (or their immediate family members), Enterprise GP or its affiliates (including other companies owned or controlled by the DD LLC Trustees or the EPCO Trustees), on the other hand, to be related party transactions. As further described below, our partnership agreement sets forth general procedures by which related party transactions and conflicts of interest may be approved or resolved by Enterprise GP or its Audit and Conflicts Committee. In addition, the Audit and Conflicts Committee charter, Enterprise GP’s written internal review and approval policies and procedures (referred to as its “management authorization policy”) and the amended and restated ASA with EPCO address specific types of related party transactions, as further described below.

119

Table of Contents

Our Audit and Conflicts Committee is comprised of three independent directors: Mrs. Followill and Messrs. Brasseux and Montgomery. In accordance with its charter, the Audit and Conflicts Committee reviews and approves related party transactions:

•	pursuant to our partnership agreement or the limited liability company agreement of Enterprise GP, as such agreements may be amended from time to time, including without limitation for the purpose of obtaining “Special Approval” (as described below);

•	in which an officer or director of Enterprise GP or any of our subsidiaries, or an immediate family member of such an officer or director, has an interest that is financially material to such officer, director or immediate family member (as applicable) or is otherwise a named party;

•	when requested to do so by management or the Board;

•	in accordance with and to the extent required under Rule 314.00 of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE;

•	with a value of $5 million or more (unless such transaction is equivalent to an arm’s length transaction with a third party); or

•	that it may otherwise deem appropriate from time to time.

Enterprise GP’s management authorization policy generally requires Board approval for asset purchase or sales transactions to the extent such transactions have a value in excess of $1.5 billion and capital investments to the extent such transactions have a value in excess of $750 million. Any such transaction would typically also require Audit and Conflicts Committee review under its charter if such transaction is also a related party transaction.

As noted previously, all of our management, administrative and operating functions are performed by employees of EPCO (pursuant to an administrative services agreement, or ASA) or by other service providers. The ASA governs numerous day-to-day transactions between us, Enterprise GP and EPCO and its affiliates, including the provision by EPCO of administrative and other services to us and our reimbursement to EPCO of costs, without markup or discount, for those services. The ASA was reviewed, approved and recommended to the Board by our Audit and Conflicts Committee, and the Board also approved it upon receiving such recommendation.

Related party transactions that are outside the scope of the ASA and not reviewed by the Audit and Conflicts Committee are subject to Enterprise GP’s management authorization policy. This policy, which applies to related party transactions as well as transactions with third parties, specifies thresholds for our general partner’s officers and Board to authorize various categories of transactions, including purchases and sales of assets, commercial and financial transactions and legal agreements.

Partnership Agreement Standards for Audit and Conflicts Committee Review

Under our partnership agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between Enterprise GP or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and us, any of our subsidiaries or any partner, on the other hand, any resolution or course of action by Enterprise GP or its affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest is permitted and deemed approved by our limited partners, and will not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement or any agreement contemplated by such agreement, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action is or, by operation of the partnership agreement is deemed to be, fair and reasonable to us; provided that, any conflict of interest and any resolution of such conflict of interest will be conclusively deemed fair and reasonable to us if such conflict of interest or resolution is (i) approved by a majority of the members of the Audit and Conflicts Committee (i.e., a “Special Approval” is granted) or (ii) on terms objectively demonstrable to be no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from third parties.

The Audit and Conflicts Committee (in connection with its Special Approval process) may consider the following when resolving conflicts of interest:

•	the relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest; 120

Table of Contents

•	the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us);

•	any customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical dealings with a particular party;

•	any applicable generally accepted accounting or engineering practices or principles;

•	the relative cost of capital of the parties involved and the consequent rates of return to the equity holders of such parties; and

•	such additional factors as the Audit and Conflicts Committee determines in its sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances.

The level of review and work performed by the Audit and Conflicts Committee with respect to a given transaction varies depending upon the nature of the transaction and the scope of the Audit and Conflicts Committee’s obligation. Examples of functions the Audit and Conflicts Committee may, as it deems appropriate, perform in the course of reviewing a transaction include, but are not limited to:

•	assessing the business rationale for the transaction;

•	reviewing the terms and conditions of the proposed transaction, including consideration and financing requirements, if any;

•	assessing the effect of the transaction on our results of operations, financial condition, cash available for distribution, properties or prospects;

•	conducting due diligence, including interviews and discussions with management and other representatives and reviewing transaction materials and findings of management and other representatives;

•	considering the relative advantages and disadvantages of the transactions to the parties involved;

•	engaging third party financial advisors to provide financial advice and assistance, including fairness opinions if requested;

•	engaging legal advisors; and

•	evaluating and negotiating the transaction and recommending for approval or approving the transaction, as the case may be.

Nothing contained in our partnership agreement requires the Audit and Conflicts Committee to consider the interests of any party other than us. In the absence of the Audit and Conflicts Committee or our general partner acting in bad faith, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided (including granting Special Approval) by the Audit and Conflicts Committee or our general partner with respect to such matter are deemed conclusive and binding on all persons (including all of our limited partners) and do not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, or any other agreement contemplated thereby, or a breach of any standard of care or duty imposed in our partnership agreement or under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act or any other law, rule or regulation. Our partnership agreement provides that it is presumed that the resolution, action or terms made, taken or provided by the Audit and Conflicts Committee or our general partner were not made, taken or provided in bad faith, and in any proceeding brought by any limited partner or by or on behalf of such limited partner or any other limited partner or us challenging such resolution, action or terms, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

121

Table of Contents

Director Independence

Each of the current members of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, namely Mrs. Followill and Messrs. Brasseux and Montgomery, and each of the current members of the Governance Committee, namely Ms. Barth and Messrs. Hackett and Rutherford, have been determined to be independent under the applicable NYSE listing standards and rules of the SEC. For a discussion of independence standards applicable to our Board and factors considered by our Board in making its independence determinations, please refer to “Partnership Governance” included under Part III, Item 10 of this annual report.

Other Matters

An immediate family member of Mr. Teague is an employee of EPCO that performs services on our behalf. This individual does not serve as an executive officer of Enterprise GP, EPCO or any of their respective affiliates, and such individual’s compensation and other terms of employment are determined on a basis consistent with EPCO’s human resources policies. For 2025, this individual earned total compensation from EPCO of $1.1 million.

Mr. Brasseux owns a minority equity interest in Worldwide Power Products, LLC (“Worldwide”), a privately-owned company in the business of buying, selling, renting and servicing generators and buying and selling generator parts. Mr. Brasseux’s son-in-law is the Chief Executive Officer and majority equity owner of Worldwide. From time to time, we engage in business transactions with Worldwide. The aggregate dollar amount involved in these transactions was approximately $339 thousand for 2025. The terms of these transactions are determined on an arms-length basis, and Mr. Brasseux (who does not serve as an employee of Worldwide) does not participate in the negotiation or approval of any such transactions.

122

Table of Contents

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

With the approval of the Audit and Conflicts Committee of Enterprise GP, we have engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, “Deloitte & Touche”) as our independent registered public accounting firm and principal accountants. The following table summarizes amounts billed to us by Deloitte & Touche for each of the years presented, as applicable:

For the Year Ended December 31,

2025	2024

Audit fees (1)	$	5,991,803	$	5,845,200

(1)	Audit fees for 2025 and 2024 include $37,500 and $99,500, respectively, of charges for audit-related projects that were reimbursed by business partners.

As presented in the preceding table, “Audit Fees” represent amounts billed for each year in connection with (i) the annual audit of our consolidated financial statements filed on Form 10-K and related internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) the quarterly review of our consolidated financial statements filed on Form 10-Q, (iii) standalone annual audits of our consolidated subsidiaries and (iv) those services normally provided by Deloitte & Touche in connection with our statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including comfort letters, consents and other services related to SEC matters. We did not engage Deloitte & Touche to perform any other services for us during the last two years. We are prohibited from using Deloitte & Touche to perform general bookkeeping, human resources or management functions for us, and any other service not permitted by the PCAOB.

In connection with its oversight responsibilities, the Audit and Conflicts Committee has adopted a pre-approval policy regarding any services to be performed by Deloitte & Touche. The pre-approval policy includes four primary service categories: Audit, Audit-related, Tax and Other. When Deloitte & Touche’s services are required, management and Deloitte & Touche discuss the proposed work with the Audit and Conflicts Committee. These discussions typically address the reasons for the project, the scope of the work to be performed and an estimate of the fee to be charged by Deloitte & Touche for such work. The Audit and Conflicts Committee discusses the request with management and Deloitte & Touche and, if the work is deemed necessary and appropriate for Deloitte & Touche to perform, approves the request subject to the fee estimate (the initial “pre-approved” fee amount). If at a later date, it appears that the initial pre-approved fee amount is insufficient to complete the work, management and Deloitte & Touche must present a supplemental request to the Audit and Conflicts Committee to increase the approved amount along with reasons for the increase. Under the pre-approval policy, management cannot act upon its own to authorize an expenditure for Deloitte & Touche services outside of the pre-approved amounts. On a quarterly basis, the Audit and Conflicts Committee is provided a schedule that compares the pre-approved amounts for each primary service category with the actual fees billed for each type of service. We believe the Audit and Conflicts Committee’s pre-approval process maintains the independence of Deloitte & Touche from management.

123

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following documents are filed as a part of this annual report:

(1)	Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” beginning on page F-1 of this annual report for the financial statements included herein.

(2)	Financial Statement Schedules: The separate filing of financial statement schedules has been omitted because such schedules are either not applicable or the information called for therein appears in the footnotes of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)	Exhibits:

Exhibit Number					Exhibit*	
													
2.1	Merger Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2003, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products GP, LLC,	
	Enterprise Products Management LLC, GulfTerra Energy Partners, L.P. and GulfTerra Energy Company, L.L.C. (incorporated by	
	reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed December 15, 2003).		
2.2	Amendment No. 1 to Merger Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2004, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise	
												
	Products GP, LLC, Enterprise Products Management LLC, GulfTerra Energy Partners, L.P. and GulfTerra Energy Company, L.L.C.	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed September 7, 2004).		
2.3	Parent Company Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2003, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products	
	GP, LLC, Enterprise Products GTM, LLC, El Paso Corporation, Sabine River Investors I, L.L.C., Sabine River Investors II, L.L.C.,		
	El Paso EPN Investments, L.L.C. and GulfTerra GP Holding Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed	
	December 15, 2003).		
2.4	Amendment No. 1 to Parent Company Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2004, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P.,	
	Enterprise Products GP, LLC, Enterprise Products GTM, LLC, El Paso Corporation, Sabine River Investors I, L.L.C., Sabine River	
	Investors II, L.L.C., El Paso EPN Investments, L.L.C. and GulfTerra GP Holding Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1	
	to Form 8-K filed April 21, 2004).		
2.5	Purchase and Sale Agreement (Gas Plants), dated as of December 15, 2003, by and between El Paso Corporation, El Paso Field	
	Services Management, Inc., El Paso Transmission, L.L.C., El Paso Field Services Holding Company and Enterprise Products	
	Operating L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to Form 8-K filed December 15, 2003).	
								
2.6	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 28, 2009, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products GP,	
	LLC, Enterprise Sub B LLC, TEPPCO Partners, L.P. and Texas Eastern Products Pipeline Company, LLC (incorporated by reference	
	to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed June 29, 2009).	
							
2.7	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 28, 2009, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products GP,	
	LLC, Enterprise Sub A LLC, TEPPCO Partners, L.P. and Texas Eastern Products Pipeline Company, LLC (incorporated by reference	
	to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed June 29, 2009).	
							
2.8	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 3, 2010, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products	
	GP, LLC, Enterprise ETE LLC, Enterprise GP Holdings L.P. and EPE Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to		
	Form 8-K filed September 7, 2010).	
						
2.9	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 3, 2010, by and among Enterprise Products GP, LLC, Enterprise GP Holdings	
	L.P. and EPE Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed September 7, 2010).	
					
2.10	Contribution Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010, by and between Enterprise Products Company and Enterprise Products		
	Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2010).	

124

Table of Contents

2.11	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2011, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products	
	Holdings LLC, EPD MergerCo LLC, Duncan Energy Partners L.P. and DEP Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1		
	to Form 8-K filed April 29, 2011).	
																							
2.12	Contribution and Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2014, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Oiltanking		
	Holding Americas, Inc. and OTB Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2014).		
2.13	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 11, 2014, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products	
	Holdings LLC, EPOT MergerCo LLC, Oiltanking Partners, L.P. and OTLP GP, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to		
	Form 8-K filed November 12, 2014).		
2.14	Amendment No. 1 dated as of June 6, 2018 to Contribution and Purchase Agreement, by and among Enterprise Products Partners	
	L.P., Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., Enterprise Products Holdings LLC and Marquard & Bahls, AG (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed June 12, 2018).	
																				
3.1	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Form 10-Q filed	
	November 9, 2007).	
																			
3.2	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., filed on November 22, 2010 with	
	the Delaware Secretary of State (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Form 8-K filed November 23, 2010).		
3.3	Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated as of September 30,		
	2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).	
																	
3.4	Certificate of Formation of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC (formerly named EPE Holdings, LLC) (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 3.3 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement, Reg. No. 333-124320, filed by Enterprise GP Holdings L.P. on July 22, 2005).	
																
3.5	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC (formerly named EPE Holdings, LLC),		
	filed on November 22, 2010 with the Delaware Secretary of State (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Form 8-K filed		
	November 23, 2010).		
3.6	Sixth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC dated effective as of		
	August 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2022).	
														
3.7	Company Agreement of Enterprise Products Operating LLC dated June 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form		
	10-Q filed August 8, 2007).		
3.8	Certificate of Incorporation of Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., dated December 3, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to		
	Form S-4 Registration Statement, Reg. No. 333-121665, filed December 27, 2004).		
3.9	Bylaws of Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., dated December 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Form S-4	
	Registration Statement, Reg. No. 333-121665, filed December 27, 2004).	
											
4.1	Form of Common Unit certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).		
4.2	Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by		
	reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-K filed February 28, 2020).		
4.3	Indenture, dated as of March 15, 2000, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Issuer, Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as	
	Guarantor, and First Union National Bank, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed March 14, 2000).		
4.4	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Guarantor, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3	
	to Form 10-K filed March 31, 2003).		
4.5	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2007, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Original Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as New Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association,	
	as successor Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.55 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2007).			
4.6	Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2004, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Issuer, Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as		
	Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed		
	October 6, 2004).	
		125														

Table of Contents

4.7	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2004, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Issuer, Enterprise Products	
	Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5	
	to Form 8-K filed October 6, 2004).		
4.8	Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2005, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Issuer, Enterprise Products		
	Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3	
	to Form 8-K filed March 3, 2005).		
4.9	Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2007, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., as Original Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as New Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National		
	Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.54 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2007).		
4.10	Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2009, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed October 5, 2009).	
											
4.11	Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 27, 2009, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 28, 2009).		
4.12	Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 27, 2009, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
											
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed October 28, 2009).		
4.13	Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2010, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 20, 2010).	
										
4.14	Twentieth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2011, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 13, 2011).	
									
4.15	Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2011, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
									
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 24, 2011).	
								
4.16	Twenty-Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer,	
	Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by	
	reference to Exhibit 4.25 to Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2012).	
								
4.17	Twenty-Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 13, 2012, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 13, 2012).		
4.18	Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed March 18, 2013).	
						
4.19	Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2014, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer,	
	Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by	
	reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed February 12, 2014).	
					
4.20	Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 14, 2014, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to		
	Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed October 14, 2014).		
4.21	Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee(incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 7, 2015).		
	126						

Table of Contents

4.22	Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2016, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed April 13, 2016).			
4.23	Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2017, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 16, 2017).			
4.24	Thirtieth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2018, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed February 15, 2018).		
														
4.25	Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2018, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed February 15, 2018).		
														
4.26	Thirty-Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2018, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer,		
	Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by		
	reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed October 11, 2018).	
													
4.27	Thirty-Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2019, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed July 8, 2019).		
													
4.28	Thirty-Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 15, 2020, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 15, 2020).			
4.29	Thirty-Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2020, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to	
	Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed August 7, 2020).		
											
4.30	Thirty-Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2021, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer,		
	Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Original Trustee, and U.S. Bank		
	National Association, as Series Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed September 15, 2021).	
										
4.31	Thirty-Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2023, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer,		
	Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Series Trustee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 10, 2023).		
4.32	Thirty-Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Series Trustee (incorporated by		
	reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 11, 2024).	
								
4.33	Thirty-Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 8, 2024, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Series Trustee (incorporated by		
	reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed August 8, 2024).	
							
4.34	Fortieth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2025, among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Issuer, Enterprise Products	
	Partners L.P., as Parent Guarantor, and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Series Trustee (incorporated by reference	
	to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).		
					
4.35	Form of Global Note representing $500 million principal amount of 6.875% Series B Senior Notes due 2033 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-K filed March 31, 2003).	
	127								

Table of Contents

4.36	Form of Global Note representing $350 million principal amount of 6.65% Series B Senior Notes due 2034 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to Form S-3 Registration Statement, Reg. No. 333-123150, filed March 4, 2005).		
4.37	Form of Global Note representing $250 million principal amount of 5.75% Series B Senior Notes due 2035 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2005).	
														
4.38	Form of Global Note representing $600 million principal amount of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2039 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed October 5, 2009).	
													
4.39	Form of Global Note representing $399.6 million principal amount of 7.55% Senior Notes due 2038 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 28, 2009).			
4.40	Form of Global Note representing $285.8 million principal amount of Junior Subordinated Notes due 2067 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed October 28, 2009).		
4.41	Form of Global Note representing $600 million principal amount of 6.45% Senior Notes due 2040 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 20, 2010).		
											
4.42	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 5.95% Senior Notes due 2041 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 13, 2011).			
4.43	Form of Global Note representing $600 million principal amount of 5.70% Senior Notes due 2042 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 24, 2011).			
4.44	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 4.85% Senior Notes due 2042 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.25 to Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2012).			
4.45	Form of Global Note representing $1.1 billion principal amount of 4.45% Senior Notes due 2043 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 13, 2012).		
4.46	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 4.85% Senior Notes due 2044 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed March 18, 2013).	
								
4.47	Form of Global Note representing $1.15 billion principal amount of 5.10% Senior Notes due 2045 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed February 12, 2014).	
						
4.48	Form of Global Note representing $1.15 billion principal amount of 3.75% Senior Notes due 2025 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed October 14, 2014).		
4.49	Form of Global Note representing $400 million principal amount of 4.95% Senior Notes due 2054 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed October 14, 2014).			
4.50	Form of Global Note representing $400 million principal amount of 4.85% Senior Notes due 2044 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed March 18, 2013).		
					
4.51	Form of Global Note representing $875 million principal amount of 3.70% Senior Notes due 2026 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 7, 2015).			
4.52	Form of Global Note representing $875 million principal amount of 4.90% Senior Notes due 2046 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 7, 2015).			
4.53	Form of Global Note representing $575 million principal amount of 3.95% Senior Notes due 2027 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed April 13, 2016).		
	128														

Table of Contents

4.54	Form of Global Note representing $100 million principal amount of 4.90% Senior Notes due 2046 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed May 7, 2015).			
4.55	Form of Global Note representing $700 million principal amount of Junior Subordinated Notes D due 2077 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit	4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 16, 2017).		
4.56	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of Junior Subordinated Notes E due 2077 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed August 16, 2017).		
4.57	Form of Global Note representing $1.25 billion principal amount of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2048 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed February 15, 2018).	
											
4.58	Form of Global Note representing $700 million principal amount of Junior Subordinated Notes F due 2078 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit	4.3 to Form 8-K filed February 15, 2018).		
4.59	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 4.15% Senior Notes due 2028 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed October 11, 2018).		
4.60	Form of Global Note representing $1.25 billion principal amount of 4.80% Senior Notes due 2049 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed October 11, 2018).		
4.61	Form of Global Note representing $1.25 billion principal amount of 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit	4.3 to Form 8-K filed July 8, 2019).		
4.62	Form of Global Note representing $1.25 billion principal amount of 4.200% Senior Notes due 2050 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed July 8, 2019).	
								
4.63	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 2.800% Senior Notes due 2030 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit	4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 15, 2020).		
4.64	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2051 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 15, 2020).		
4.65	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 3.950% Senior Notes due 2060 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 15, 2020).		
4.66	Form of Global Note representing $250 million principal amount of 2.800% Senior Notes due 2030 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed January 15, 2020).		
4.67	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 3.200% Senior Notes due 2052 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed August 7, 2020).		
4.68	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 3.300% Senior Notes due 2053 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed September 15, 2021).		
4.69	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 5.050% Senior Notes due 2026 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 10, 2023).		
4.70	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 5.350% Senior Notes due 2033 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 10, 2023).		
4.71	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 4.600% Senior Notes due 2027 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 11, 2024).	
		129														

Table of Contents

4.72	Form of Global Note representing $1.0 billion principal amount of 4.850% Senior Notes due 2034 with attached Guarantee		
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed January 11, 2024).		
4.73	Form of Global Note representing $1.1 billion principal amount of 4.95% Senior Notes due 2035 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed August 8, 2024).		
4.74	Form of Global Note representing $1.4 billion principal amount of 5.55% Senior Notes due 2055 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed August 8, 2024).	
															
4.75	Form of Global Note representing $500 million principal amount of 4.30% Senior Notes due 2028 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).			
4.76	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 4.60% Senior Notes due 2031 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).		
													
4.77	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 5.20% Senior Notes due 2036 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).		
													
4.78	Form of Global Note representing $300 million principal amount of 4.30% Senior Notes due 2028 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).		
4.79	Form of Global Note representing $600 million principal amount of 4.60% Senior Notes due 2031 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).	
													
4.80	Form of Global Note representing $750 million principal amount of 5.20% Senior Notes due 2036 with attached Guarantee	
	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed June 20, 2025).		
													
4.81	Replacement Capital Covenant, dated October 27, 2009, executed by Enterprise Products Operating LLC and Enterprise Products		
	Partners L.P. in favor of the covered debtholders described therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Form 8-K filed	
	October 28, 2009).			
4.82	Amendment to Replacement Capital Covenants, dated May 6, 2015, executed by Enterprise Products Operating LLC and Enterprise		
	Products Partners L.P. in favor of the covered debtholders described therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.59 to Form 10-Q		
	filed May 8, 2015).	
											
4.83	Specimen Unit Certificate for the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Units, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit		
	3.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).	
										
4.84	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and the Purchasers		
	party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).	
									
10.1*	2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan (Fourth Amendment and Restatement) (incorporated by reference to Annex A to		
	Definitive Proxy Statement filed October 24, 2022).		
10.2*	Form of Employee Phantom Unit Grant Award under the 2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan for awards issued on or	
	after February 3, 2021 and before November 22, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K filed March 1, 2021).		
10.3*	Form of Employee Phantom Unit Grant Award under the 2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan for awards issued on or	
	after November 22, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K filed February 28, 2023).		
10.4	Eighth Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement, effective as of February 13, 2015, by and among Enterprise	
					
	Products Company, EPCO Holdings, Inc., Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products		
	OLPGP, Inc., Enterprise Products Operating LLC and the Oiltanking Parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1	
	to Form 8-K filed February 13, 2015).			
	130											

Table of Contents

10.5	364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2025, by and among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Borrower,		
	the Lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and certain financial institutions named therein, as Co-	
	Syndication Agents and Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed March 28, 2025).		
10.6	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2025, by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative		
	agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed March 28, 2025).	
																			
10.7	Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2023, by and among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as Borrower, the	
	Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and certain financial institutions named	
	therein, as Co-Syndication Agents and Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed March	
	31, 2023).																	
																		
10.8	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2023, by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National	
	Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed March 31, 2023).		
10.9	First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2025, by and among Enterprise Products Operating LLC, as	
	Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and certain financial	
																
	institutions named therein, as Co-Syndication Agents and Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to	
	Form 8-K filed March 28, 2025).		
10.10	Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and among Enterprise	
	Products Partners L.P. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).		
10.11	Securities Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and between Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and OTA	
	Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed October 1, 2020).		
															
10.12	Equity Distribution Agreement, dated September 15, 2023, by and among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Citigroup Global	
														
	Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., BBVA Securities Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Agricole	
	Securities (USA) Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Morgan Stanley &	
	Co. LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SG Americas Securities, LLC, TD	
	Securities (USA) LLC, Truist Securities, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K		
	filed September 15, 2023).		
10.13*	Separation Agreement between Brent B. Secrest and Enterprise Products Company dated effective May 1, 2025 (incorporated by	
	reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2025).	
											
10.14*#	Retention Agreement between Michael C. Hanley and Enterprise Products Company effective April 21, 2025.		
19.1	Enterprise Products Partners L.P. Insider Trading Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to Form 10-K filed February 28,	
	2025).																			
21.1#	List of Consolidated Subsidiaries as of February 1, 2026.		
22.1#	List of Issuers of Debt Securities Guaranteed by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and Associated Securities at December 31, 2025.	
23.1#	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.		
						
31.1#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of A. James Teague for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.	
					
31.2#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of W. Randall Fowler for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.	
31.3#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of R. Daniel Boss for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.			
32.1#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of A. James Teague for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.	
			
32.2#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of W. Randall Fowler for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.	
	131													

Table of Contents

32.3#	Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of R. Daniel Boss for Enterprise Products Partners L.P.’s annual report on Form 10-K.		
97.1	Enterprise Products Partners L.P. Policy on Recoupment of Incentive Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to	
	Form 10-K filed February 28, 2024).	
			
101#	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language) in	
	this Form 10-K include the: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Statements of Consolidated Operations, (iii) Statements of	
	Consolidated Comprehensive Income, (iv) Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows, (v) Statements of Consolidated Equity and (vi)	
	Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.	
104#	Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).	
*	Identifies management contract and compensatory plan arrangements.	
#	Filed with this report.	

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

Not included.

132

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized on February 27, 2026.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

(A Delaware Limited Partnership)

By:		Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, as General Partner		
By:		/s/ R. Daniel Boss		
Name:				
		R. Daniel Boss		
Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the General		
		Partner		
	133			

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated below on February 27, 2026.

Signature	Title (Position with Enterprise Products Holdings LLC)

/s/ Randa Duncan Williams

Randa Duncan Williams /s/ Richard H. Bachmann

Richard H. Bachmann

/s/ A. James Teague

A. James Teague

/s/ W. Randall Fowler

W. Randall Fowler

/s/ Harry P. Weitzel

Harry P. Weitzel

/s/ Carin M. Barth

Carin M. Barth

/s/ Murray E. Brasseux

Murray E. Brasseux /s/ Rebecca G. Followill

Rebecca G. Followill

/s/ James T. Hackett

James T. Hackett

/s/ William C. Montgomery

William C. Montgomery /s/ John R. Rutherford

John R. Rutherford

/s/ R. Daniel Boss

R. Daniel Boss

Director and Chairman of the Board

Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer

Director and Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

134

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.					
														ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.					
												INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS					
																									Page No.		
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)					
			F-2		
																													
	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024		F-4		
	Statements of Consolidated Operations						
																													
		for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023			F-5		
																													
	Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income					
																												
		for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023			F-6		
																													
	Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows						
		for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023			F-7		
																													
	Statements of Consolidated Equity						
		for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023			F-8		
																										
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements					
																										
			Note 1 – Partnership Organization and Operations	F-10		
																													
			Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies			F-10		
																													
			Note 3 – Inventories				F-19		
																								
			Note 4 – Property, Plant and Equipment	F-20		
																													
			Note 5 – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates			F-22		
																						
			Note 6 – Intangible Assets and Goodwill				F-24		
																													
			Note 7 – Debt Obligations				F-28		
																				
			Note 8 – Capital Accounts	F-32		
																				
			Note 9 – Revenues			F-37		
																			
			Note 10 – Business Segments and Related Information	F-41		
																		
			Note 11 – Earnings Per Unit				F-48		
																	
			Note 12 – Acquisitions			F-48		
																
			Note 13 – Equity-Based Awards			F-50		
															
			Note 14 – Hedging Activities and Fair Value Measurements	F-52		
														
			Note 15 – Related Party Transactions			F-59		
													
			Note 16 – Income Taxes				F-61		
												
			Note 17 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities			F-63		
											
			Note 18 – Significant Risks and Uncertainties				F-67		
										
			Note 19 – Supplemental Cash Flow Information	F-69		
																								F-1					

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC and

Unitholders of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

Houston, Texas

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related statements of consolidated operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net and Intangible Assets, Net—Determination of Impairment Indicators—Refer to Notes 2, 4, and 6 to the consolidated financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

Long-lived assets, which consists of intangible assets with finite useful lives (“intangible assets”) and property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2025, the carrying value of the Company’s property, plant and equipment, net was $51,359 million and intangible assets, net was $4,159 million.

F-2

Table of Contents

We have identified the determination of impairment indicators for long-lived assets as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgments management makes when determining whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred indicating that the carrying amounts of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. Auditing management’s judgments required a high degree of auditor judgment when performing audit procedures to evaluate whether management appropriately identified impairment indicators.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the identification of impairment indicators included the following, among others:

•	We tested the effectiveness of controls over the identification of events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable.

•	We evaluated management’s analysis of impairment indicators by:

-	Assessing whether long-lived assets having indicators of impairment were appropriately identified and further tested for impairment.

-	Comparing the recent gross operating margin results to the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine if there is an indicator that the carrying value may not be recoverable over the estimated remaining useful life.

-	Reading publicly available information for the industry, peers, and customers to determine whether a potential impairment indicator was not contemplated in management’s analysis.

-	Reading minutes of the Board of Directors to understand if there were factors that could represent a potential impairment indicator not contemplated in management’s analysis.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas

February 27, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1997.

F-3

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in millions)

		December 31,		
	2025				2024	
ASSETS						
Current assets:						
Cash and cash equivalents	$	969		$	583	
Restricted cash		276			255	
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowance for credit losses of $35 at December 31, 2025 and $38 at December 31, 2024		6,494			9,236	
Accounts receivable – related parties		1			4	
Inventories (see Note 3)		3,884			3,955	
Derivative assets (see Note 14)		434			534	
Prepaid and other current assets		1,302			566	
Total current assets		13,360			15,133	
Property, plant and equipment, net (see Note 4)		51,359			49,062	
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates (see Note 5)		2,185			2,259	
Intangible assets, net (see Note 6)		4,159			4,005	
Goodwill (see Note 6)		5,712			5,712	
Other assets		1,127			997	
Total assets	$	77,902		$	77,168	

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY						
Current liabilities:						
Current maturities of debt (see Note 7)	$	1,625		$	1,150	
Accounts payable – trade		1,021			1,227	
Accounts payable – related parties		217			198	
Accrued product payables		8,183			10,777	
Accrued interest		566			536	
Derivative liabilities (see Note 14)		347			471	
Other current liabilities		873			818	
Total current liabilities		12,832			15,177	
Long-term debt (see Note 7)		32,770			30,746	
Deferred tax liabilities (see Note 16)		702			656	
Other long-term liabilities		984			950	
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 17)						
Redeemable preferred limited partner interests: (see Note 8)						
Series A cumulative convertible preferred units (“preferred units”) (45,412 units outstanding at December 31, 2025 and						
50,687 units outstanding at December 31, 2024		44			50	
Equity: (see Note 8)						
Partners’ equity:						
Common limited partner interests (2,161,760,683 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025, 2,165,699,962						
units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024		30,700			29,793	
Treasury units, at cost		(1,297)			(1,297)	
Accumulated other comprehensive income		336			236	
Total partners’ equity		29,739			28,732	
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries		831			857	
Total equity		30,570			29,589	
Total liabilities, preferred units, and equity	$	77,902		$	77,168	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

(Dollars in millions, except per unit amounts)

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
	2025				2024			2023	
Revenues:									
Third parties	$	52,544		$	56,161		$	49,654	
Related parties		52			58			61	
Total revenues (see Note 9)		52,596			56,219			49,715	
Costs and expenses:									
Operating costs and expenses:									
Third party and other costs		43,825			47,554			41,632	
Related parties		1,615			1,491			1,385	
Total operating costs and expenses		45,440			49,045			43,017	
General and administrative costs:									
Third party and other costs		103			78			75	
Related parties		148			166			156	
Total general and administrative costs		251			244			231	
Total costs and expenses (see Note 10)		45,691			49,289			43,248	
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		361			408			462	
Operating income		7,266			7,338			6,929	
Other income (expense):									
Interest expense		(1,401)			(1,352)			(1,269)	
Interest income		30			47			27	
Other, net		4			2			14	
Total other expense, net		(1,367)			(1,303)			(1,228)	
Income before income taxes		5,899			6,035			5,701	
Provision for income taxes (see Note 16)		(23)			(65)			(44)	
Net income		5,876			5,970			5,657	
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (see Note 8)		(62)			(69)			(125)	
Net income attributable to preferred units (see Note 8)		(4)			(4)			(3)	
Net income attributable to common unitholders	$	5,810		$	5,897		$	5,529	

Earnings per unit: (see Note 11)									
Basic and diluted earnings per common unit	$	2.66		$	2.69		$	2.52	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in millions)

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Net income	$	5,876		$	5,970		$	5,657	
Other comprehensive income (loss):									
Cash flow hedges: (see Note 14)									
Commodity hedging derivative instruments:									
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges		285			115			93	
Reclassification of gains to net income		(192)			(178)			(110)	
Interest rate hedging derivative instruments:									
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges		14			(2)			(36)	
Reclassification of gains to net income		(7)			(6)			(5)	
Total cash flow hedges		100			(71)			(58)	
Total other comprehensive income (loss)		100			(71)			(58)	
Comprehensive income		5,976			5,899			5,599	
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests		(62)			(69)			(125)	
Comprehensive income attributable to preferred units (see Note 8)		(4)			(4)			(3)	
Comprehensive income attributable to common unitholders	$	5,910		$	5,826		$	5,471	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in millions)

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
		2025			2024			2023	
Operating activities:									
Net income	$	5,876		$	5,970		$	5,657	
Reconciliation of net income to net cash flow provided by operating activities:									
Depreciation and accretion		2,107			1,987			1,871	
Amortization of intangible assets		216			207			201	
Amortization of major maintenance costs for reaction-based plants		72			59			64	
Other amortization expense		228			220			207	
Impairment of assets other than goodwill (see Notes 2 and 4)		50			57			32	
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		(361)			(408)			(462)	
Distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates attributable to earnings		364			406			446	
Net losses (gains) attributable to asset sales and related matters		(14)			2			(10)	
Deferred income tax expense		46			45			12	
Change in fair market value of derivative instruments		16			(20)			33	
Non-cash expense related to long-term operating leases (see Note 17)		109			95			72	
Net effect of changes in operating accounts (see Note 19)		(124)			(506)			(555)	
Other operating activities		–		1			1	
Net cash flow provided by operating activities		8,585			8,115			7,569	
Investing activities:									
Capital expenditures		(5,620)			(4,544)			(3,266)	
Cash used for business combinations, net of cash received (see Note 12)		–		(949)			–	
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates		(2)			–		(2)	
Distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates attributable to the return of capital		74			77			42	
Proceeds from asset sales and other matters		82			14			42	
Other investing activities		(25)			(31)			(13)	
Net cash flow used in investing activities		(5,491)			(5,433)			(3,197)	
Financing activities:									
Borrowings under debt agreements		88,281			53,715			89,899	
Repayments of debt		(85,771)			(50,546)			(89,447)	
Debt issuance costs		(42)			(44)			(17)	
Monetization of interest rate derivative instruments (see Note 14)		14			(33)			21	
Cash distributions paid to common unitholders (see Note 8)		(4,678)			(4,512)			(4,301)	
Cash payments made in connection with distribution equivalent rights		(44)			(43)			(38)	
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests (see Note 8)		(93)			(106)			(160)	
Cash contributions from noncontrolling interests (see Note 8)		5			90			44	
Repurchase of common units under 2019 Buyback Program (see Note 8)		(300)			(219)			(188)	
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests		–		(400)			(10)	
Other financing activities		(59)			(66)			(61)	
Net cash flow used in financing activities		(2,687)			(2,164)			(4,258)	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash		407			518			114	
Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, January 1		838			320			206	
Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, December 31	$	1,245		$	838		$	320	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED EQUITY

(See Note 8 for Unit History, Accumulated Other Comprehensive

Income (Loss) and Noncontrolling Interests)

(Dollars in millions)

					Partners’ Equity										
										Noncontrolling				
		Common					Accumulated						
		Limited		Treasury		Other		Interests in				
		Partner				Comprehensive		Consolidated				
		Interests		Units		Income (Loss)		Subsidiaries		Total		
																
Balance, December 31, 2022	$	27,555		$	(1,297)		$	365		$	1,079		$	27,702		
Net income		5,529			–		–		125			5,654		
																
Cash distributions paid to common unitholders		(4,301)			–		–		–		(4,301)		
Cash payments made in connection with distribution equivalent rights		(38)			–		–		–		(38)		
																
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		(160)			(160)		
Cash contributions from noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		44			44		
																
Repurchase and cancellation of common units under 2019 Buyback																
Program		(188)			–		–		–		(188)		
Amortization of fair value of equity-based awards		170			–		–		–		170		
																
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests		(8)			–		–		(2)			(10)		
Cash flow hedges		–		–		(58)			–		(58)		
																
Other, net		(56)			–		–		–		(56)		
Balance, December 31, 2023		28,663			(1,297)			307			1,086			28,759		
																
Net income		5,897			–		–		69			5,966		
Cash distributions paid to common unitholders		(4,512)			–		–		–		(4,512)		
																
Cash payments made in connection with distribution equivalent rights		(43)			–		–		–		(43)		
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		(106)			(106)		
																
Cash contributions from noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		90			90		
Repurchase and cancellation of common units under 2019 Buyback																
Program		(219)			–		–		–		(219)		
																
Amortization of fair value of equity-based awards		187			–		–		–		187		
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests		(118)			–		–		(282)			(400)		
																
Cash flow hedges		–		–		(71)			–		(71)		
Other, net		(62)			–		–		–		(62)		
																
Balance, December 31, 2024		29,793			(1,297)			236			857			29,589		
Net income		5,810			–		–		62			5,872		
																
Cash distributions paid to common unitholders		(4,678)			–		–		–		(4,678)		
Cash payments made in connection with distribution equivalent rights		(44)			–		–		–		(44)		
																
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		(93)			(93)		
Cash contributions from noncontrolling interests		–		–		–		5			5		
																
Repurchase and cancellation of common units under 2019 Buyback																
Program		(300)			–		–		–		(300)		
Amortization of fair value of equity-based awards		196			–		–		–		196		
																
Cash flow hedges		–		–		100			–		100		
Other, net		(77)			–		–		–		(77)		
																
Balance, December 31, 2025	$	30,700		$	(1,297)		$	336		$	831		$	30,570		

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

KEY REFERENCES USED IN THESE

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” or “our” within these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are intended to mean the business and operations of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References to the “Partnership” or “Enterprise” mean Enterprise Products Partners L.P. on a standalone basis.

References to “EPO” mean Enterprise Products Operating LLC, which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and its consolidated subsidiaries, through which the Partnership conducts its business. We are managed by our general partner, Enterprise Products Holdings LLC (“Enterprise GP”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dan Duncan LLC, a privately held Texas limited liability company.

The membership interests of Dan Duncan LLC are owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“DD LLC Trustees”) of which are: (i) Randa Duncan Williams, who is also a director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Enterprise GP (the “Board”); (ii) Richard H. Bachmann, who is also a director and Vice Chairman of the Board; and (iii) W. Randall Fowler, who is also a director and a Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise GP. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as managers of Dan Duncan LLC.

References to “EPCO” mean Enterprise Products Company, a privately held Texas corporation, and its privately held affiliates. The outstanding voting capital stock of EPCO is owned by a voting trust, the current trustees (“EPCO Trustees”) of which are: (i) Ms. Duncan Williams, who serves as Chairman of EPCO; (ii) Mr. Bachmann, who serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of EPCO; and (iii) Mr. Fowler, who serves as an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of EPCO. Ms. Duncan Williams and Messrs. Bachmann and Fowler also currently serve as directors of EPCO.

We, Enterprise GP, EPCO and Dan Duncan LLC are affiliates under the collective common control of the DD LLC Trustees and the EPCO Trustees.

EPCO, together with its privately held affiliates, owned approximately 32.5% of the Partnership’s common units outstanding at December 31, 2025.

All statistical data (e.g., pipeline mileage, processing capacity and similar operating metrics) in these notes to consolidated financial statements are unaudited.

With the exception of per unit amounts, or as noted within the context of each disclosure, the dollar amounts presented in the tabular data within these disclosures are stated in millions of dollars.

F-9

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Partnership Organization and Operations

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, the common units of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “EPD.” Our preferred units are not publicly traded. We were formed in April 1998 to own and operate certain natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) related businesses of EPCO and are a leading North American provider of midstream energy services to producers and consumers of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products. We are owned by our limited partners (preferred and common unitholders) from an economic perspective. Enterprise GP, which owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, manages our Partnership. We conduct substantially all of our business operations through EPO and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our fully integrated, midstream energy asset network (or “value chain”) links producers of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil from some of the largest supply basins in the United States (“U.S.”), Canada and the Gulf of Mexico with domestic consumers and international markets. Our midstream energy operations include:

•	natural gas gathering, treating, processing, transportation and storage;

•	NGL transportation, fractionation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export liquefied petroleum gases (“LPG”) and ethane);

•	crude oil gathering, transportation, storage, and marine terminals;

•	propylene production facilities (including propane dehydrogenation (“PDH”) facilities), butane isomerization, octane enhancement, isobutane dehydrogenation (“iBDH”) and high purity isobutylene (“HPIB”) production facilities;

•	petrochemical and refined products transportation, storage, and marine terminals (including those used to export ethylene and polymer grade propylene (“PGP”)); and

•	a marine transportation business that operates on key U.S. inland and intracoastal waterway systems.

Like many publicly traded partnerships, we have no employees. All of our management, administrative and operating functions are performed by employees of EPCO pursuant to an administrative services agreement (the “ASA”) or by other service providers. See Note 15 for information regarding related party matters.

Our operations are reported under four business segments: NGL Pipelines & Services, Crude Oil Pipelines & Services, Natural Gas Pipelines & Services and Petrochemical & Refined Products Services. See Note 10 for additional information regarding our business segments.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Allowance for Credit Losses

We estimate our allowance for credit losses at each reporting date using a current expected credit loss model, which requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial assets (e.g., accounts receivable) based on historical experience with customers, current economic conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. We may also increase the allowance for credit losses in response to the specific identification of customers involved in bankruptcy proceedings and similar financial difficulties.

F-10

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents our allowance for credit losses activity for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Balance at beginning of period	$	38		$	35		$	54	
Charged to costs and expenses		–		3			1	
									
Deductions		(3)			–		(20)	
Balance at end of period	$	35		$	38		$	35	

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents represent unrestricted cash on hand and highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months from the date of purchase.

Restricted cash primarily represents amounts held in segregated bank accounts by our clearing brokers as margin in support of our commodity derivative instruments portfolio and related physical purchases and sales of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, refined products and power. Additional cash may be restricted to maintain our commodity derivative instruments portfolio as prices fluctuate or margin requirements change. See Note 14 for information regarding our derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the total of the amounts shown in the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows.

		December 31,		
						
	2025				2024	
						
Cash and cash equivalents	$	969		$	583	
Restricted cash		276			255	
						
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the Statements of Consolidated Cash						
Flows	$	1,245		$	838	

Consolidation Policy

Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our majority-owned subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest, after the elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions. We also consolidate other entities and ventures in which we possess a controlling financial interest as well as partnership interests where we are the sole general partner of the Partnership. We evaluate our financial interests in business enterprises to determine if they represent variable interest entities where we are the primary beneficiary. If such criteria are met, we consolidate the financial statements of such businesses with those of our own. Third party or affiliate ownership interests in our controlled subsidiaries are presented as noncontrolling interests. See Note 8 for information regarding noncontrolling interests.

If the entity is organized as a limited partnership or limited liability company and maintains separate ownership accounts, we account for our investment using the equity method if our ownership interest is between 3% and 50%, unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies. For all other types of investments, we apply the equity method of accounting if our ownership interest is between 20% and 50% and we exercise significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies. In consolidation, we eliminate our proportionate share of profits and losses from transactions with equity method unconsolidated affiliates to the extent such amounts remain on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (or those of our equity method investments) in inventory or similar accounts.

F-11

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date our consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to us but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Management has regular quarterly litigation reviews, including updates from legal counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise in judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against us or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, our management and legal counsel evaluate the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

We accrue an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a range of amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum of the range is accrued. We do not record a contingent liability when the likelihood of loss is probable but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated or when the likelihood of loss is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and the impact would be material to our consolidated financial statements, we disclose the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss.

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed. See Note 17 for additional information regarding our contingencies.

Current Assets and Current Liabilities

We present, as individual captions in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, all components of current assets and current liabilities that exceed 5% of total current assets and current liabilities, respectively.

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments such as futures, swaps, forward contracts and other arrangements to manage price risks associated with inventories, firm commitments, interest rates and certain anticipated future commodity transactions. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedged item must expose us to risk and the related derivative instrument must reduce the exposure to that risk and meet specific hedge documentation requirements related to designation dates, expectations for hedge effectiveness and the probability that hedged future transactions will occur as forecasted. We formally designate derivative instruments as hedges and document and assess their effectiveness at inception of the hedge and on a monthly basis thereafter. Forecasted transactions are evaluated for the probability of occurrence and are periodically back-tested once the forecasted period has passed to determine whether forecasted transactions are probable of occurring in the future.

We are required to recognize derivative instruments at fair value as either assets or liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets unless such instruments meet certain normal purchase/normal sale criteria. While all derivatives are required to be reported at fair value on the balance sheet, changes in fair value of derivative instruments are reported in different ways, depending on the nature and effectiveness of the hedging activities to which they relate. After meeting specified conditions, a qualified derivative may be designated as a total or partial hedge of:

•	Changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or an unrecognized firm commitment – In a fair value hedge, gains and losses for both the derivative instrument and the hedged item are recognized in income during the period of change.

•	Variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction – In a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the hedge is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and is reclassified to earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

An effective hedge relationship is one in which the change in fair value of a derivative instrument can be expected to offset 80% to 125% of the changes in fair value of a hedged item at inception and throughout the life of the hedging relationship. The effective portion of a hedge relationship is the amount by which the derivative instrument exactly offsets the change in fair value of the hedged item during the reporting period.

F-12

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A contract designated as a cash flow hedge of an anticipated transaction that is not probable of occurring is immediately recognized in earnings.

Certain of our derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, these instruments are accounted for using mark-to-market accounting.

For substantially all of our physical forward commodity derivative contracts, we apply the normal purchase/normal sale exception, whereby changes in the mark-to-market values of such contracts are not recognized in income. As a result, the revenues and expenses associated with such physical transactions are recognized during the period when volumes are physically delivered or received. Physical forward commodity contracts subject to this exception are evaluated for the probability of future delivery and certain of these physical forward commodity contracts are periodically back-tested once the forecasted period has passed to determine whether similar forward contracts are probable of physical delivery in the future. See Note 14 for additional information regarding our derivative instruments.

Environmental Costs

Environmental costs for remediation are accrued based on estimates of known remediation requirements. Such accruals are based on management’s best estimate of the ultimate cost to remediate a site and are adjusted as further information and circumstances develop. Those estimates may change substantially depending on information about the nature and extent of contamination, appropriate remediation technologies and regulatory approvals. Expenditures to mitigate or prevent future environmental contamination are capitalized. Ongoing environmental compliance costs are charged to expense as incurred. In accruing for environmental remediation liabilities, costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation are not discounted to their present value, unless the amount and timing of the expenditures are fixed or reliably determinable.

For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, our environmental reserves totaled $36 million and $9 million, respectively.

Estimates

Preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates that affect amounts presented in the financial statements. Our most significant estimates relate to (i) the useful lives and depreciation/amortization methods used for fixed and identifiable intangible assets; (ii) measurement of fair value and projections used in impairment testing of fixed and intangible assets (including goodwill); and (iii) revenue and expense accruals.

Actual results could differ materially from our estimates. On an ongoing basis, we review our estimates based on currently available information. Any changes in the facts and circumstances underlying our estimates may require us to update such estimates, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Our recurring and nonrecurring fair value estimates are based on either (i) actual market data or (ii) assumptions that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including estimates of risk, in the principal market of the asset or liability at a specified measurement date. Recognized valuation techniques (such as the income or market approaches) employ inputs such as contractual prices, quoted market prices or rates, operating costs, discount factors and business growth rates. These inputs may be either readily observable, corroborated by market data or generally unobservable. In developing our estimates of fair value, we endeavor to utilize the best information available and apply market-based data to the extent possible.

F-13

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A three-tier hierarchy has been established that classifies fair value amounts recognized in the financial statements based on the observability of inputs used to estimate such fair values. The hierarchy considers fair value amounts based on observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2 fair value measures) to be more reliable and predictable than those based primarily on unobservable inputs (Level 3 fair value measures). At each balance sheet reporting date, we categorize our financial assets and liabilities using this hierarchy. The characteristics of fair value amounts classified within each level of the hierarchy are described as follows:

•	Level 1 fair value measures. Level 1 fair values are based on quoted prices, which are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the measurement date. Active markets are defined as those in which transactions for identical assets or liabilities occur with sufficient frequency so as to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis (e.g., transactions on the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) and Intercontinental Exchange (“ICE”)). Our Level 1 fair values consist of financial assets and liabilities such as exchange-traded commodity derivative instruments.

•	Level 2 fair value measures. Level 2 fair values are based on pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets (a Level 1 fair value measure) and are either directly or indirectly observable as of the measurement date. Level 2 fair values include instruments that are valued using financial models or other appropriate valuation methodologies. Such financial models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, the time value of money, volatility factors, current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments and other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions (i) are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument; (ii) can be derived from observable data; or (iii) are validated by inputs other than quoted prices (e.g., interest rate and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals). Our Level 2 fair values primarily consist of commodity derivative instruments such as forwards, swaps and other instruments transacted on an exchange or over-the-counter and interest rate derivative instruments. The fair values of these derivative instruments are based on observable price quotes for similar products and locations. The fair value of our interest rate derivatives are determined using financial models that incorporate third-party yield curves for the same period as the future interest rate derivative settlements.

•	Level 3 fair value measures. Level 3 fair values are based on unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect management’s ideas about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). Unobservable inputs are based on the best information available to us in the circumstances, which might include our internally developed forecasts. Level 3 inputs are typically used in connection with internally developed valuation methodologies where we make our best estimate of fair value. Valuations using Level 3 inputs are reviewed and approved by members of senior management.

With regards to commodity derivatives, our Level 3 fair values primarily consist of the following commodity derivative instruments used to hedge various inventories and transportation capacities: (i) NGL, crude, natural gas, refined products and commercial energy-based contracts with terms greater than 36 months; (ii) over-the-counter options; and (iii) exchange traded options with terms greater than one year. In addition, we often rely on price quotes from reputable brokers who publish price quotes on certain products and compare these prices to other reputable brokers for the same products in the same markets whenever possible. These prices, when combined with data from our commodity derivative instruments, are used in our models to determine the fair value of such instruments.

Our nonrecurring fair value estimates are generally based on the income approach to fair value and reflect various Level 3 inputs. In many cases, there are no active markets (a Level 1 fair value measure) to rely on or other similar recent transactions (a Level 2 fair value measure) to compare to. Our nonrecurring fair value estimates often include management’s expectations of the residual market values for the underlying assets based on their knowledge and experience in the industry (a Level 3 fair value measure). Other examples of Level 3 inputs used in the valuation models include anticipated gross operating margins, throughput or processing volumes, utilization factors, sustaining capital expenditures, discount rates and business growth rates. When probability weights are used in cash flow modeling, the weights are generally obtained from management personnel having oversight responsibilities for the assets being tested.

F-14

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Impairment Testing

The following table summarizes our asset impairment charges by type as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Impairment charges reflected in operating costs and expenses:										

Property, plant and equipment	$	45		$	50		$	18		
Other (1)		5			7			12		
										
Total asset impairment charges in operating costs and expenses (2)		50			57			30		
Other property, plant and equipment impairment charges (3)		–		–		2		
										
Total asset impairment charges	$	50		$	57		$	32		

(1)	Primarily represents the write-down of surplus materials classified as “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(2)	Amounts presented are a component of “Third party and other costs” within the “Operating costs and expenses” section of our Statements of Consolidated Operations.

(3)	Amounts presented are a component of “Third party and other costs” within the “General and administrative costs” section of our Statements of Consolidated Operations.

The following information describes our accounting policies regarding impairment testing for major asset categories:

•	Impairment Testing for Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets, which consist of intangible assets with finite lives and property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets with carrying values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows are written down to their estimated fair values. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is deemed not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of undiscounted estimated cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the asset’s carrying value exceeds the sum of its undiscounted cash flows, a non-cash asset impairment charge equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value is recorded. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at a specified measurement date. We measure fair value using market price indicators or, in the absence of such data, appropriate valuation techniques. See Note 4 for information regarding impairment charges attributable to property, plant and equipment.

•	Impairment Testing for Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates. We evaluate our equity method investments for impairment when there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate there is a potential loss in value of the investment attributable to an other-than-temporary decline. Examples of such events or changes in circumstances include continuing operating losses of the entity and/or long-term negative changes in the entity’s industry. In the event we determine that the value of an investment is not recoverable due to an other-than-temporary decline, we record a non-cash impairment charge to adjust the carrying value of the investment to its estimated fair value. We did not record any non-cash impairment charges related to our equity method investments during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 or 2023. See Note 5 for information regarding our equity method investments.

•	Impairment Testing for Goodwill. Goodwill, which represents the cost of an acquired business in excess of the fair value of its net assets at the acquisition date, is subject to annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may not be recoverable. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit (or operating segment) level following guidance in ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” Goodwill impairment charges represent the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value (including its respective goodwill) exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.

F-15

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We determine the fair value of each reporting unit using accepted valuation techniques, primarily through the use of discounted cash flows (i.e., an income approach to fair value) supplemented by market-based assessments, if available. The estimated fair values of our reporting units incorporate assumptions regarding the future economic prospects of the assets and operations that comprise each reporting unit including: (i) discrete financial forecasts for the assets comprising the reporting unit, which, in turn, rely on management’s estimates of long-term operating margins, throughput volumes, capital investments and similar factors; (ii) long-term growth rates for the reporting unit’s cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period; and

(iii)	appropriate discount rates. The fair value estimates are based on Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. We believe that the assumptions we use in estimating reporting unit fair values are consistent with those that market participants would use in their fair value estimation process. However, due to uncertainties in the estimation process and volatility in the supply and demand for hydrocarbons and similar risk factors, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. Based on our most recent goodwill impairment test at December 31, 2025, the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units was substantially in excess of its carrying value (i.e., by at least 10%).

We did not record any non-cash goodwill impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 or 2023. See Note 6 for additional information regarding our goodwill.

Inventories

Inventories primarily consist of NGLs, petrochemicals, refined products, crude oil and natural gas volumes that are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We capitalize, as a cost of inventory, shipping and handling charges (e.g., pipeline transportation and storage fees) and other related costs associated with purchased volumes. As volumes are sold and delivered out of inventory, the cost of these volumes (including freight-in charges that have been capitalized as part of inventory cost) are charged to operating costs and expenses. Shipping and handling fees associated with products we sell and deliver to customers are charged to operating costs and expenses as incurred. See Note 3 for additional information regarding our inventories.

Leases

We account for our leases under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases, which requires substantially all leases be recorded on the balance sheet.

The standard includes two lessee accounting models, which results in a lease being classified as either a “finance” or “operating” lease based on whether the lessee effectively obtains control of the underlying asset during the lease term. A lease would be classified as a finance lease if it meets one of five classification criteria. By default, a lease that does not meet the criteria to be classified as a finance lease will be deemed an operating lease. Regardless of classification, the initial measurement of both lease types will result in the balance sheet recognition of a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset (representing a company’s right to use the underlying asset for a specified period of time) and a corresponding lease liability. The lease liability will be recognized at the present value of the future lease payments, and the ROU asset will equal the lease liability adjusted for any prepaid rent, lease incentives provided by the lessor, and any indirect costs.

The subsequent measurement of each type of lease varies. For finance leases, a lessee will amortize the ROU asset (generally on a straight-line basis in a manner similar to depreciation) and accrete the lease liability (as a component of interest expense) using the effective interest method. Operating leases will result in the recognition of a single lease expense amount that is recorded on a straight-line basis.

We do not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases, which are leases with a maximum term of 12 months or less and do not include a purchase option that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, and instead recognize lease payments on a straight-line basis. In addition, we combine lease and non-lease components relating to our office and warehouse leases, as applicable.

See Note 17 for our disclosures regarding our lease obligations.

F-16

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Expenditures for additions, improvements and other enhancements to property, plant and equipment are capitalized, and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs that do not extend asset life or add value are charged to expense as incurred. When property, plant and equipment assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in results of operations for the respective period.

We capitalize interest costs incurred on funds used to construct property, plant and equipment while the asset is in its construction phase. The capitalized interest is recorded as part of the asset to which it relates and is amortized over the asset’s estimated useful life as a component of depreciation expense. When capitalized interest is recorded, it reduces interest expense from what it would be otherwise.

In general, depreciation is the systematic and rational allocation of an asset’s cost, less its residual value (if any), to the periods it benefits. The majority of our property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method, which results in depreciation expense being incurred evenly over the life of an asset. Our estimate of depreciation expense incorporates management assumptions regarding the useful economic lives and residual values of our assets. Where appropriate, we use other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes.

Leasehold improvements are recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment. The cost of leasehold improvements is charged to earnings using the straight-line method over the shorter of (i) the remaining lease term or (ii) the estimated useful lives of the improvements. We consider renewal terms that are deemed reasonably assured when estimating remaining lease terms.

Our assumptions regarding the useful economic lives and residual values of our assets may change in response to new facts and circumstances, which would prospectively impact our depreciation expense amounts. Examples of such circumstances include, but are not limited to: (i) changes in laws and regulations that limit the estimated economic life of an asset; (ii) changes in technology that render an asset obsolete; (iii) changes in expected salvage values or (iv) significant changes in the forecast life of the applicable resource basins, if any.

Certain of our plant facilities undergo periodic planned outages for major maintenance activities. The method of accounting for these activities depends on whether the plant utilizes either a distillation-based or reaction-based process. Our natural gas processing plants, NGL fractionators, deisobutanizers, propylene splitters and similar facilities utilize thermal distillation processes to separate hydrocarbons into more useful components. Our reaction-based plants, which primarily include our PDH, isomerization and octane enhancement facilities, utilize catalysts to facilitate chemical reactions that convert lower value hydrocarbons into higher value products. We use the expense-as-incurred method to account for the planned major maintenance activities of distillation-based plants. For reaction-based plants, we use the deferral method when accounting for major maintenance activities. Under the deferral method, major maintenance costs are capitalized and amortized over the period until the next major overhaul project.

With regard to the planned major maintenance activities of our marine transportation assets and underground storage caverns, we continue to use the deferral method to account for such costs.

Asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets that result from their acquisition, construction, development and/or normal operation. When an ARO is incurred, we record a liability for the ARO and capitalize an equal amount as an increase in the carrying value of the related long-lived asset. ARO amounts are measured at their estimated fair value using expected present value techniques. Over time, the ARO liability is accreted to its present value (through accretion expense) and the capitalized amount is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related long-lived asset. We will incur a gain or loss to the extent that our ARO liabilities are not settled at their recorded amounts.

See Note 4 for additional information regarding our property, plant and equipment and AROs.

F-17

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Revenues

Substantially all of our revenues are accounted for under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, however, to a limited extent, some revenues are accounted for under other guidance such as ASC 842, Leases, ASC 845, Nonmonetary Transactions, or ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging Activities.

The core principle of ASC 606 is that a company should recognize revenue in a manner that fairly depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration the company expects to receive for those goods or services. We apply this core principle by following five key steps outlined in ASC 606: (i) identify the contract; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. Each of these steps involves management judgment and an analysis of the contract’s material terms and conditions.

Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue when or as we satisfy our performance obligation to the customer. In situations where we have recognized revenue, but have a conditional right to consideration (based on something other than the passage of time) from the customer, we recognize unbilled revenue (a contract asset) on our consolidated balance sheet. Unbilled revenue is reclassified to accounts receivable when we have an unconditional right of payment from the customer. Payments received from customers in advance of the period in which we satisfy a performance obligation are recorded as deferred revenue (a contract liability) on our consolidated balance sheet.

Our revenue streams are derived from the sale of products and providing midstream services. Revenues from the sale of products are recognized at a point in time, which represents the transfer of control (and the satisfaction of our performance obligation under the contract) to the customer. From that point forward, the customer is able to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from its use of, the products. With respect to midstream services (e.g., interruptible transportation), we satisfy our performance obligations over time and recognize revenues when the services are provided and the customer receives the benefits based on an output measure of volumes redelivered. We believe this measure is a faithful depiction of the transfer of control for midstream services since there is (i) an insignificant period of time between the receipt of customers’ volumes and their subsequent redelivery, and (ii) it is not possible to individually track and differentiate customers’ inventories as they traverse our facilities. For stand-ready performance obligations (e.g., a storage capacity reservation contract), we recognize revenues over time on a straight-line basis as time elapses over the term of the contract. We believe that these approaches accurately depict the transfer of benefits to the customer.

Customers are invoiced for products purchased or services rendered when we have an unconditional right to consideration under the associated contract. The consideration we are entitled to invoice may be either fixed, variable or a combination of both. Examples of fixed consideration would be fixed payments from customers under take-or-pay arrangements, storage capacity reservation agreements and firm transportation contracts. Variable consideration represents payments from customers that are based on factors that fluctuate (or vary) based on volumes, prices or both. Examples of variable consideration include interruptible transportation agreements, market-indexed product sales contracts and the value of NGLs we retain under natural gas processing agreements. The terms of our billings are typical of the industry for the products we sell.

Under certain midstream service agreements, customers are required to provide a minimum volume over an agreed-upon period with a provision that allows the customer to make-up any volume shortfalls over an agreed-upon period (referred to as “make-up rights”). Revenue pursuant to such agreements is initially deferred and subsequently recognized when either the make-up rights are exercised, the likelihood of the customer exercising the rights becomes remote, or we are otherwise released from the performance obligation.

Customers may contribute funds to us to help offset the construction costs related to pipeline construction activities and production well tie-ins. These receipts are recognized as additional service revenues over the term of the associated midstream services provided to the customer.

For those contracts under which we have the ability to invoice the customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of the performance obligation completed to date, we recognize revenue as we have the right to invoice.

See Note 9 regarding our revenue disclosures.

F-18

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Inventories

Our inventory amounts by product type were as follows at the dates indicated:

NGLs

Petrochemicals and refined products

Crude oil

Natural gas

Total

December 31,

	2025			2024	
					
$	2,923		$	2,768	
	665			652	
	288			523	
	8			12	
					
$	3,884		$	3,955	

In those instances where we take ownership of inventory volumes through percent-of-liquids contracts and similar arrangements (as opposed to outright purchases from third parties for cash), these volumes are valued at market-based prices during the month in which they are acquired.

The following table presents our total cost of sales amounts and lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Cost of sales (1)	$	38,566		$	42,580		$	37,023	
Lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments recognized in cost of sales		19			9			31	

(1)	Cost of sales is a component of “Operating costs and expenses,” as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Operations. Fluctuations in these amounts are primarily due to changes in energy commodity prices and sales volumes associated with our marketing activities.

Due to fluctuating commodity prices, we recognize lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments when the carrying value of our available-for-sale inventories exceeds their net realizable value. These non-cash charges are a component of cost of sales in the period they are recognized. To the extent our commodity hedging strategies address inventory-related price risks and are successful, these inventory valuation adjustments are mitigated or offset. See Note 14 for a description of our commodity hedging activities.

F-19

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4. Property, Plant and Equipment

The historical costs of our property, plant and equipment and related balances were as follows at the dates indicated:

	Estimated		December 31,			
	Useful Life					
								
	in Years		2025			2024		
Plants, pipelines and facilities (1)(5)	3-45		$	66,498		$	60,716		
Underground and other storage facilities (2)(6)	5-40			4,871			4,704		
									
Transportation equipment (3)	3-10			294			272		
Marine vessels (4)	15-30			970			949		
									
Land				439			424		
Construction in progress				2,400			4,138		
									
Subtotal				75,472			71,203		
Less accumulated depreciation				24,338			22,330		
									
Subtotal property, plant and equipment, net				51,134			48,873		
Capitalized major maintenance costs for reaction-based plants, net of accumulated amortization (7)				225			189		
									
Property, plant and equipment, net			$	51,359		$	49,062		

(1)	Plants, pipelines and facilities include distillation-based and reaction-based plants; NGL, natural gas, crude oil and petrochemical and refined products pipelines; terminal loading and unloading facilities; buildings; office furniture and equipment; laboratory and shop equipment and related assets.
(2)	Underground and other storage facilities include underground product storage caverns; above ground storage tanks; water wells and related assets.

(3)	Transportation equipment includes tractor-trailer tank trucks and other vehicles and similar assets used in our operations.

(4)	Marine vessels include tow boats, barges and related equipment used in our marine transportation business.

(5)	In general, the estimated useful lives of major assets within this category are: distillation-based and reaction-based plants, 20-35 years; pipelines and related equipment, 5-45 years; terminal facilities, 10-35 years; buildings, 20-40 years; office furniture and equipment, 3-20 years; and laboratory and shop equipment, 5-35 years.
(6)	In general, the estimated useful lives of assets within this category are: underground storage facilities, 5-35 years; storage tanks, 10-40 years; and water wells, 5-35 years.

(7)	For reaction-based plants, we use the deferral method when accounting for major maintenance activities. Under the deferral method, major maintenance costs are capitalized and amortized over the period until the next major overhaul project. On a weighted-average basis, the expected remaining amortization period for these costs is 2.5 years.

The following table summarizes our depreciation expense and capitalized interest amounts for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
								
	2025				2024		2023	
								
Depreciation expense (1)	$	2,087		$	1,974	$	1,860	
Capitalized interest (2)		182			121		106	

(1)	Depreciation expense is a component of “Third party and other costs” within “Costs and expenses” as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Operations.

(2)	Capitalized interest is a component of “Interest expense” as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Operations.

Sale of Undivided Joint Interest in Bahia NGL Pipeline

In December 2025, we completed the sale of a 40% undivided joint interest in our Bahia NGL Pipeline to ExxonMobil for approximately $655 million in cash. This divestiture will enhance the utilization of our Bahia NGL Pipeline and integrated value chain by connecting our Delaware Basin natural gas processing facilities and one of the largest producers in the basin to our downstream infrastructure, while simultaneously enabling us to optimize our capital spending program. As a result of this sale, we proportionately consolidate our 60% undivided joint interest in the Bahia NGL Pipeline, and the related operating results are reported within our NGL Pipelines & Services business segment.

No gain or loss was recorded on the disposal as the transaction price equaled the carrying value of the assets transferred to ExxonMobil. The cash consideration is payable in two installments, with $60 million received in December 2025 and the remaining approximately $595 million collected in January 2026. The amount due from ExxonMobil at December 31, 2025 is reflected as a component of “Prepaid and other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-20

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Asset Retirement Obligations

We record AROs in connection with legal requirements to perform specified retirement activities under contractual arrangements and/or governmental regulations. Our contractual AROs primarily result from right-of-way agreements associated with our pipeline operations and property leases associated with our plant sites. In addition, we record AROs in connection with governmental regulations associated with the abandonment or retirement of above-ground brine storage pits and certain marine vessels. We also record AROs in connection with regulatory requirements associated with the renovation or demolition of certain assets containing hazardous substances such as asbestos. We typically fund our AROs using cash flow from operations.

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2025 and 2024 includes $141 million and $134 million, respectively, of asset retirement costs capitalized as an increase in the associated long-lived asset.

The following table presents information regarding our AROs for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
ARO liability beginning balance	$	265		$	225		$	234	
Liabilities incurred (1)		10			1			5	
									
Revisions in estimated cash flows (2)		1			30			(12)	
Liabilities settled (3)		(6)			(4)			(13)	
									
Accretion expense (4)		20			13			11	
ARO liability ending balance	$	290		$	265		$	225	

(1)	Represents the initial recognition of estimated ARO liabilities during the period.

(2)	Represents subsequent adjustments to estimated ARO liabilities during the period.

(3)	Represents cash payments to settle ARO liabilities during the period.

(4)	Represents net change in ARO liability balance attributable to the passage of time and other adjustments, including true-up amounts associated with revised closure estimates.

Of the $290 million total ARO liability recorded at December 31, 2025, $5 million was reflected as a current liability and $285 million as a long-term liability.

The following table presents our forecast of ARO-related accretion expense for the years indicated:

2026			2027			2028				2029			2030	
														
$	17		$	18		$	19		$	20		$	21	

Impairments of Property, Plant and Equipment

The following table presents our non-cash asset impairment charges involving property, plant and equipment by business segment for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
NGL Pipelines & Services	$	14		$	28		$	12	
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		4			–		1	
									
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		11			7			5	
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		16			15			2	
									
Total impairment charges for property, plant and equipment	$	45		$	50		$	20	

Our impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 are attributable to the complete write-off of assets that are no longer expected to be used or constructed.

F-21

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5. Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

The following table presents our investments in unconsolidated affiliates by business segment at the dates indicated. We account for these investments using the equity method.

	Ownership							
	Interest at		December 31,			
	December 31,					
								
	2025			2025			2024		
NGL Pipelines & Services:									

Venice Energy Service Company, L.L.C. (“VESCO”)	13.1%		$	24		$	24		
K/D/S Promix, L.L.C. (“Promix”)	50%			21			22		
									
Baton Rouge Fractionators LLC (“BRF”)	32.2%			12			12		
Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (“Skelly-Belvieu”)	50%			21			25		
									
Texas Express Pipeline LLC (“Texas Express”)	35%			287			299		
Texas Express Gathering LLC (“TEG”)	45%			32			33		
									
Front Range Pipeline LLC (“Front Range”)	33.3%			175			183		
Total NGL Pipelines & Services				572			598		
									
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services:									
Seaway Crude Holdings LLC (“Seaway”)	50%			1,120			1,147		
									
Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC (“Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline”)	50%			351			368		
Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC (“Eagle Ford Corpus Christi”)	50%			110			113		
									
Total Crude Oil Pipelines & Services				1,581			1,628		
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services:									
									
White River Hub, LLC (“White River Hub”)	50%			16			16		
Old Ocean Pipeline, LLC (“Old Ocean”)	50%			15			14		
									
Total Natural Gas Pipelines & Services				31			30		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services:									
									
Baton Rouge Propylene Concentrator LLC (“BRPC”)	30%			1			1		
Transport 4, LLC (“Transport 4”) (1)				–		2		
									
Total Petrochemical & Refined Products Services				1			3		
Total investments in unconsolidated affiliates			$	2,185		$	2,259		

(1)	In June 2025, we sold our 25% membership interest in Transport 4 to third parties for cash proceeds of $8 million and recorded a $6 million gain.

NGL Pipelines & Services

The principal business activity of each investee included in our NGL Pipelines & Services segment is described as follows:

•	VESCO owns the Venice natural gas processing facility and a related gathering system located in south Louisiana.

•	Promix owns an NGL fractionation facility and a related gathering system located in south Louisiana.

•	BRF owns an NGL fractionation facility located in south Louisiana.

•	Skelly-Belvieu owns a pipeline that transports mixed NGLs from Skellytown, Texas to Chambers County, Texas.

•	Texas Express owns an NGL pipeline that extends from Skellytown, Texas to our Chambers County NGL fractionation and storage complex. Mixed NGLs from the Rocky Mountains, Permian Basin and Mid-Continent regions are delivered to the Texas Express Pipeline via an interconnect with our Mid-America Pipeline System near Skellytown. In addition, the Texas Express Pipeline transports mixed NGLs gathered by Texas Express Gathering System. Also, mixed NGLs originating from the Denver-Julesburg (“DJ”) Basin in Colorado are transported to the Texas Express Pipeline using the Front Range Pipeline.

•	TEG owns two NGL gathering systems that deliver mixed NGLs to the Texas Express Pipeline.

F-22

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

•	Front Range owns an NGL pipeline that transports mixed NGLs from natural gas processing facilities located in the DJ Basin to an interconnect with our Texas Express Pipeline and Mid-America Pipeline System and other third party facilities near Skellytown, Texas.

Crude Oil Pipelines & Services

The principal business activity of each investee included in our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services segment is described as follows:

•	Seaway owns a crude oil pipeline system that connects the Cushing, Oklahoma hub, which is a major industry trading hub and price settlement point for West Texas Intermediate on the NYMEX, with markets in Southeast Texas. The Seaway Pipeline is comprised of the Longhaul System, the Freeport System and the Texas City System.

•	Eagle Ford Crude Oil Pipeline owns a pipeline that transports crude oil and condensate for producers in South Texas. The system originates in Gardendale, Texas and extends to Corpus Christi, Texas. The system interconnects with our South Texas Crude Oil Pipeline System and a marine terminal owned by Eagle Ford Corpus Christi.

•	Eagle Ford Corpus Christi owns a marine crude oil terminal located in Corpus Christi, Texas that can load ocean-going vessels with either crude oil or condensate.

Natural Gas Pipelines & Services

The principal business activity of each investee included in our Natural Gas Pipelines & Services segment is described as follows:

•	White River Hub owns a natural gas hub facility serving producers in the Piceance Basin of northwest Colorado.

•	Old Ocean owns a natural gas pipeline that extends from near Maypearl, Texas to Sweeny, Texas.

Petrochemical & Refined Products Services

The principal business activity of the investee included in our Petrochemical & Refined Products Services segment is described as follows:

•	BRPC owns a propylene fractionation facility located in south Louisiana.

Equity Earnings

The following table presents our equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates by business segment for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
NGL Pipelines & Services	$	83		$	117		$	133	
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		271			285			320	
									
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		5			5			6	
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		2			1			3	
									
Total	$	361		$	408		$	462	

F-23

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes our intangible assets by business segment at the dates indicated:

				December 31, 2025							December 31, 2024				
																
	Gross				Accumulated		Carrying		Gross		Accumulated		Carrying		
	Value				Amortization		Value		Value		Amortization		Value		
NGL Pipelines & Services:																			

Customer relationship intangibles	$	449		$	(289)		$	160		$	449		$	(276)		$	173		
Contract-based intangibles		1,050			(177)			873			754			(141)			613		
																			
Segment total		1,499			(466)			1,033			1,203			(417)			786		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services:																			
																			
Customer relationship intangibles		2,195			(710)			1,485			2,195			(627)			1,568		
Contract-based intangibles		283			(280)			3			283			(278)			5		
																			
Segment total		2,478			(990)			1,488			2,478			(905)			1,573		
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services:																			
																			
Customer relationship intangibles		1,351			(700)			651			1,351			(663)			688		
Contract-based intangibles		1,150			(265)			885			1,081			(227)			854		
																			
Segment total		2,501			(965)			1,536			2,432			(890)			1,542		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services:																			
																			
Customer relationship intangibles		181			(99)			82			181			(92)			89		
Contract-based intangibles		50			(30)			20			45			(30)			15		
																			
Segment total		231			(129)			102			226			(122)			104		
Total intangible assets	$	6,709		$	(2,550)		$	4,159		$	6,339		$	(2,334)		$	4,005		

The following table presents the amortization expense of our intangible assets by business segment for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
NGL Pipelines & Services	$	49		$	44		$	40	
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		85			100			103	
									
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		75			56			51	
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		7			7			7	
									
Total	$	216		$	207		$	201	

The following table presents our forecast of amortization expense associated with existing intangible assets for the years indicated:

2026			2027			2028				2029			2030	
														
$	224		$	225		$	221		$	217		$	217	

Customer relationship intangible assets

Customer relationship intangible assets represent the estimated economic value assigned to commercial relationships acquired in connection with business combinations. Our customer relationship intangible assets are classified as either (i) basin-specific or (ii) general. Basin-specific customer relationships represent access to customers associated with a defined resource basin (e.g., customers using a natural gas gathering system serving a specific production field) and is analogous to having a franchise in a particular area. General customer relationships are associated with customers whose hydrocarbon volumes are not attributable to specific resource basins (e.g., customers at a marine terminal that handles volumes originating from multiple sources).

F-24

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The estimated fair value of each customer relationship intangible asset was determined at the time of acquisition using a discounted cash flow analysis, which incorporates various assumptions regarding the acquired business. The assumptions may include Level 3 fair value inputs, including long-range cash flow forecasts that extend for the estimated economic life of the hydrocarbon resource base served by the asset network, anticipated service contract renewals, resource base depletion rates and expected customer attrition rates.

The recognition of customer relationships are supported by a variety of factors. In general, midstream infrastructure requires a significant investment, both in terms of initial construction costs and ongoing maintenance, and is generally supported by long-term contracts that establish a customer base. The level of expenditures and regulatory requirements involved in constructing new midstream asset networks can create significant economic barriers to entry that may limit potential competition. Furthermore, efficient, continuous operation of the acquired fixed assets not only supports the commercial relationships existing at the time of the acquisition, but it provides us with opportunities to establish new ones. These factors support the long-term value attributed to our customer relationship intangible assets.

With respect to amortization periods, the duration of a basin-specific customer relationship is limited to the estimated economic life of the associated resource basin. The duration of our other customer relationships is typically limited to the term of the underlying service contracts, including assumed renewals. Amortization expense attributable to customer relationships is recorded in a manner that closely resembles the pattern in which we expect to benefit from such relationships.

At December 31, 2025, the carrying value of our portfolio of customer relationship intangible assets was $2.4 billion, the principal components of which were as follows:

	Weighted										
	Average					December 31, 2025				
	Remaining									
											
	Amortization		Gross		Accumulated		Carrying		
	Period		Value		Amortization		Value		
Basin-specific customer relationships:												

EFS Midstream (acquired 2015)	16.4 years	$	1,410		$	(461)		$	949		
State Line and Fairplay (acquired 2010)	21.2 years		895			(356)			539		
												
San Juan Gathering (acquired 2004)	13.8 years		331			(280)			51		
General customer relationships:												
												
Oiltanking (acquired 2014)	18.0 years		1,193			(386)			807		

•	The EFS Midstream customer relationships provide us with long-term access to condensate and natural gas producers in the Eagle Ford Shale served by our EFS Midstream System. The EFS Midstream System provides condensate gathering and processing services along with gathering, treating and compression services for associated natural gas.

•	The State Line and Fairplay customer relationships provide us with long-term access to natural gas producers served by our Haynesville and Fairplay Gathering Systems. The Haynesville Gathering System gathers and treats natural gas produced from the Haynesville and Bossier Shale supply basins and the Cotton Valley and Taylor Sand formations in Louisiana and East Texas. The Fairplay Gathering System gathers natural gas produced from the Cotton Valley formation in East Texas.

•	The San Juan Gathering customer relationships provide us with long-term access to natural gas producers in the San Juan Basin served by our San Juan Gathering System.

•	The Oiltanking customer relationships provide us with long-term access to crude oil and refined products storage and terminal customers served at our Houston Ship Channel and Beaumont, Texas terminals.

F-25

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contract-based intangible assets

Contract-based intangible assets represent specific commercial rights we acquired in connection with acquisitions. These intangible assets are typically valued using an income approach that incorporate the terms of the agreements. At December 31, 2025, the carrying value of our portfolio of contract-based intangible assets was $1.8 billion, the principal components of which were as follows:

	Weighted										
	Average					December 31, 2025				
	Remaining									
											
	Amortization		Gross		Accumulated		Carrying		
	Period		Value		Amortization		Value		
												
Midland Basin customer contracts (acquired 2022)	26.0 years	$	989		$	(113)		$	876		
Pinon Midstream customer contracts (acquired 2024)	23.0 years		435			(19)			416		
												
Midland Basin Oxy customer contract (acquired 2025)	23.0 years		360			(5)			355		
Jonah natural gas gathering agreements (acquired 2001)	16.0 years		224			(189)			35		
												
Delaware Basin natural gas processing contracts (acquired 2018)	2.1 years		82			(66)			16		

•	The Midland Basin customer contracts, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of Navitas Midstream Partners, LLC (“Navitas Midstream”) in February 2022, represents the estimated value we assigned to the acquired long-term contracts with customers that dedicate future lease production to our system. Amortization expense attributable to these contracts is recorded using a units-of-production method based on gathering volumes.

•	The Pinon Midstream customer contracts, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of Pinon Midstream, LLC (“Pinon Midstream”) in October 2024, represents the estimated value we assigned to the acquired long-term contracts with customers that are expected to renew at similar commercial terms. Amortization expense attributable to these contracts is recorded using a units-of-production method based on gathering volumes.

•	The Midland Basin Oxy customer contract, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of an affiliate of Occidental Petroleum Corporation (“Oxy”) in August 2025, represents the estimated value we assigned to the long-term gathering and processing services agreement with Oxy that is expected to renew at similar commercial terms. Amortization expense attributable to this agreement is recorded on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the underlying contract.

•	The Jonah natural gas gathering agreements represent the estimated value we assigned to natural gas gathering contracts acquired in 2001 associated with the Jonah Gathering System. Amortization expense attributable to these intangible assets is recorded using a units-of-production method based on gathering volumes.

•	The Delaware Basin natural gas processing contracts represent the estimated value we assigned to natural gas processing contracts we acquired in 2018 in connection with our step acquisition of the remaining 50% member interest in Delaware Basin Gas Processing LLC. Amortization expense attributable to these contracts is recorded using a straight-line approach over the terms of the underlying contracts.

F-26

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of their net assets at acquisition. The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by business segment during the years indicated:

										Petrochemical						
	NGL			Crude Oil			Natural Gas			& Refined				Consolidated		
	Pipelines			Pipelines			Pipelines			Products						
	& Services			& Services			& Services			Services				Total		
																
Balance at December 31, 2023 (1)	$	2,811		$	1,841		$	–	$	956		$	5,608		
Goodwill related to acquisition (2)		29			–		75			–		104		
																
Balance at December 31, 2024 (1)		2,840			1,841			75			956			5,712		
Balance at December 31, 2025 (1)	$	2,840		$	1,841		$	75		$	956		$	5,712		

(1)	Balances are presented net of historical accumulated impairment losses of $296 million for the Natural Gas Pipelines & Service segment and $1 million for the Petrochemical & Refined Products Services segment. There have been no goodwill impairment charges recognized for the reporting units within the NGL Pipelines & Services and Crude Oil Pipelines & Services segments.
(2)	This amount represents the goodwill recognized in connection with our acquisition of Pinon Midstream in October 2024. In general, we attribute this goodwill to our ability to expand the acquired sour gas gathering and treating system as well as our ability to leverage the acquired business with our existing NGL asset base to create future business opportunities.

F-27

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Debt Obligations

The following table presents our consolidated debt obligations (arranged by company and maturity date) at the dates indicated:

		December 31,		
						
	2025				2024	
EPO senior debt obligations:						
						
Commercial Paper Notes, variable-rates	$	–	$	–	
Senior Notes MM, 3.75% fixed-rate, due February 2025		–		1,150	
						
Senior Notes FFF, 5.05% fixed-rate, due January 2026		750			750	
Senior Notes PP, 3.70% fixed-rate, due February 2026		875			875	
						
March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, variable-rate, due March 2026 (1)		–		–	
Senior Notes HHH, 4.60% fixed-rate, due January 2027		1,000			1,000	
						
Senior Notes SS, 3.95% fixed-rate, due February 2027		575			575	
Senior Notes LLL, 4.30% fixed-rate, due June 2028		800			–	
						
Senior Notes WW, 4.15% fixed-rate, due October 2028		1,000			1,000	
Senior Notes YY, 3.125% fixed-rate, due July 2029		1,250			1,250	
						
Senior Notes AAA, 2.80% fixed-rate, due January 2030		1,250			1,250	
March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, variable-rate, due March 2030 (2)		–		–	
						
Senior Notes MMM, 4.60% fixed-rate, due January 2031		1,350			–	
Senior Notes GGG, 5.35% fixed-rate, due January 2033		1,000			1,000	
						
Senior Notes D, 6.875% fixed-rate, due March 2033		500			500	
Senior Notes III, 4.85% fixed-rate, due January 2034		1,000			1,000	
						
Senior Notes H, 6.65% fixed-rate, due October 2034		350			350	
Senior Notes JJJ 4.95% fixed-rate, due February 2035		1,100			1,100	
						
Senior Notes J, 5.75% fixed-rate, due March 2035		250			250	
Senior Notes NNN, 5.20% fixed-rate, due January 2036		1,500			–	
						
Senior Notes W, 7.55% fixed-rate, due April 2038		400			400	
Senior Notes R, 6.125% fixed-rate, due October 2039		600			600	
						
Senior Notes Z, 6.45% fixed-rate, due September 2040		600			600	
Senior Notes BB, 5.95% fixed-rate, due February 2041		750			750	
						
Senior Notes DD, 5.70% fixed-rate, due February 2042		600			600	
Senior Notes EE, 4.85% fixed-rate, due August 2042		750			750	
						
Senior Notes GG, 4.45% fixed-rate, due February 2043		1,100			1,100	
Senior Notes II, 4.85% fixed-rate, due March 2044		1,400			1,400	
						
Senior Notes KK, 5.10% fixed-rate, due February 2045		1,150			1,150	
Senior Notes QQ, 4.90% fixed-rate, due May 2046		975			975	
						
Senior Notes UU, 4.25% fixed-rate, due February 2048		1,250			1,250	
Senior Notes XX, 4.80% fixed-rate, due February 2049		1,250			1,250	
						
Senior Notes ZZ, 4.20% fixed-rate, due January 2050		1,250			1,250	
Senior Notes BBB, 3.70% fixed-rate, due January 2051		1,000			1,000	
						
Senior Notes DDD, 3.20% fixed-rate, due February 2052		1,000			1,000	
Senior Notes EEE, 3.30% fixed-rate, due February 2053		1,000			1,000	
						
Senior Notes NN, 4.95% fixed-rate, due October 2054		400			400	
Senior Notes KKK, 5.55% fixed-rate, due February 2055		1,400			1,400	
						
Senior Notes CCC, 3.95% fixed-rate, due January 2060		1,000			1,000	
Total principal amount of senior debt obligations		32,425			29,925	
						
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes C, variable-rate, due June 2067 (3)		232			232	
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes D, variable-rate, due August 2077 (4)		350			350	
						
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes E, fixed/variable-rate, due August 2077 (5)		1,000			1,000	
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes F, fixed/variable-rate, due February 2078 (6)		700			700	
						
Total principal amount of senior and junior debt obligations		34,707			32,207	
Other, non-principal amounts		(312)			(311)	
						
Less current maturities of debt		(1,625)			(1,150)	
Total long-term debt	$	32,770		$	30,746	

(1)	Under the terms of the agreement, EPO may borrow up to $1.5 billion (which may be increased by up to $200 million to $1.7 billion at EPO’s election provided certain conditions are met).

(2)	Under the terms of the agreement, EPO may borrow up to $2.7 billion (which may be increased by up to $500 million to $3.2 billion at EPO’s election provided certain conditions are met).
(3)	Variable rate is reset quarterly and based on 3-month Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus (a) a 0.26161% tenor spread adjustment and (b) 2.778%.
(4)	Variable rate is reset quarterly and based on 3-month CME Term SOFR plus (a) a 0.26161% tenor spread adjustment and (b) 2.986%.

(5)	Fixed rate of 5.250% through August 15, 2027; thereafter, a variable rate reset quarterly and based on 3-month CME Term SOFR plus (a) a 0.26161% tenor spread adjustment and (b) 3.033%.
(6)	Fixed rate of 5.375% through February 14, 2028; thereafter, a variable rate reset quarterly and based on 3-month CME Term SOFR plus (a) a 0.26161% tenor spread adjustment and (b) 2.57%.

F-28

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Variable Interest Rates

The following table presents the range of interest rates and weighted-average interest rates paid on our consolidated variable-rate debt during the year ended December 31, 2025:

	Range of Interest	Weighted-Average	
	Rates Paid	Interest Rate Paid	
			
Commercial Paper Notes	4.00% to 4.68%	4.50%	
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes C	6.83% to 7.51%	7.30%	
			
EPO Junior Subordinated Notes D	7.10% to 7.73%	7.50%	

Amounts borrowed under EPO’s March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement and March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest, at EPO’s election, equal to: (i) SOFR, plus an additional variable spread; or (ii) an alternate base rate, which is the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%, or (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for an interest period of one month in effect on such day plus 1%, and a variable spread. The applicable spreads are determined based on EPO's debt ratings.

Scheduled Maturities of Debt

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of principal amounts of EPO’s consolidated debt obligations at December 31, 2025 for the next five years, and in total thereafter:

											Scheduled Maturities of Debt							
		Total																			
				2026			2027			2028			2029			2030			Thereafter		
																						
Senior Notes	$	32,425		$	1,625		$	1,575		$	1,800		$	1,250		$	1,250		$	24,925		
Junior Subordinated Notes		2,282			–		–		–		–		–		2,282		
																						
Total	$	34,707		$	1,625		$	1,575		$	1,800		$	1,250		$	1,250		$	27,207		

EPO Debt Obligations

Commercial Paper Notes

EPO maintains a commercial paper program under which it may issue (and have outstanding at any time) up to $3.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of short-term notes. As a back-stop to the program, we intend to maintain a minimum aggregate available borrowing capacity under EPO’s revolving credit facilities equal to the aggregate amount outstanding under our commercial paper notes. All commercial paper notes issued under the program are senior unsecured obligations of EPO that are unconditionally guaranteed by the Partnership. As of December 31, 2025, EPO had no short-term notes outstanding under its commercial paper program.

March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement

In March 2025, EPO entered into a new 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement (the “March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement”) that replaced its prior 364-day revolving credit agreement. As of December 31, 2025, there were no principal amounts outstanding under the March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement.

Under the terms of the March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, EPO may borrow up to $1.5 billion (which may be increased by up to $200 million to $1.7 billion at EPO’s election, provided certain conditions are met) at a variable interest rate for a term of up to 364 days, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. To the extent that principal amounts are outstanding at the maturity date, EPO may elect to have the entire principal balance then outstanding continued as non-revolving term loans for a period of one additional year, payable in March 2027. Borrowings under the March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general company purposes.

F-29

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants (affirmative and negative) and events of default, the occurrence of which would permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity date of any amounts borrowed under this credit agreement. The March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement also restricts EPO’s ability to pay cash distributions to the Partnership, if an event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) has occurred and is continuing at the time such distribution is scheduled to be paid or would result therefrom.

EPO’s obligations under the March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement are not secured by any collateral; however, they are guaranteed by the Partnership.

The March 2025 $1.5 Billion 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement is scheduled to mature in March 2026. EPO expects to renew this credit agreement during the first quarter of 2026.

March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement

In March 2023, EPO entered into a new revolving credit agreement that we amended in March 2025 to extend its maturity date from March 2028 to March 2030 (the “March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement”). As of December 31, 2025, there were no principal amounts outstanding under the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement.

Under the terms of the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, EPO may borrow up to $2.7 billion (which may be increased by up to $500 million to $3.2 billion at EPO’s election, provided certain conditions are met) at a variable interest rate for a term of five years, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. The March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement matures in March 2030, although the maturity date may be extended at EPO’s request (up to two requests) for a one-year extension of the maturity date by delivering a request prior to the maturity date and with the consent of required lenders as set forth under the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general company purposes.

The March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants (affirmative and negative) and events of default, the occurrence of which would permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity date of any amounts borrowed under this credit agreement. The March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement also restricts EPO’s ability to pay cash distributions to the Partnership, if an event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) has occurred and is continuing at the time such distribution is scheduled to be paid or would result therefrom.

EPO’s obligations under the March 2023 $2.7 Billion Multi-Year Revolving Credit Agreement are not secured by any collateral; however, they are guaranteed by the Partnership.

Senior Notes

EPO’s fixed-rate senior notes are unsecured obligations of EPO that rank equal with its existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. They are senior to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of EPO. EPO’s senior notes are subject to make-whole redemption rights and were issued under indentures containing certain covenants, which generally restrict its ability (with certain exceptions) to incur debt secured by liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions. In total, EPO issued $3.65 billion, $4.5 billion and $1.75 billion principal amount of senior notes during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

In June 2025, EPO issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $500 million principal amount of senior notes due June 2028 (“Senior Notes LLL”), (ii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2031 (“Senior Notes MMM”) and (iii) $750 million principal amount of senior notes due January 2036 (“Senior Notes NNN”). Senior Notes LLL were issued at 99.869% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.30% per year. Senior Notes MMM were issued at 99.816% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 4.60% per year. Senior Notes NNN were issued at 99.665% of their principal amount and have a fixed interest rate of 5.20%. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments, and the repayment of amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program.

F-30

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In November 2025, EPO issued $1.65 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes comprised of (i) $300 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes LLL, (ii) $600 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes MMM and (iii) $750 million principal amount of reopened Senior Notes NNN. The reopened Senior Notes LLL, reopened Senior Notes MMM and reopened Senior Notes NNN were issued at 100.630%, 100.693% and 101.185% of their respective principal amounts, plus accrued interest from June 20, 2025. Each of the reopened Senior Notes LLL, the reopened Senior Notes MMM and the reopened Senior Notes NNN constitutes a further issuance of, and forms a single series with, the original notes of the corresponding series issued in June 2025, trades under the same CUSIP number as the applicable original notes, and has the same terms as to interest, status, redemption or otherwise as such original notes. Net proceeds from this offering were used by EPO for general company purposes, including for growth capital investments and acquisitions, and the repayment of debt (including the repayment of all or a portion of $750 million principal amount of 5.05% Senior Notes FFF that matured in January 2026, $875 million principal amount of 3.70% Senior Notes PP that matured in February 2026 and amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program).

EPO’s senior notes are unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured and unsubordinated basis by the Partnership.

EPO Junior Subordinated Notes

EPO’s payment obligations under its junior subordinated notes (“junior notes”) are subordinated to all of its current and future senior indebtedness. The indenture agreement governing the junior notes allows EPO to defer interest payments on one or more occasions for up to ten consecutive years subject to certain conditions. Subject to certain exceptions, during any period in which interest payments are deferred, neither the Partnership nor EPO can declare or make any distributions on any of our respective equity securities or make any payments on indebtedness or other obligations that rank equal with or are subordinate to the junior notes. Each series of EPO’s junior notes rank equal with each other and generally are not redeemable by EPO while such notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate.

In connection with the issuance of EPO’s Junior Subordinated Notes C, EPO entered into a Replacement Capital Covenant in favor of covered debt holders (as defined in the underlying documents) pursuant to which EPO agreed, for the benefit of such debt holders, that it would not redeem or repurchase such junior notes unless such redemption or repurchase is made using proceeds from the issuance of certain securities.

EPO’s junior notes are unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured and subordinated basis by the Partnership.

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2025, EPO had $35 million of letters of credit outstanding primarily related to our insurance program.

Lender Financial Covenants

We were in compliance with the financial covenants of our consolidated debt agreements at December 31, 2025.

Parent-Subsidiary Guarantor Relationships

The Partnership acts as guarantor of the consolidated debt obligations of EPO. If EPO were to default on any of its guaranteed debt, the Partnership would be responsible for full and unconditional repayment of such obligations.

F-31

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8. Capital Accounts

Common Limited Partner Interests

The following table summarizes changes in the number of our common units outstanding since December 31, 2022:

Common units outstanding at December 31, 2022	2,170,806,347	
Common unit repurchases under 2019 Buyback Program	(7,244,540)	
		
Common units issued in connection with the vesting of phantom unit awards, net	4,662,539	
Other	20,892	
		
Common units outstanding at December 31, 2023	2,168,245,238	
Common unit repurchases under 2019 Buyback Program	(7,556,210)	
		
Common units issued in connection with the vesting of phantom unit awards, net	4,990,360	
Other	20,574	
		
Common units outstanding at December 31, 2024	2,165,699,962	
Common unit repurchases under 2019 Buyback Program	(9,496,536)	
		
Common units issued in connection with the vesting of phantom unit awards, net	5,346,387	
Conversion of preferred units to common units	194,472	
		
Other	16,398	
Common units outstanding at December 31, 2025	2,161,760,683	

The Partnership’s common units represent limited partner interests that give the holders thereof the right to participate in distributions and to exercise the other rights or privileges available to them under our Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (as amended from time to time, the “Partnership Agreement”). In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, capital accounts are maintained for our limited partners. The capital account provisions of our Partnership Agreement incorporate principles established for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are not comparable to the equity balances presented in our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Partnership earnings and cash distributions are allocated to holders of our common units in accordance with their respective percentage interests.

Registration Statements

We have a universal shelf registration statement on file (the “2024 Shelf”) with the SEC which allows the Partnership and EPO (each on a standalone basis) to issue an unlimited amount of equity and debt securities, respectively. EPO used the 2024 Shelf to issue $3.65 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes during the year ended December 31, 2025 (see Note 7).

In addition, the Partnership has a registration statement on file with the SEC covering the issuance of up to $2.5 billion of its common units in amounts, at prices and on terms based on market conditions and other factors at the time of such offerings (referred to as the Partnership’s at-the-market (“ATM”) program). The Partnership did not issue any common units under its ATM program during the three years ended December 31, 2025. The Partnership’s capacity to issue additional common units under the ATM program remains at $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2025.

We may issue additional equity and debt securities to assist us in meeting our future liquidity requirements, including those related to capital investments.

Common Unit Repurchases Under 2019 Buyback Program

In January 2019, we announced that the Board had approved a $2.0 billion multi-year unit buyback program (the “2019 Buyback Program”), which provides the Partnership with an additional method to return capital to investors. In October 2025, we announced that the Board approved an increase to the authorized maximum aggregate purchase price (excluding fees, commissions and other ancillary expenses) of the Partnership’s common units that may be repurchased under the 2019 Buyback Program from $2.0 billion to $5.0 billion. The 2019 Buyback Program authorizes the Partnership to repurchase its common units from time to time, including through open market purchases and negotiated transactions. No time limit has been set for completion of the program, and it may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

F-32

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Partnership repurchased 9,496,536, 7,556,210 and 7,244,540 common units under the 2019 Buyback Program during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The total cost of these repurchases, including commissions and fees, was $300 million, $219 million and $188 million, respectively. Common units repurchased under the 2019 Buyback Program are immediately cancelled upon acquisition. At December 31, 2025, the remaining available capacity under the 2019 Buyback Program was $3.6 billion.

Common Units Delivered Under DRIP and EUPP

The Partnership has a registration statement on file with the SEC authorizing the issuance or other delivery of our common units in connection with a distribution reinvestment plan (“DRIP”). The DRIP provides unitholders of record and beneficial owners of our common units a voluntary means by which they can increase the number of our common units they own by reinvesting the quarterly cash distributions they receive from us into the purchase of additional common units. In addition to the DRIP, we have registration statements on file with the SEC authorizing the issuance or other delivery of up to 23,000,000 of our common units in connection with an employee unit purchase plan (“EUPP”).

We have the sole discretion to determine whether common units purchased under the DRIP and EUPP will come from our authorized but unissued common units or from common units purchased on the open market by each plan’s administrator. During each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Partnership used common units purchased on the open market, rather than issuing new common units, to satisfy its delivery obligations under the DRIP and EUPP. This election is subject to change in future quarters depending on the Partnership’s need for equity capital. Agents of the Partnership purchased 4,684,726, 6,538,068 and 6,560,588 common units on the open market and delivered them to participants in the DRIP and EUPP during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Apart from $4 million, $3 million and $3 million attributable to the plan discount available to all participants in the EUPP during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, the funds used to effect these purchases were sourced from the DRIP and EUPP participants. No other Partnership funds were used to satisfy these obligations. We used open market purchases to satisfy DRIP and EUPP reinvestments in connection with the distribution paid on February 13, 2026.

After taking into account the number of common units delivered under the DRIP through December 31, 2025, we have the capacity to deliver an additional 25,862,040 common units under this plan. Likewise, we have the capacity to deliver an additional 12,532,388 common units under the EUPP.

Common Units Issued in Connection With the Vesting of Phantom Unit Awards

After taking into account tax withholding requirements, the Partnership issued 5,346,387, 4,990,360 and 4,662,539 new common units to employees in connection with the vesting of phantom unit awards during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. See Note 13 for information regarding our phantom unit awards.

Redeemable Preferred Limited Partner Interests

The following table summarizes changes in the number of our preferred units outstanding since December 31, 2022:

Preferred units outstanding at December 31, 2022	50,412	
Preferred units outstanding at December 31, 2023	50,412	
		
Paid in-kind distribution to third party	275	
Preferred units outstanding at December 31, 2024	50,687	
		
Paid in-kind distribution to third party	291	
Conversion of preferred units to common units	(5,566)	
		
Preferred units outstanding at December 31, 2025	45,412	

In September 2020, the Partnership issued and sold an aggregate of 50,000 Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Units in a private placement transaction. The preferred units represent a new class of limited partner interests authorized under the Partnership Agreement. The stated value of each preferred unit is $1,000 per unit.

Concurrently, the Partnership exchanged all of the 54,807,352 Partnership common units owned directly by a wholly owned subsidiary, OTA Holdings, Inc. (“OTA”) for 855,915 of the Partnership’s new preferred units having an equivalent value. The preferred units held by OTA, like the common units OTA held prior to the exchange, are accounted for as treasury units by the Partnership in consolidation.

F-33

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As described in the Partnership Agreement, key terms of the preferred units include the following:

•	With respect to distribution and liquidation rights, the preferred units rank senior to the Partnership’s common units. Preferred units held by persons other than the Partnership, its subsidiaries and its affiliates generally will vote on an as-converted basis with the Partnership’s common units and have certain class voting rights with respect to certain protective matters.

•	Holders of the preferred units are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly distributions at a rate of 7.25% per annum. The Partnership is prohibited from paying distributions on its common units unless full cumulative distributions on the preferred units are paid or set aside for payment. The Partnership may satisfy its obligation to pay distributions to the preferred unitholders through the issuance, in whole or in part, of additional preferred units (referred to as paid-in kind or “PIK” distributions), with the remainder in cash, subject to certain rights of a holder to elect all cash and other conditions as described in the Partnership Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Partnership made quarterly distributions to its preferred unitholders valued at $4 million, consisting of PIK distributions of 291 new preferred units and $3 million in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Partnership made quarterly distributions to its preferred unitholders valued at $4 million, consisting of PIK distributions of 275 new preferred units and $3 million in cash.

During year ended December 31, 2023, the Partnership made quarterly cash distributions to its preferred unitholders for $3 million.

•	Subject to certain limitations, each preferred unitholder may elect to convert its preferred units on or after September 30, 2025 into a number of the Partnership’s common units equal to (a) the number of preferred units to be converted multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid distributions per preferred unit, divided by (ii) 92.5% of the volume-weighted average price of the Partnership’s common units at the time of conversion (as defined in the underlying agreements). In addition, each preferred unitholder may convert its preferred units into common units if EPO’s senior notes cease to have an investment grade rating or a Change of Control (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) occurs, in each case based on the conversion ratio specified in the Partnership Agreement.

•	The Partnership may elect to redeem the preferred units for cash, in whole or in part, based on a redemption price outlined in the following schedule, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions at the redemption date:

•	$1,010 per preferred unit from September 30, 2025 through September 29, 2026; and

•	$1,000 per preferred unit on or after September 30, 2026; however,

•	if a Change of Control event occurs prior to September 30, 2026, the redemption price is $1,010 per preferred unit.

In connection with a redemption at the Partnership’s election, the Partnership may convert up to 50% of the preferred units being redeemed into common units (and to pay cash with respect to the remainder), with each such preferred unit being converted on the applicable redemption date into a number of common units equal to (i) the then-applicable preferred unit redemption price divided by (ii) 92.5% of the volume-weighted average price of the Partnership’s common units at the time of conversion (as defined in the underlying agreements).

The Partnership has agreed to prepare and file a registration statement that would permit or otherwise facilitate the public resale of any common units resulting from the conversion of the preferred units to common units.

Our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2025 presents the capital accounts of the third-party purchasers of the preferred units as mezzanine equity since the terms of the preferred units allow for cash redemption by the holders in a Change of Control event, without regard to the likelihood of such an event. The preferred units held by OTA are presented as treasury units in consolidation since their ultimate disposition remains under the control of the Partnership.

F-34

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) primarily reflects cumulative gain or loss on derivative instruments designated and qualified as cash flow hedges from inception less gains or losses previously reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. Gain or loss amounts related to cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to earnings in the same period(s) in which the underlying hedged forecasted transactions affect earnings. If it becomes probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the related net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is immediately reclassified into earnings.

The following tables present the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the dates indicated:

		Cash Flow Hedges							
												
		Commodity		Interest Rate							
		Derivative		Derivative	Other				Total		
		Instruments		Instruments							
													
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), December 31, 2023	$	154		$	151		$	2		$	307		
Other comprehensive income (loss) for period, before reclassifications		115			(2)			–		113		
													
Reclassification of losses (gains) to net income during period		(178)			(6)			–		(184)		
Total other comprehensive income (loss) for period		(63)			(8)			–			(71)		
													
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), December 31, 2024	$	91		$	143		$	2		$	236		
Other comprehensive income (loss) for period, before reclassifications		285			14			–		299		
													
Reclassification of losses (gains) to net income during period		(192)			(7)			–		(199)		
Total other comprehensive income (loss) for period		93			7			–			100		
													
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), December 31, 2025	$	184		$	150		$	2		$	336		

The following table presents reclassifications of (income) loss out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net income during the years indicated:

					For the Year Ended December 31,	
								
Losses (gains) on cash flow hedges:		Location	2025			2024	
									
Interest rate derivatives	Interest expense	$	(7)		$	(6)	
Commodity derivatives	Revenue				(235)			(249)	
									
Commodity derivatives	Operating costs and expenses				43			71	
Total			$	(199)		$	(184)	

For information regarding our interest rate and commodity derivative instruments, see Note 14.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent third party ownership interests in our consolidated subsidiaries. The following table presents the components of noncontrolling interests as reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the dates indicated:

		December 31,			
Consolidated Subsidiary							
		2025			2024		
							
Breviloba LLC (“Breviloba”)(1)	$	411		$	423		
Enterprise Navigator Ethylene Terminal LLC (“ENET”)(2)		240			245		
							
Other (3)		180			189		
Total noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries	$	831		$	857		

(1)	An affiliate of Kinetik Holdings Inc. owns a noncontrolling 33% equity interest in Breviloba, which owns the Shin Oak NGL Pipeline.

(2)	Navigator Ethylene Terminals LLC owns a noncontrolling 50% equity interest in ENET, which owns our ethylene export terminal located at Morgan’s Point on the Houston Ship Channel.

(3)	Primarily represents noncontrolling equity interests in NGL fractionation and pipeline businesses.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $62 million, $69 million and $125 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

F-35

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On February 16, 2024, we acquired the remaining 20% equity interest in Whitethorn and remaining 25% equity interest in Enterprise EF78 LLC (“EF78”) from affiliates of Western Midstream for total cash consideration of $375 million. We funded the cash consideration using cash on hand and proceeds from the issuance of short-term notes under our commercial paper program. As a result of these transactions, Whitethorn and EF78 are now our wholly owned subsidiaries.

Additionally, on March 27, 2024, we acquired an additional 15% equity interest in Panola Pipeline Company, LLC (“Panola”) from an affiliate of Western Midstream for $25 million in cash consideration. We funded the cash consideration using cash on hand. As a result of this transaction, our equity interest in Panola increased to 70%.

Since we had a controlling interest in each of these entities before and after the acquisitions, the increase in our ownership interest in each entity was accounted for as an equity transaction with no gain or loss recognized

Cash Distributions

The following table presents Enterprise’s declared quarterly cash distribution rates per common unit with respect to the quarter indicated. Actual cash distributions are paid by Enterprise within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.

		Quarterly	Record	Payment		
		Distribution Per				
		Common Unit	Date	Date		
2023:						

1st Quarter	$	0.4900	4/28/2023	5/12/2023		
2nd Quarter	$	0.5000	7/31/2023	8/14/2023		
						
3rd Quarter	$	0.5000	10/31/2023	11/14/2023		
4th Quarter	$	0.5150	1/31/2024	2/14/2024		
						
2024:						
1st Quarter	$	0.5150	4/30/2024	5/14/2024		
						
2nd Quarter	$	0.5250	7/31/2024	8/14/2024		
3rd Quarter	$	0.5250	10/31/2024	11/14/2024		
						
4th Quarter	$	0.5350	1/31/2025	2/14/2025		
2025:						
						
1st Quarter	$	0.5350	4/30/2025	5/14/2025		
2nd Quarter	$	0.5450	7/31/2025	8/14/2025		
						
3rd Quarter	$	0.5450	10/31/2025	11/14/2025		
4th Quarter	$	0.5500	1/30/2026	2/13/2026		

On January 8, 2026, we announced that the Board declared a quarterly cash distribution of $0.55 per common unit, or $2.20 per common unit on an annualized basis, to be paid to the Partnership’s common unitholders with respect to the fourth quarter of 2025. The quarterly distribution was paid on February 13, 2026 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on January 30, 2026. The total amount paid was $1.2 billion, which includes $11 million for distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”) on phantom unit awards.

The payment of quarterly cash distributions is subject to management’s evaluation of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in connection with such payments and Board approval. Management will evaluate any future increases in cash distributions on a quarterly basis.

F-36

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Revenues

We classify our revenues into sales of products and midstream services. Product sales relate primarily to our various marketing activities whereas midstream services represent our other integrated businesses (i.e., gathering, processing, transportation, fractionation, storage and terminaling). The following table presents our revenues by business segment, and further by revenue type, for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
NGL Pipelines & Services:										

Sales of NGLs and related products	$	14,415		$	17,397		$	14,846		
Segment midstream services:										
										
Natural gas processing and fractionation		1,261			1,349			1,278		
Transportation		1,299			1,151			1,090		
										
Storage and terminals		341			379			431		
Total segment midstream services		2,901			2,879			2,799		
										
Total NGL Pipelines & Services		17,316			20,276			17,645		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services:										
										
Sales of crude oil		19,560			20,389			18,185		
Segment midstream services:										
										
Transportation		770			779			744		
Storage and terminals		431			412			407		
										
Total segment midstream services		1,201			1,191			1,151		
Total Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		20,761			21,580			19,336		
										
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services:										
Sales of natural gas		2,355			1,458			2,373		
										
Segment midstream services:										
Transportation		1,812			1,546			1,403		
										
Total segment midstream services		1,812			1,546			1,403		
Total Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		4,167			3,004			3,776		
										
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services:										
Sales of petrochemicals and refined products		9,010			10,013			7,689		
										
Segment midstream services:										
Fractionation and isomerization		354			371			282		
										
Transportation, including marine logistics		668			663			660		
Storage and terminals		320			312			327		
										
Total segment midstream services		1,342			1,346			1,269		
Total Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		10,352			11,359			8,958		
										
Total consolidated revenues	$	52,596		$	56,219		$	49,715		

Substantially all of our revenues are derived from contracts with customers as defined within ASC 606. The following information describes the nature of our significant revenue streams by segment and type:

NGL Pipelines & Services

Sales of NGLs and related products

NGL marketing activities generate revenues from spot and term sales of NGLs and related products that we take title to through our natural gas processing activities (i.e., our equity NGL production) and open market and long-term contract purchases. Revenue from these sales contracts is recognized when the NGLs are sold and delivered to customers at market-based prices.

Midstream services

Natural gas processing utilizes service contracts that are either fee-based, commodity-based or a combination of the two. When a cash fee for natural gas processing services is stipulated by a contract, we record revenue when a producer’s natural gas has been processed and redelivered. Our commodity-based contracts include keepwhole, margin-band, percent-of-liquids, percent-of-proceeds and contracts featuring a combination of commodity and fee-based terms.

F-37

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We recognize midstream service revenues in connection with the equity NGL-equivalents we receive under commodity-based contracts (once the processing service has been performed and we are entitled to such volumes). The value assigned to this non-cash consideration and related inventory is based on the market value of the equity NGL-equivalents at the time the services are performed. As noted previously, we also recognize product sales revenue, along with a corresponding cost of sales, when these NGLs are delivered and sold to downstream customers under NGL marketing contracts.

NGL fractionation generates revenue using fee-based arrangements. These fees are contractually subject to adjustment for changes in certain fractionation expenses (e.g., fuel costs) and are recognized in the period services are provided.

NGL pipeline transportation contracts and tariffs generate revenue based on a fixed fee per gallon multiplied by the volume transported and delivered (or capacity reserved). Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies or contractual arrangements. Under certain agreements, customers are required to ship a minimum volume with a provision that allows the shipper to make-up any volume shortfalls over an agreed-upon period (referred to as “make-up rights”). Revenue attributable to such agreements is initially deferred and subsequently recognized at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is shipped, when the likelihood of the shipper’s ability to meet the minimum volume commitment becomes remote, or when the pipeline is otherwise released from its performance obligation.

NGL and related product storage contracts generate revenue from capacity reservations where we collect a fee for reserving storage capacity for customers in our underground storage wells and above-ground storage tanks. Under these agreements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reservation period. In addition, we generally charge customers throughput fees based on volumes delivered into and subsequently withdrawn from storage, which are recognized as the service is provided.

NGL import and export terminaling activities generate revenue in the period services are provided. Customers are typically billed a fee per unit of volume loaded or unloaded.

Crude Oil Pipelines & Services

Sales of crude oil

Crude oil marketing activities generate revenues from the sale and delivery of crude oil purchased either directly from producers or on the open market.

Revenue from these sales contracts is recognized when crude oil is sold and delivered to customers at market-based prices.

Midstream services

Crude oil transportation contracts and tariffs generate revenue based upon a fixed fee per barrel multiplied by the volume transported and delivered (or capacity reserved). Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies or contractual arrangements. Under certain agreements, customers are required to ship a minimum volume over an agreed-upon period, with make-up rights. Revenue attributable to such agreements is initially deferred and subsequently recognized at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is shipped, when the likelihood of the shipper’s ability to meet the minimum volume commitment becomes remote, or when the pipeline is otherwise released from its performance obligation.

Crude oil storage contracts generate revenue from capacity reservations where we collect a fee for reserving storage capacity for customers at our terminals. Under these agreements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reservation period. In addition, customers are billed a fee per unit of volume handled at our terminals. Revenue is recognized as the terminaling service is provided.

Natural Gas Pipelines & Services

Sales of natural gas

Natural gas marketing activities generate revenue from the sale and delivery of natural gas purchased from producers, natural gas processing facilities, and on the open market. Revenue from these sales contracts is recognized when natural gas is sold and delivered to customers at market-based prices.

F-38

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Midstream services

Natural gas transportation contracts generate revenues based on a fee per unit of volume transported multiplied by the volume gathered or delivered. Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies or contractual arrangements. Revenues under transportation contracts are recognized when the volumes are transported and delivered to customers. In addition, certain of our natural gas pipelines offer firm capacity reservation services whereby the shipper pays a contractual fee based on the level of throughput capacity reserved. Revenues are recognized when the firm capacity services are provided to the shipper.

Petrochemical & Refined Products Services

Sales of petrochemicals and refined products

Our petrochemical and refined products marketing activities generate revenue from the sale and delivery of products to customers at market-based prices.

The products handled by these marketing groups include polymer grade propylene, octane additives, high purity isobutylene and various refined products.

Midstream services

Propylene fractionation units and butane isomerization facilities generate revenue through fee-based tolling arrangements with customers. Revenue from such agreements is recognized in the period the services are provided.

Petrochemical and refined products transportation contracts generate revenue based upon a fixed fee per volume multiplied by the volume transported and delivered. Transportation fees charged to shippers are based on either tariffs regulated by governmental agencies or contractual arrangements.

Marine transportation contracts generate revenue based on set day rates or a set fee per cargo movement recognized over the transit time of individual tows.

Additionally, we record revenue for the costs of fuel and other operating costs that are directly reimbursed by our marine customers.

Petrochemicals and refined products storage contracts generate revenue from capacity reservations where we collect a fee for reserving storage capacity for customers at our terminals. Under these agreements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reservation period. In addition, customers are billed a fee per unit of volume handled at our terminals. Revenue is recognized as the terminaling service is provided.

Unbilled Revenue and Deferred Revenue

The following table provides information regarding our contract assets and contract liabilities at the dates indicated:

			December 31,			
Contract Asset	Location							
			2025			2024		
								
Unbilled revenue (current amount)	Prepaid and other current assets	$	6		$	9		
Total		$	6		$	9		
								
			December 31,			
Contract Liability	Location							
			2025			2024		
								
Deferred revenue (current amount)	Other current liabilities	$	157		$	168		
Deferred revenue (noncurrent)	Other long-term liabilities		261			284		
								
Total		$	418		$	452		

F-39

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents significant changes in our unbilled revenue and deferred revenue balances during the years indicated:

	Unbilled				Deferred	
	Revenue				Revenue	
						
Balance at December 31, 2022	$	6		$	501	
Amount included in opening balance transferred to other accounts during period (1)		(6)			(271)	
						
Amount recorded during period (2)		81			956	
Amounts recorded during period transferred to other accounts (1)		(70)			(656)	
						
Other changes		–		(11)	
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	11		$	519	
						
Amount included in opening balance transferred to other accounts during period (1)		(11)			(242)	
Amount recorded during period (2)		79			853	
						
Amounts recorded during period transferred to other accounts (1)		(70)			(672)	
Other changes		–		(6)	
						
Balance at December 31, 2024	$	9		$	452	
Amount included in opening balance transferred to other accounts during period (1)		(9)			(192)	
						
Amount recorded during period (2)		86			814	
Amounts recorded during period transferred to other accounts (1)		(80)			(650)	
						
Other changes		–		(6)	
Balance at December 31, 2025	$	6		$	418	

(1)	Unbilled revenues are transferred to accounts receivable once we have an unconditional right to consideration from the customer. Deferred revenues are recognized as revenue upon satisfaction of our performance obligation to the customer.
(2)	Unbilled revenue represents revenue that has been recognized upon satisfaction of a performance obligation, but cannot be contractually invoiced (or billed) to the customer at the balance sheet date until a future period. Deferred revenue is recorded when payment is received from a customer prior to our satisfaction of the associated performance obligation.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The following table presents estimated fixed future consideration from revenue contracts that contain minimum volume commitments, deficiency and similar fees and the term of the contracts exceeds one year. These amounts represent the revenues we expect to recognize in future periods from these contracts as of December 31, 2025.

For a significant portion of our revenue, we bill customers a contractual rate for the services provided multiplied by the amount of volume handled in a given period. We have the right to invoice the customer in the amount that corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date. Therefore, we are not required to disclose information about the variable consideration of remaining performance obligations since we recognize revenue equal to the amount that we have the right to invoice.

			Fixed	
Period		Consideration	
				
One year ended December 31, 2026	$	4,480	
One year ended December 31, 2027		4,270	
				
One year ended December 31, 2028		3,836	
One year ended December 31, 2029		2,999	
				
One year ended December 31, 2030		2,227	
Thereafter		9,294	
				
Total	$	27,106	

F-40

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Business Segments and Related Information

Segment Overview

Our operations are reported under four business segments: (i) NGL Pipelines & Services, (ii) Crude Oil Pipelines & Services, (iii) Natural Gas Pipelines & Services and (iv) Petrochemical & Refined Products Services. Our business segments are generally organized and managed according to the types of services rendered (or technologies employed) and products produced and/or sold.

Financial information regarding these segments is evaluated regularly by our co-chief operating decision makers (“CODMs”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing our operating and financial performance. The co-principal executive officers of our general partner have been identified as our CODMs.

The following information summarizes the assets and operations of each business segment:

•	Our NGL Pipelines & Services business segment includes our natural gas processing and related NGL marketing activities, NGL pipelines, NGL fractionation facilities, NGL and related product storage facilities, and NGL marine terminals.

•	Our Crude Oil Pipelines & Services business segment includes our crude oil pipelines, crude oil storage and marine terminals, and related crude oil marketing activities.

•	Our Natural Gas Pipelines & Services business segment includes our natural gas pipeline systems that provide for the gathering, treating and transportation of natural gas. This segment also includes our natural gas marketing activities.

•	Our Petrochemical & Refined Products Services business segment includes our (i) propylene production facilities, which include propylene fractionation units and PDH facilities, and related pipelines and marketing activities, (ii) butane isomerization complex and related deisobutanizer operations, (iii) octane enhancement, iBDH and HPIB production facilities, (iv) refined products pipelines, terminals and related marketing activities,

(v) ethylene export terminal and related operations; and (vi) marine transportation business.

Our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets are located in the U.S.

Segment Gross Operating Margin

Our CODMs evaluate segment performance based on our financial measure of gross operating margin. Gross operating margin is an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations, forms the basis of our internal financial reporting, and is used by our CODMs on a monthly basis to monitor budgeted versus actual results. Our CODMs also consider gross operating margin results, in part, when determining how to allocate resources (e.g., employees and capital investments) to each segment, primarily in the annual budget process. We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating segment results. Gross operating margin is exclusive of other income and expense transactions, income taxes, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and extraordinary charges. Gross operating margin is presented on a 100% basis before any allocation of earnings to noncontrolling interests. Our calculation of gross operating margin may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

F-41

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of total segment gross operating margin to income before income taxes for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Total segment gross operating margin	$	10,054		$	10,018		$	9,376	
Adjustments to reconcile total segment gross operating margin to income before income taxes (addition or subtraction									
indicated by sign):									
									
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense in operating costs and expenses (1)		(2,477)			(2,343)			(2,215)	
Asset impairment charges in operating costs and expenses		(50)			(57)			(30)	
									
Net gains (losses) attributable to asset sales and related matters in operating costs and expenses		14			(2)			10	
General and administrative costs		(251)			(244)			(231)	
									
Non-refundable payments received from shippers attributable to make-up rights (2)		(55)			(75)			(52)	
Subsequent recognition of revenues attributable to make-up rights (3)		31			41			71	
									
Total other expense, net (4)		(1,367)			(1,303)			(1,228)	
Income before income taxes	$	5,899		$	6,035		$	5,701	

(1)	Excludes amortization of major maintenance costs for reaction-based plants and amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets, which are components of gross operating margin.

(2)	Since make-up rights entail a future performance obligation by the pipeline to the shipper, these receipts are recorded as deferred revenue for GAAP purposes; however, these receipts are included in gross operating margin in the period of receipt since they are non-refundable to the shipper.
(3)	As deferred revenues attributable to make-up rights are subsequently recognized as revenue under GAAP, gross operating margin must be adjusted to remove such amounts to prevent duplication since the associated non-refundable payments were previously included in gross operating margin.
(4)	As presented on our Statements of Consolidated Operations, Total other expense, net is comprised of Interest expense, Interest income and Other, net.

The results of operations from our liquids pipelines are primarily dependent upon the volumes transported and the associated fees we charge for such transportation services. Typically, pipeline transportation revenue is recognized when volumes are re-delivered to customers. However, under certain pipeline transportation agreements, customers are required to ship a minimum volume over an agreed-upon period. These arrangements may entail the shipper paying a transportation fee based on a minimum volume commitment, with a provision that allows the shipper to make-up any volume shortfalls over the agreed-upon period (referred to as shipper “make-up rights”). Revenue pursuant to such agreements is initially deferred and subsequently recognized under GAAP at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is shipped, when the likelihood of the shipper’s ability to meet the minimum volume commitment becomes remote, or when the pipeline is otherwise released from its performance obligation.

However, management includes deferred transportation revenues relating to the “make-up rights” of committed shippers when reviewing the financial results of certain pipelines (Texas Express Pipeline, Front Range Pipeline, ATEX, Aegis Ethane Pipeline, and Seaway Pipeline). From an internal (and segment) reporting standpoint, management considers the transportation fees paid by committed shippers on these pipelines, including any non-refundable revenues that may be deferred under GAAP related to make-up rights, to be important in assessing the financial performance of these pipeline assets. Although the adjustments for make-up rights are included in segment gross operating margin, our consolidated revenues do not reflect any deferred revenues until the conditions for recognizing such revenues are met in accordance with GAAP.

F-42

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Summarized Segment Financial Information

The following tables present segment revenues and significant segment expenses by segment, together with a reconciliation to segment gross operating margin, for the periods indicated:

					For the Year Ended December 31, 2025				
															
											Petrochemical				
		NGL		Crude Oil		Natural Gas		& Refined		Segment		
		Pipelines		Pipelines		Pipelines		Products				
		& Services		& Services		& Services		Services		Total		
Segment revenues:																

Revenues from third parties	$	17,308		$	20,735		$	4,149		$	10,352		$	52,544		
Revenues from related parties		8			26			18			–		52		
																
Intersegment and intrasegment revenues		67,059			42,375			960			21,146			131,540		
Total segment revenues		84,375			63,136			5,127			31,498			184,136		
																
Significant segment expenses:																
Cost of sales		76,347			61,380			2,746			28,496			168,969		
																
Variable operating costs and expenses (1)		844			140			77			453			1,514		
Fixed operating costs and expenses (2)		1,750			408			758			1,129			4,045		
																
Total significant segment expenses		78,941			61,928			3,581			30,078			174,528		
Other segment income:																
																
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		83			271			5			2			361		
Other segment items (3)		42			22			7			14			85		
																
Total other segment income		125			293			12			16			446		
Total segment gross operating margin	$	5,559		$	1,501		$	1,558		$	1,436		$	10,054		

Other financial information:																
																
Capital expenditures	$	3,326		$	112		$	1,628		$	554		$	5,620		

(1)	Variable operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally fluctuate based on utilization.

(2)	Fixed operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally remain constant independent of utilization.

(3)	Other segment items for each segment primarily represent the following:

•	NGL Pipelines & Services – Non-refundable payments received from shippers attributable to make-up rights, subsequent recognition of revenues attributable to make-up rights, and other miscellaneous segment items.
•	Crude Oil Pipelines & Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

•	Natural Gas Pipelines & Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

•	Petrochemical & Refined Products Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

F-43

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

					For the Year Ended December 31, 2024				
															
											Petrochemical				
		NGL		Crude Oil		Natural Gas		& Refined		Segment		
		Pipelines		Pipelines		Pipelines		Products				
		& Services		& Services		& Services		Services		Total		
Segment revenues:																

Revenues from third parties	$	20,264		$	21,546		$	2,992		$	11,359		$	56,161		
Revenues from related parties		12			34			12			–		58		
																
Intersegment and intrasegment revenues		48,822			54,415			667			25,352			129,256		
Total segment revenues		69,098			75,995			3,671			36,711			185,475		
																
Significant segment expenses:																
Cost of sales		61,260			74,098			1,656			33,755			170,769		
																
Variable operating costs and expenses (1)		745			132			73			373			1,323		
Fixed operating costs and expenses (2)		1,682			414			676			1,048			3,820		
																
Total significant segment expenses		63,687			74,644			2,405			35,176			175,912		
Other segment income (expense):																
																
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		117			285			5			1			408		
Other segment items (3)		20			10			6			11			47		
																
Total other segment income		137			295			11			12			455		
Total segment gross operating margin	$	5,548		$	1,646		$	1,277		$	1,547		$	10,018		

Other financial information:																
																
Capital expenditures	$	2,498		$	161		$	932		$	953		$	4,544		

(1)	Variable operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally fluctuate based on utilization.

(2)	Fixed operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally remain constant independent of utilization.

(3)	Other segment items for each segment primarily represent the following:

•	NGL Pipelines & Services – Non-refundable payments received from shippers attributable to make-up rights, subsequent recognition of revenues attributable to make-up rights, and other miscellaneous segment items.
•	Crude Oil Pipelines & Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

•	Natural Gas Pipelines & Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

•	Petrochemical & Refined Products Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

F-44

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

					For the Year Ended December 31, 2023				
															
											Petrochemical				
		NGL		Crude Oil		Natural Gas		& Refined		Segment		
		Pipelines		Pipelines		Pipelines		Products				
		& Services		& Services		& Services		Services		Total		
Segment revenues:																

Revenues from third parties	$	17,635		$	19,300		$	3,761		$	8,958		$	49,654		
Revenues from related parties		10			36			15			–		61		
																
Intersegment and intrasegment revenues		45,490			57,122			527			18,882			122,021		
Total segment revenues		63,135			76,458			4,303			27,840			171,736		
																
Significant segment expenses:																
Cost of sales		56,143			74,437			2,583			24,810			157,973		
																
Variable operating costs and expenses (1)		741			191			59			397			1,388		
Fixed operating costs and expenses (2)		1,589			403			595			877			3,464		
																
Total significant segment expenses		58,473			75,031			3,237			26,084			162,825		
Other segment income (expense):																
																
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates		133			320			6			3			462		
Other segment items (3)		103			(40)			5			(65)			3		
																
Total other segment income (expense), net		236			280			11			(62)			465		
Total segment gross operating margin	$	4,898		$	1,707		$	1,077		$	1,694		$	9,376		

Other financial information:																
																
Capital expenditures	$	1,366		$	119		$	793		$	988		$	3,266		

(1)	Variable operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally fluctuate based on utilization.

(2)	Fixed operating costs and expenses represent the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets that generally remain constant independent of utilization.

(3)	Other segment items for each segment primarily represent the following:

•	NGL Pipelines & Services – Non-refundable payments received from shippers attributable to make-up rights, subsequent recognition of revenues attributable to make-up rights, and other miscellaneous segment items.
•	Crude Oil Pipelines & Services – Subsequent recognition of revenues attributable to make-up rights.

•	Natural Gas Pipelines & Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

•	Petrochemical & Refined Products Services – Other miscellaneous segment items.

Segment revenues include intersegment and intrasegment transactions, which are generally based on transactions made at market-based rates. Our consolidated revenues reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions. The following table reconciles total segment revenues as reported in the preceding tables to consolidated revenues as presented on our Statements of Consolidated Operations:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Segment revenues:										

NGL Pipelines & Services	$	84,375		$	69,098		$	63,135		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		63,136			75,995			76,458		
										
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		5,127			3,671			4,303		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		31,498			36,711			27,840		
										
Total segment revenues		184,136			185,475			171,736		
Elimination of intersegment and intrasegment revenues		(131,540)			(129,256)			(122,021)		
										
Total consolidated revenues	$	52,596		$	56,219		$	49,715		

F-45

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Segment expenses represent operating costs and expenses exclusive of (i) depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses (excluding amortization of major maintenance costs for reaction-based plants and amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets), (ii) impairment charges, and (iii) gains and losses attributable to asset sales and related matters. Segment expense presented in the tables above include intersegment and intrasegment transactions, which are generally based on transactions made at market-based rates. Additionally, the significant segment expense categories presented align with the manner in which our CODMs evaluate segment results. Our consolidated operating costs and expenses are inclusive of the aforementioned adjustments and reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions.

We include equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates in our measurement of segment gross operating margin and operating income. Equity investments with industry partners are a significant component of our business strategy. They are a means by which we conduct our operations to align our interests with those of customers and/or suppliers. This method of operation enables us to achieve favorable economies of scale relative to the level of investment and business risk assumed. Many of these businesses perform supporting or complementary roles to our other midstream business operations. Given the integral nature of these equity method investees to our operations, we believe the presentation of equity earnings from such investees as a component of gross operating margin and operating income is meaningful and appropriate.

The following table presents our segment assets, together with a reconciliation to our consolidated total assets, at the dates indicated:

		December 31,		
						
	2025				2024	
						
NGL Pipelines & Services	$	24,999		$	21,900	
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		11,097			11,390	
						
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		13,194			12,260	
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		11,725			11,350	
						
Total segment assets		61,015			56,900	
Construction in progress		2,400			4,138	
						
Current assets		13,360			15,133	
Other assets		1,127			997	
						
Consolidated total assets	$	77,902		$	77,168	

Segment assets consist of property, plant and equipment (excluding construction-in-progress), investments in unconsolidated affiliates, intangible assets and goodwill. The carrying values of such amounts are assigned to each segment based on each asset’s or investment’s principal operations and contribution to the gross operating margin of that particular segment. Since construction-in-progress (a component of property, plant and equipment) does not contribute to segment gross operating margin, such amounts are excluded from segment asset totals until the underlying assets are placed in service. The remainder of our consolidated total assets, which consist primarily of working capital assets, are excluded from segment assets since these amounts are not attributable to one specific segment.

F-46

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Supplemental Revenue and Expense Information

The following table presents additional information regarding our consolidated revenues and costs and expenses for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Consolidated revenues:										

NGL Pipelines & Services	$	17,316		$	20,276		$	17,645		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		20,761			21,580			19,336		
										
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		4,167			3,004			3,776		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		10,352			11,359			8,958		
										
Total consolidated revenues	$	52,596		$	56,219		$	49,715		

Consolidated costs and expenses										
Operating costs and expenses:										
										
Cost of sales	$	38,566		$	42,580		$	37,023		
Other operating costs and expenses (1)		4,287			4,004			3,695		
										
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		2,551			2,402			2,279		
Asset impairment charges		50			57			30		
										
Net losses (gains) attributable to asset sales and related matters		(14)			2			(10)		
General and administrative costs		251			244			231		
										
Total consolidated costs and expenses	$	45,691		$	49,289		$	43,248		

(1)	Represents the cost of operating our plants, pipelines and other fixed assets excluding: depreciation, amortization and accretion; asset impairment charges; and net losses (gains) attributable to asset sales and related matters.

Fluctuations in our product sales revenues and cost of sales amounts are explained in large part by changes in energy commodity prices. In general, higher energy commodity prices result in an increase in our revenues attributable to product sales; however, these higher commodity prices would also be expected to increase the associated cost of sales as purchase costs are higher. The same type of relationship would be true in the case of lower energy commodity sales prices and purchase costs.

Major Customer Information

Substantially all of our consolidated revenues are earned in the U.S. and derived from a wide customer base. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues (thus constituting a “major customer”) for the year ended December 31, 2025. However, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, Vitol Holding B.V. and its affiliates (collectively, “Vitol”) accounted for $6.45 billion, or 11.5%, and $7.87 billion, or 15.8%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues. Vitol is a global energy and commodity trading company. Revenues earned from Vitol during 2024 and 2023 are included within each of our four business segments.

F-47

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Earnings Per Unit

The following table presents our calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common unit for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON UNIT										

Net income attributable to common unitholders	$	5,810		$	5,897		$	5,529		
Earnings allocated to phantom unit awards (1)		(55)			(56)			(50)		
										
Net income allocated to common unitholders	$	5,755		$	5,841		$	5,479		

Basic weighted-average number of common units outstanding		2,166			2,169			2,172		

Basic earnings per common unit	$	2.66		$	2.69		$	2.52		

DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON UNIT										
Net income attributable to common unitholders	$	5,810		$	5,897		$	5,529		
										
Net income attributable to preferred units		4			4			3		
Net income attributable to limited partners	$	5,814		$	5,901		$	5,532		

Diluted weighted-average number of units outstanding:										
										
Distribution-bearing common units		2,166			2,169			2,172		
Phantom units (2)		20			21			20		
										
Preferred units (2)		2			2			2		
Total		2,188			2,192			2,194		

Diluted earnings per common unit	$	2.66		$	2.69		$	2.52		

(1)	Phantom units are considered participating securities for purposes of computing basic earnings per unit. See Note 13 for information regarding phantom units.

(2)	We use the “if-converted method” to determine the potential dilutive effect of the vesting of phantom unit awards and the conversion of preferred units outstanding. See Note 8 for information regarding preferred units.

Note 12. Acquisitions

Acquisition of Oxy Natural Gas Gathering Affiliate

In July 2025, we entered into definitive agreements to acquire an affiliate of Oxy that owns approximately 200 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines in the Midland Basin and to provide natural gas gathering and processing services to Oxy for production from approximately 73,000 dedicated acres across four counties in the Midland Basin.

This acquisition, which closed on August 22, 2025, did not meet the definition of a business under ASC 805, Business Combinations, and was therefore accounted for as an asset acquisition. Asset acquisitions require, among other considerations, that the total cost of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a relative fair value basis. Additionally, transaction costs incurred in connection with an asset acquisition are capitalized as part of the total cost of the acquired assets.

The total cost of the acquisition was $583 million, consisting of $581 million in cash consideration and $2 million in transaction-related costs. This amount is reflected as a component of “Capital expenditures” on our Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows.

F-48

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.			
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			
The following table summarizes the allocation of the total cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:			
Recognized amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (1):			
			
Property, plant and equipment	$	223	
Contract-based intangible asset		360	
			
Total net assets acquired	$	583	

(1)	As part of this transaction, we acquired other assets and assumed liabilities that net to a negligible amount. Acquired other assets primarily included accounts receivable, and assumed liabilities primarily included accounts payable and asset retirement obligations. None of these amounts were considered individually significant.

The fair value of the acquired property, plant and equipment was determined using the cost approach and consisted of pipelines and related equipment. See Note 4 for additional information regarding our property, plant and equipment.

The contract-based intangible asset represents the estimated value assigned to the long-term gathering and processing services agreement with Oxy, which is expected to renew in approximately 15 years under similar commercial terms. The fair value of the contract-based intangible asset was determined using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, which incorporated Level 3 inputs including management’s long-term forecast of cash flows generated by the gathering and processing services agreement, based on the estimated life of the hydrocarbon resource basin served, resource depletion rates, and expected contract renewals. The intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over approximately 23 years.

Acquisition of Pinon Midstream

On October 28, 2024, we acquired Pinon Midstream for $953 million in cash consideration. We funded this transaction using cash on hand.

Pinon Midstream’s assets include 43 miles of natural gas gathering and redelivery pipelines, five 3-stage compressor stations, 270 million cubic feet per day (“MMcf/d”) of hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide treating facilities and two high capacity acid gas injection wells. The acquisition of Pinon Midstream was accounted for under the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations.

The following table presents the final fair value allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition at October 28, 2024 (the effective date of the acquisition).

Purchase price for 100% interest in Pinon Midstream	$	953	
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (1):			
			
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4	
Property, plant and equipment		410	
			
Contract-based intangible asset		435	
Total identifiable net assets	$	849	
			
Goodwill	$	104	

(1)	As part of this transaction, we acquired other assets and assumed liabilities that net to a negligible amount. Acquired other assets primarily included accounts receivable and ROU assets. Assumed liabilities primarily included accounts payable and operating lease liabilities. None of these amounts were considered individually significant.

The contribution of this newly acquired business to our consolidated revenues and net income was not material during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Additionally, acquisition related costs were not material during the year ended December 31, 2024.

On a historical pro forma basis, our revenues, costs and expenses, operating income, net income attributable to common unitholders and earnings per unit for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 would not have differed materially from those we actually reported had the acquisition been completed on January 1, 2023 rather than October 28, 2024.

F-49

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Equity-Based Awards

An allocated portion of the fair value of EPCO’s equity-based awards is charged to us under the ASA. The following table summarizes compensation expense we recognized in connection with equity-based awards for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Equity-classified awards:										

Phantom unit awards	$	197		$	178		$	166		
Profits interest awards		–		10			6		
										
Total	$	197		$	188		$	172		

The fair value of equity-classified awards is amortized to earnings over the requisite service or vesting period. Equity-classified awards are expected to result in the issuance of the Partnership’s common units upon vesting.

The 2008 Enterprise Products Long-Term Incentive Plan (Fourth Amendment and Restatement)(referred to as the “2008 Plan”) is a plan under which any non-employee director, employee or consultants of EPCO, the Partnership or its affiliates providing services, directly or indirectly, for the Partnership or its subsidiaries may receive incentive compensation awards in the form of options, restricted units, phantom units, distribution equivalent rights, unit appreciation rights, unit awards, other unit-based awards or substitute awards.

The maximum number of the Partnership’s common units authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan was 165,000,000 at December 31, 2025. The 2008 Plan is effective until November 22, 2032 or, if earlier, until (i) the time that all available common units under the 2008 Plan have been delivered to participants or (ii) the time of termination of the 2008 Plan by the Board of Directors of EPCO or by the Incentive Plan Administration Subcommittee of the Governance Committee of the Board of Enterprise GP. After giving effect to awards granted under the 2008 Plan through December 31, 2025, a total of 97,704,053 additional common units were available for issuance. After taking into account tax withholding requirements, we issued 5,346,387, 4,990,360 and 4,662,539 common units in connection with the vesting of phantom unit awards in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Phantom Unit Awards

Subject to customary forfeiture provisions, phantom unit awards allow recipients to acquire the Partnership’s common units once a defined vesting period expires (at no cost to the recipient apart from fulfilling required service and other conditions). We expect phantom units to result in the issuance of common units upon vesting; therefore, these grants are accounted for as equity-classified awards. Phantom unit awards generally vest at a rate of 25% per year beginning one year after the grant date and are non-vested until the required service periods expire.

The grant date fair value of a phantom unit award is based on the market price per unit of the Partnership’s common units on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized based on the grant date fair value, net of an allowance for estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service or vesting period.

F-50

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents phantom unit award activity for the years indicated:

				Weighted-		
	Number of			Average Grant		
				Date Fair Value		
	Units			per Unit (1)		
						
Phantom unit awards at December 31, 2022	17,982,945	$	23.94		
Granted (2)	8,904,445	$	25.80		
						
Vested	(6,786,085)	$	24.81		
Forfeited	(544,054)	$	24.52		
						
Phantom unit awards at December 31, 2023	19,557,251	$	24.47		
Granted (3)	8,881,820	$	26.25		
						
Vested	(7,304,071)	$	24.51		
Forfeited	(542,749)	$	25.39		
						
Phantom unit awards at December 31, 2024	20,592,251	$	25.21		
Granted (4)	8,370,315	$	33.08		
						
Vested	(7,815,940)	$	24.46		
Forfeited	(564,660)	$	28.44		
						
Phantom unit awards at December 31, 2025	20,581,966	$	28.60		

(1)	Determined by dividing the aggregate grant date fair value of awards (before an allowance for forfeitures) by the number of awards issued.

(2)	The aggregate grant date fair value of phantom unit awards issued during 2023 was $230 million based on a grant date market price of the Partnership’s common units ranging from $25.80 to $26.70 per unit. An estimated annual forfeiture rate of 2.0% was applied to these awards.
(3)	The aggregate grant date fair value of phantom unit awards issued during 2024 was $233 million based on a grant date market price of the Partnership’s common units ranging from $26.25 to $29.64 per unit. An estimated annual forfeiture rate of 2.0% was applied to these awards.
(4)	The aggregate grant date fair value of phantom unit awards issued during 2025 was $277 million based on a grant date market price of the Partnership’s common units ranging from $30.56 to $33.21 per unit. An estimated annual forfeiture rate of 2.0% was applied to these awards.

The 2008 Plan provides for the issuance of DERs in connection with phantom unit awards. A DER entitles the participant to nonforfeitable cash payments equal to the product of the number of phantom unit awards outstanding for the participant and the cash distribution per common unit paid by the Partnership to its common unitholders. Cash payments made in connection with DERs are charged to partners’ equity when the phantom unit award is expected to result in the issuance of common units; otherwise, such amounts are expensed.

The following table presents supplemental information regarding phantom unit awards for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Cash payments made in connection with DERs	$	44		$	43		$	38	
Total intrinsic value of phantom unit awards that vested during period		262			199			182	

For the EPCO group of companies, the unrecognized compensation cost associated with phantom unit awards was $229 million at December 31, 2025, of which our share of such cost is currently estimated to be $181 million. Due to the graded vesting provisions of these awards, we expect to recognize our share of the unrecognized compensation cost for these awards over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.

Profits Interest Awards

In 2018, EPCO Holdings Inc. (“EPCO Holdings”), a privately held affiliate of EPCO, contributed a portion of the Partnership’s common units it owned to form EPD 2018 Unit IV L.P. (“EPD IV”) and EPCO Unit II L.P. (“EPCO II”) (collectively referred to as “Employee Partnerships”) that served as long-term incentive arrangements for key employees of EPCO by providing them a “profits interest” (in the form of a Class B limited partner interest) in an Employee Partnership.

In exchange for the contributions of the Partnership’s common units, EPCO Holdings was admitted as the Class A limited partner of each Employee Partnership. Also on the applicable contribution date, certain key EPCO employees were issued Class B limited partner interests (i.e., profits interest awards) and admitted as Class B limited partners of each Employee Partnership, all without any capital contribution by such employees. EPCO served as the general partner of each Employee Partnership.

F-51

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Each quarter, the Employee Partnerships, as owners of the Partnership’s common units, received a cash distribution from the Partnership as did the Partnership’s other common unitholders. The cash received by the Employee Partnership was first used to pay the Class A limited partner a cash distribution equal to the product of (i) the number of the Partnership’s common units owned by the Employee Partnership and (ii) the Class A Preference Return (subject to equitable adjustment in order to reflect any equity split, equity distribution or dividend, reverse split, combination, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar event affecting such common units). To the extent that the Employee Partnership had cash remaining after making the quarterly payment to the Class A limited partner, the residual cash was distributed to the Class B limited partners on a quarterly basis as a distribution.

The Class B limited partner interests of EPD IV and EPCO II vested in March 2024 when the closing market price of the Partnership’s common units exceeded $29.02 per unit, and the Employee Partnerships were subsequently liquidated. Upon liquidation of the Employee Partnerships, assets having a then current fair market value equal to the Class A limited partner’s capital base in each Employee Partnership were distributed to the Class A limited partner. The remaining assets of each Employee Partnership were distributed to the Class B limited partners as residual profits, which represented the appreciation in value of the Employee Partnership’s assets since the date of EPCO Holdings’ contribution to it, as described above. The Employee Partnerships were terminated within 30 days following the vesting date.

Compensation expense attributable to the profits interest awards was based on the estimated fair value of each award. A portion of the fair value of these equity-based awards was allocated to us under the ASA as a non-cash expense. We were not responsible for reimbursing EPCO for any expenses of the Employee Partnerships, including the value of any contributions of units made by EPCO Holdings.

Note 14. Hedging Activities and Fair Value Measurements

In the normal course of our business operations, we are exposed to certain risks, including changes in interest rates and commodity prices. In order to manage risks associated with assets, liabilities and certain anticipated future transactions, we use derivative instruments such as futures, forward contracts, swaps, options and other instruments with similar characteristics. Substantially all of our derivatives are used for non-trading activities.

Interest Rate Hedging Activities

We may utilize interest rate swaps, forward-starting swaps, options to enter into forward-starting swaps (“swaptions”), treasury locks and similar derivative instruments to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates charged on borrowings under certain consolidated debt agreements. This strategy may be used in controlling our overall cost of capital associated with such borrowings.

Treasury Locks

A treasury lock is an agreement that fixes the price (or yield) of a specified U.S. treasury security for an established period of time. We use treasury lock agreements to hedge our exposure to interest rate changes and to reduce the volatility of financing costs on an expected future debt issuance. Each of our treasury lock transactions was designated as a cash flow hedge of the interest payments associated with an anticipated debt issuance.

During 2025, we entered into four treasury lock transactions to fix the seven-year treasury rate at a weighted-average rate of approximately 3.98% on an aggregate notional amount of $750 million. The purpose of these transactions was to hedge the underlying interest rate risk associated with debt issuances that occurred in June 2025 (see Note 7). Upon settlement of these treasury lock transactions in May 2025, we received total cash proceeds of $14 million. As cash flow hedges, gains on these derivative instruments are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized to earnings as a component of interest expense over seven years.

During 2024, we terminated and settled treasury lock transactions with a combined notional amount of $3.75 billion and made total cash payments of $33 million.

During 2023, we terminated and settled treasury lock transactions with a combined notional amount of $1.5 billion and received total cash proceeds of $21 million.

F-52

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As cash flow hedges, gains or losses on these derivative instruments are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized to earnings as a component of interest expense over the full term of each issuance.

Forward-Starting Swaps

Forward-starting swaps hedge the risk of an increase in underlying benchmark interest rates during the period of time between the inception date of the swap agreement and the future date of a debt issuance. Under the terms of the forward-starting swaps, we pay to the counterparties (at the expected settlement dates of the instruments) amounts based on a fixed interest rate applied to a notional amount and receive from the counterparties an amount equal to a variable interest rate on the same notional amount.

Commodity Hedging Activities

The prices of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, petrochemicals and refined products and power are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply and demand, market conditions and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. In order to manage such price risks, we enter into commodity derivative instruments such as physical forward contracts, futures contracts, fixed-for-float swaps and basis swaps.

At December 31, 2025, our predominant commodity hedging strategies consisted of (i) hedging anticipated future purchases and sales of commodity products associated with transportation, storage and blending activities, (ii) hedging natural gas processing margins, (iii) hedging the fair value of commodity products held in inventory and (iv) hedging anticipated future purchases of power for certain operations in Southeast Texas.

•	The objective of our anticipated future commodity purchases and sales hedging program is to hedge the margins of certain transportation, storage, blending and operational activities by locking in purchase and sale prices through the use of derivative instruments and related contracts.

•	The objective of our natural gas processing hedging program is to hedge an amount of earnings associated with these activities. We achieve this objective by executing fixed-price sales for a portion of our expected equity production using derivative instruments and related contracts. For certain natural gas processing contracts, the hedging of expected equity NGL production also involves the purchase of natural gas for plant thermal reduction, which is hedged using derivative instruments and related contracts.

•	The objective of our inventory hedging program is to hedge the fair value of commodity products currently held in inventory by locking in the sales price of the inventory through the use of derivative instruments and related contracts.

•	The objective of our commercial energy hedging program is to hedge anticipated future purchases of power for certain operations in Southeast Texas by locking in purchase prices through the use of derivative instruments and related contracts.

F-53

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes our portfolio of commodity derivative instruments outstanding at December 31, 2025 (volume measures as noted):

					Volume (1)	Accounting		
								
	Derivative Purpose	Current (2)	Long-Term (2)	Treatment		
								
	Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:						
	Natural gas processing:					
								
	Forecasted sales of natural gas (Bcf)	45.3	18.0	Cash flow hedge		
	Forecasted sales of NGLs (MMBbls)	0.9	n/a	Cash flow hedge		
								
	Octane enhancement:					
	Forecasted sales of octane enhancement products (MMBbls)	2.3	0.2	Cash flow hedge		
								
	Natural gas marketing:					
	Natural gas storage inventory management activities (Bcf)	1.8	n/a	Fair value hedge		
								
	NGL marketing:					
	Forecasted purchases of NGLs and related hydrocarbon products (MMBbls)	208.3	16.9	Cash flow hedge		
								
	Forecasted sales of NGLs and related hydrocarbon products (MMBbls)	212.9	27.0	Cash flow hedge		
	Refined products marketing:					
								
	Forecasted purchases of refined products (MMBbls)	3.0	n/a	Cash flow hedge		
	Forecasted sales of refined products (MMBbls)	6.1	0.1	Cash flow hedge		
								
	Crude oil marketing:					
	Forecasted purchases of crude oil (MMBbls)	19.5	7.3	Cash flow hedge		
								
	Forecasted sales of crude oil (MMBbls)	28.1	14.1	Cash flow hedge		
	Petrochemical marketing:					
								
	Forecasted sales of petrochemical products (MMBbls)	0.3	n/a	Cash flow hedge		
	Commercial energy:					
								
	Forecasted purchases of power related to asset operations (terawatt hours (“TWh”))	1.0	0.3	Cash flow hedge		
	Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:					
								
	Natural gas risk management activities (Bcf) (3)	39.4	n/a	Mark-to-market		
	NGL risk management activities (MMBbls) (3)	58.3	6.4	Mark-to-market		
								
	Refined products risk management activities (MMBbls) (3)	7.8	n/a	Mark-to-market		
	Crude oil risk management activities (MMBbls) (3)	4.6	n/a	Mark-to-market		

(1)	Volume for derivatives designated as hedging instruments reflects the total amount of volumes hedged whereas volume for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments reflects the absolute value of derivative notional volumes.
(2)	The maximum term for derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, derivatives designated as fair value hedges and derivatives not designated as hedging instruments is March 2029, February 2026 and December 2027, respectively.
(3)	Reflects the use of derivative instruments to manage risks associated with our transportation, processing and storage assets.

The carrying amount of our inventories subject to fair value hedges was $6 million and $11 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Certain basis swaps and other derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments are used to manage market risks associated with anticipated purchases and sales of commodity products. There is some uncertainty involved in the timing of these transactions often due to the development of more favorable profit opportunities or when spreads are insufficient to cover variable costs thus reducing the likelihood that the transactions will occur during the periods originally forecasted. In accordance with derivatives accounting guidance, these instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting even though they are effective at managing the risk exposures of the underlying assets. Due to volatility in commodity prices, any non-cash, mark-to-market earnings variability cannot be predicted.

F-54

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tabular Presentation of Fair Value Amounts, and Gains and Losses on

Derivative Instruments and Related Hedged Items

The following table provides a balance sheet overview of our derivative assets and liabilities at the dates indicated:

									Asset Derivatives					Liability Derivatives				
												
							December 31, 2025	December 31, 2024	December 31, 2025	December 31, 2024		
																				
							Balance		Fair	Balance		Fair	Balance		Fair	Balance		Fair		
							Sheet			Sheet			Sheet			Sheet				
							Location		Value	Location		Value	Location		Value	Location		Value		
	Derivatives designated as hedging															
																
	instruments														
																				
							Current			Current			Current			Current				
	Commodity derivatives	assets	$	403	assets	$	210	liabilities	$	312	liabilities	$	178		
	Commodity derivatives	Other assets		26	Other assets		22	Other liabilities		13	Other liabilities		4		
																				
	Total commodity derivatives			429			232			325			182		
	Total derivatives designated as hedging		$	429		$	232		$	325		$	182		
	instruments															

																				
	Derivatives not designated as hedging															
	instruments														
																				
							Current			Current			Current			Current				
	Commodity derivatives	assets	$	31	assets	$	324	liabilities	$	35	liabilities	$	293		
	Commodity derivatives	Other assets		–	Other assets		19	Other liabilities		3	Other liabilities		20		
																				
	Total commodity derivatives			31			343			38			313		
	Total derivatives not designated as hedging		$	31		$	343		$	38		$	313		
	instruments															

Certain of our commodity derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The following tables present our derivative instruments subject to such arrangements at the dates indicated:

										Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets							
																					
										Amounts		Gross Amounts Not Offset						
													in the Balance Sheet							
			Gross		Gross		of Assets								Amounts That		
																		
			Amounts of		Amounts		Presented				Cash		Cash			Would Have		
			Recognized		Offset in the		in the		Financial		Collateral		Collateral			Been Presented		
			Assets		Balance Sheet		Balance Sheet		Instruments		Received		Paid			On Net Basis		
																								
			(i)		(ii)		(iii) = (i) – (ii)				(iv)					(v) = (iii) + (iv)		
As of December 31, 2025:																								

Commodity derivatives	$	460			$	–	$	460				$	(362)	$	(98)	$	–	$	–		
As of December 31, 2024:																								
																								
Commodity derivatives	$	575			$	–	$	575				$	(495)	$	(79)	$	–	$	1		
										Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities							
																					
										Amounts		Gross Amounts Not Offset						
													in the Balance Sheet							
			Gross		Gross		of Liabilities									Amounts That		
																			
			Amounts of		Amounts		Presented		Financial		Cash		Cash			Would Have		
			Recognized		Offset in the		in the				Collateral		Collateral			Been Presented		
			Liabilities		Balance Sheet		Balance Sheet		Instruments		Received		Paid			On Net Basis		
																						
			(i)		(ii)		(iii) = (i) – (ii)				(iv)					(v) = (iii) + (iv)		
As of December 31, 2025:																								

Commodity derivatives	$	363			$	–	$	363				$	(362)	$	–	$	–	$	1		
As of December 31, 2024:																								
																							
Commodity derivatives	$	495			$	–	$	495				$	(495)	$	–	$	–	$	–		

F-55

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets are presented on a gross basis and determined at the individual transaction level. This presentation method is applied regardless of whether the respective exchange clearing agreements, counterparty contracts or master netting agreements contain netting language often referred to as “rights of offset.” Although derivative amounts are presented on a gross basis, having rights of offset enable the settlement of a net as opposed to gross receivable or payable amount under a counterparty default or liquidation scenario.

Cash is paid and received as collateral under certain agreements, particularly for those associated with exchange transactions. For any cash collateral payments or receipts, corresponding assets or liabilities are recorded to reflect the variation margin deposits or receipts with exchange clearing brokers and customers. These balances are also presented on a gross basis on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The tabular presentation above provides a means for comparing the gross amount of derivative assets and liabilities, excluding associated accounts payable and receivable, to the net amount that would likely be receivable or payable under a default scenario based on the existence of rights of offset in the respective derivative agreements. Any cash collateral paid or received is reflected in these tables, but only to the extent that it represents variation margins. Any amounts associated with derivative prepayments or initial margins that are not influenced by the derivative asset or liability amounts or those that are determined solely on their volumetric notional amounts are excluded from these tables.

The following tables present the effect of our derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges on our Statements of Consolidated Operations for the years indicated:

Derivatives in Fair Value					Gain (Loss) Recognized in			
Hedging Relationships		Location			Income on Derivative			
						
				For the Year Ended December 31,		
											
		2025				2024			2023	
											
Commodity derivatives	Revenue		$	5	$	2		$	7	
Total			$	5		$	2		$	7	
										
Derivatives in Fair Value					Gain (Loss) Recognized in			
Hedging Relationships		Location			Income on Hedged Item			
						
				For the Year Ended December 31,		
											
		2025				2024			2023	
											
Commodity derivatives	Revenue		$	(3)	$	9		$	(7)	
Total			$	(3)		$	9		$	(7)	

The gain (loss) corresponding to the hedge ineffectiveness on the fair value hedges was negligible for all periods presented. The remaining gain (loss) for each period presented is primarily attributable to prompt-to-forward month price differentials that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The following tables present the effect of our derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on our Statements of Consolidated Operations and

Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income for the years indicated:

Derivatives in Cash Flow		Change in Value Recognized in		
Hedging Relationships		Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on Derivative	
				
		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
		2025			2024			2023	
									
Interest rate derivatives	$	14		$	(2)		$	(36)	
Commodity derivatives – Revenue (1)		321			182			81	
									
Commodity derivatives – Operating costs and expenses (1)		(36)			(67)			12	
Total	$	299		$	113		$	57	

(1)	The fair value of these derivative instruments will be reclassified to their respective locations on the Statement of Consolidated Operations when the forecasted transactions affect earnings.

F-56

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivatives in Cash Flow			Gain (Loss) Reclassified from			
			Accumulated Other Comprehensive			
Hedging Relationships	Location			Income (Loss) to Income				
						
			For the Year Ended December 31,			
											
		2025				2024			2023		
											
Interest rate derivatives	Interest expense	$	7	$	6		$	5		
Commodity derivatives	Revenue		235			249			106		
											
Commodity derivatives	Operating costs and expenses		(43)			(71)			4		
Total		$	199		$	184		$	115		

Over the next twelve months, we expect to reclassify $7 million of gains attributable to interest rate derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings as a decrease in interest expense. Likewise, we expect to reclassify $163 million of net gains attributable to commodity derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings, with $169 million as an increase in revenue and $6 million as an increase in operating costs and expenses.

The following table presents the effect of our derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments on our Statements of Consolidated Operations for the years indicated:

Derivatives Not Designated				Gain (Loss) Recognized in			
as Hedging Instruments	Location				Income on Derivative			
					
			For the Year Ended December 31,		
										
		2025				2024			2023	
										
Commodity derivatives	Revenue	$	45	$	26		$	213	
Commodity derivatives	Operating costs and expenses		(5)			(4)			–	
										
Total		$	40	$	22		$	213	

The $40 million net gain recognized for the year ended December 31, 2025 (as noted in the preceding table) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consists of $52 million of net realized gains and $12 million of net unrealized mark-to-market losses attributable to commodity derivatives.

In total and inclusive of both fair value hedges and derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, unrealized mark-to-market gains (losses) included in gross operating margin were as follows for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Mark-to-market gains (losses) in gross operating margin:										

NGL Pipelines & Services	$	(3)		$	(8)		$	(25)		
Crude Oil Pipelines & Services		(4)			21			(5)		
										
Natural Gas Pipelines & Services		(10)			5			(1)		
Petrochemical & Refined Products Services		1			2			(2)		
										
Total mark-to-market impact on gross operating margin	$	(16)		$	20		$	(33)		

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth, by level within the Level 1, 2 and 3 fair value hierarchy (see Note 2), the carrying values of our financial assets and liabilities at the dates indicated. These assets and liabilities are measured on a recurring basis and are classified based on the lowest level of input used to estimate their fair value. Our assessment of the relative significance of such inputs requires judgment.

F-57

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The values for commodity derivatives are presented before and after the application of CME Rule 814, which deems that financial instruments cleared by the CME are settled daily in connection with variation margin payments. As a result of this exchange rule, CME-related derivatives are considered to have no fair value at the balance sheet date for financial reporting purposes; however, the derivatives remain outstanding and subject to future commodity price fluctuations until they are settled in accordance with their contractual terms. Derivative transactions cleared on exchanges other than the CME (e.g., the Intercontinental Exchange or ICE) continue to be reported on a gross basis.

				At December 31, 2025							
		Fair Value Measurements Using						
												
		Quoted Prices										
		in Active		Significant							
		Markets for		Other		Significant				
		Identical Assets		Observable		Unobservable				
		and Liabilities		Inputs		Inputs				
		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total		
Financial assets:													

Commodity derivatives:													
Value before application of CME Rule 814	$	172		$	777		$	–	$	949		
													
Impact of CME Rule 814		(170)			(319)			–		(489)		
Total commodity derivatives		2			458			–			460		
													
Total	$	2		$	458		$	–	$	460		
Financial liabilities:													

Commodity derivatives:													
Value before application of CME Rule 814	$	32		$	710		$	–	$	742		
													
Impact of CME Rule 814		(31)			(348)			–		(379)		
Total commodity derivatives		1			362			–			363		
													
Total	$	1		$	362		$	–	$	363		

In the aggregate, the fair value of our commodity hedging portfolios at December 31, 2025 was a net derivative asset of $207 million prior to the impact of CME Rule 814.

				At December 31, 2024							
		Fair Value Measurements Using						
												
		Quoted Prices										
		in Active		Significant							
		Markets for		Other		Significant				
		Identical Assets		Observable		Unobservable				
		and Liabilities		Inputs		Inputs				
		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total		
Financial assets:													
													
Commodity derivatives:													
													
Value before application of CME Rule 814	$	355		$	443		$	–	$	798		
Impact of CME Rule 814		(56)			(167)			–		(223)		
													
Total commodity derivatives		299			276			–		575		
Total	$	299		$	276		$	–		$	575		

Financial liabilities:													
													
Commodity derivatives:													
Value before application of CME Rule 814	$	291		$	404		$	21		$	716		
													
Impact of CME Rule 814		(43)			(157)			(21)			(221)		
Total commodity derivatives		248			247			–			495		
													
Total	$	248		$	247		$	–	$	495		

Financial assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at December 31, 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) and changes in the fair value of our recurring Level 3 financial assets and liabilities on a combined basis during the related periods were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-58

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Fair Value Information

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash balances), accounts receivable, commercial paper notes and accounts payable approximate their fair values based on their short-term nature. The estimated total fair value of our fixed-rate debt obligations was $32.2 billion and $28.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The aggregate carrying value of these debt obligations was $34.1 billion and $31.6 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These values are primarily based on quoted market prices for such debt or debt of similar terms and maturities (Level 2) and our credit standing. Changes in market rates of interest affect the fair value of our fixed-rate debt. The carrying values of our variable-rate long-term debt obligations approximate their fair values since the associated interest rates are market-based. We do not have any long-term investments in debt or equity securities recorded at fair value.

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

The following table summarizes our related party transactions for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Revenues – related parties:										

Unconsolidated affiliates	$	52		$	58		$	61		
Costs and expenses – related parties:										

EPCO and its privately held affiliates	$	1,604		$	1,472		$	1,353		
Unconsolidated affiliates		159			185			188		
										
Total	$	1,763		$	1,657		$	1,541		

The following table summarizes our related party accounts receivable and accounts payable balances at the dates indicated:

		December 31,			
							
	2025				2024		
Accounts receivable - related parties:							

Unconsolidated affiliates	$	1		$	4		

Accounts payable - related parties:							
EPCO and its privately held affiliates	$	195		$	180		
							
Unconsolidated affiliates		22			18		
Total	$	217		$	198		

We believe that the terms and provisions of our related party agreements are fair to us; however, such agreements and transactions may not be as favorable to us as we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Relationship with EPCO and Affiliates

We have an extensive and ongoing relationship with EPCO and its privately held affiliates (including Enterprise GP, our general partner), which are not a part of our consolidated group of companies.

F-59

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At December 31, 2025, EPCO and its privately held affiliates (including Dan Duncan LLC and certain Duncan family trusts) beneficially owned the following limited partner interests in us:

	Percentage of		
Total Number of Limited Partner Interests Held	Common Units		
	Outstanding		
			
702,259,470 common units	32.5%		

Of the total number of Partnership common units held by EPCO and its privately held affiliates, 59,976,464 have been pledged as security under the separate credit facilities of EPCO and its privately held affiliates at December 31, 2025. These credit facilities contain customary and other events of default, including defaults by us and other affiliates of EPCO. An event of default, followed by a foreclosure on the pledged collateral, could ultimately result in a change in ownership of these units and affect the market price of the Partnership’s common units.

The Partnership and Enterprise GP are both separate legal entities apart from each other and apart from EPCO and its other affiliates, with assets and liabilities that are also separate from those of EPCO and its other affiliates. EPCO and its privately held affiliates use cash on hand and cash distributions they receive from us and other investments to fund their other activities and to meet their respective debt obligations, if any. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we paid EPCO and its privately held affiliates cash distributions totaling $1.5 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

We lease office space from privately held affiliates of EPCO. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized $25 million, $23 million and $13 million, respectively, of related party operating lease expense in connection with these office space leases.

EPCO ASA

We have no employees. All of our administrative and operating functions are provided either by employees of EPCO (pursuant to the ASA) or by other service providers. We and our general partner are parties to the ASA.

Under the ASA, EPCO provides us with the administrative and operating services deemed necessary to manage and operate our businesses, properties and assets (all in accordance with prudent industry practices). Our operating costs and expenses include amounts paid to EPCO for the actual direct and indirect costs it incurs to operate our facilities, including the compensation of its employees. Likewise, our general and administrative costs include amounts paid to EPCO for management and other administrative services, including the compensation of its employees. In general, our reimbursement to EPCO for administrative services is either (i) on an actual basis for direct expenses it may incur on our behalf (e.g., the purchase of office supplies) or (ii) based on an allocation of such charges between the various parties to the ASA based on the estimated use of such services by each party (e.g., the allocation of legal or accounting salaries based on estimates of time spent on each entity’s business and affairs). In addition, we have agreed to pay all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time with respect to the services provided to us by EPCO.

The ASA allows us to participate as a named insured in EPCO’s overall insurance program, with the associated premiums and other costs being allocated to us. See Note 18 for additional information regarding our insurance programs.

The following table presents our related party costs and expenses attributable to the ASA with EPCO for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Operating costs and expenses	$	1,443		$	1,294		$	1,189	
General and administrative expenses		134			152			141	
									
Total costs and expenses	$	1,577		$	1,446		$	1,330	

Since the vast majority of such expenses are charged to us on an actual basis (i.e., no mark-up is charged or subsidy is received), we believe that such expenses are representative of what the amounts would have been on a standalone basis. With respect to allocated costs, we believe that the proportional direct allocation method employed by EPCO is reasonable and reflective of the estimated level of costs we would have incurred on a standalone basis.

F-60

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Relationships with Unconsolidated Affiliates

Many of our unconsolidated affiliates perform supporting or complementary roles to our other business operations. The following information summarizes significant related party transactions with our unconsolidated affiliates:

•	For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we paid Seaway $26 million, $30 million and $27 million, respectively, for pipeline transportation and storage services in connection with our crude oil marketing activities. Revenues from Seaway were $17 million, $23 million and $25 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

•	For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we purchased $72 million, $75 million and $80 million, respectively, of NGLs from VESCO.

•	We pay Promix for the transportation, storage and fractionation of NGLs. Expenses with Promix were $39 million, $39 million and $36 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, we sell natural gas to Promix for its plant fuel requirements. Revenues from Promix were $12 million, $9 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

•	For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we paid Texas Express $3 million, $10 million and $27 million, respectively, for pipeline transportation services.

•	We perform management services for certain of our unconsolidated affiliates. We charged such affiliates $15 million, $14 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Note 16. Income Taxes

Publicly traded partnerships like ours are treated as corporations unless they have 90% or more in “qualifying income” (as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code). We satisfied this requirement in each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and, as a result, are not subject to federal income tax. However, our partners are individually responsible for paying federal income tax on their share of our taxable income. Net earnings for financial reporting purposes may differ significantly from taxable income reportable to our unitholders as a result of differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of certain assets and liabilities and other factors. We do not have access to information regarding each partner’s individual tax basis in our limited partner interests.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Accounting guidance provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. We did not rely on any uncertain tax positions in recording our income tax-related amounts during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

F-61

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tabular Disclosures Regarding Income Taxes

Our federal, state and foreign income tax benefit (provision) is summarized below:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Current portion of income tax provision:										

Federal	$	(2)		$	(2)		$	(12)		
State		25			(18)			(20)		
										
Total current portion		23			(20)			(32)		
Deferred portion of income tax provision:										
										
Federal		(17)			(16)			17		
State		(29)			(28)			(29)		
										
Foreign		–		(1)			–		
Total deferred portion		(46)			(45)			(12)		
										
Total provision for income taxes	$	(23)		$	(65)		$	(44)		

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes with amounts determined by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

				For the Year Ended December 31,				
												
		2025				2024				2023		
												
Pre-Tax Net Book Income (“NBI”)	$	5,899		$	6,035			$	5,701		
												
Income tax provision at the U.S. federal income tax rate		(1,239)	(21.0)%			(1,267)	(21.0)%			(1,197)	(21.0)%	
Reduction (increase) in provision for income taxes resulting from:												
												
Partnership income not subject to federal income tax		1,220	20.7 %			1,250	20.7 %			1,181	20.7 %	
Texas Margin Tax (1)		(3)	(0.1)%			(44)	(0.7)%			(49)	(0.9)%	
												
Change in valuation allowance (2)		–	– %			–	– %		22	0.4 %	
Other		(1)	– %			(4)	(0.1)%			(1)	– %	
												
Provision for income taxes	$	(23)	(0.4)%	$	(65)	(1.1)%		$	(44)	(0.8)%	

Effective income tax rate		(0.4)%				(1.1)%				(0.8)%		

(1)	Although the Texas Margin Tax is not considered a state income tax, it has the characteristics of an income tax since it is determined by applying a tax rate to a base that considers our Texas-sourced revenues and expenses.
(2)	During 2023, management concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets attributable to OTA will be fully realizable. As a result, for the year-end December 31, 2023, we recorded a full release of the valuation allowance against OTA’s deferred tax assets.

Deferred income taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates, which will be in effect when these differences reverse.

F-62

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the dates indicated:

		December 31,			
							
	2025				2024		
Deferred tax liabilities:							

Attributable to investment in OTA (1)	$	495		$	462		
Attributable to property, plant and equipment		172			151		
							
Attributable to investments in other entities		4			5		
Other		107			98		
							
Total deferred tax liabilities		778			716		
Deferred tax assets:							
							
Net operating loss carryovers (2)		73			56		
Temporary differences related to Texas Margin Tax		3			4		
							
Total deferred tax assets		76			60		
Total net deferred tax liabilities	$	702		$	656		

(1)	Represents the deferred tax liability balance held by our wholly owned subsidiary, OTA, which we acquired in March 2020.

(2)	The loss amount presented as of December 31, 2025 has an indefinite carryover period. All losses are subject to limitations on their utilization.

The following table presents income taxes paid, net of refunds received, during the periods indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Federal	$	1		$	2		$	3	
State		11			18			21	
									
Total	$	12		$	20		$	24	

Note 17. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Litigation

As part of our normal business activities, we may be named as defendants in legal proceedings, including those arising from regulatory and environmental matters. Although we are insured against various risks to the extent we believe it is prudent, there is no assurance that the nature and amount of such insurance will be adequate, in every case, to fully indemnify us against losses arising from future legal proceedings. We will vigorously defend the Partnership in litigation matters.

Management has regular quarterly litigation reviews, including updates from legal counsel, to assess the possible need for accounting recognition and disclosure of these contingencies. We accrue an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a range of probable loss amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum amount in the range is accrued.

We do not record a contingent liability when the likelihood of loss is probable but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated or when the likelihood of loss is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and the impact would be material to our consolidated financial statements, we disclose the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss. Based on a consideration of all relevant known facts and circumstances, we do not believe that the ultimate outcome of any currently pending litigation directed against us will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements either individually at the claim level or in the aggregate.

F-63

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There were no accruals for litigation contingencies at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We classify our accruals for litigation contingencies in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of “Other current liabilities” or “Other long-term liabilities” based on management’s estimate regarding the timing of settlement. Our evaluation of litigation contingencies is based on the facts and circumstances of each case and predicting the outcome of these matters involves uncertainties. In the event the assumptions we use to evaluate these matters change in future periods or new information becomes available, we may be required to record additional accruals. In an effort to mitigate expenses associated with litigation, we may settle legal proceedings out of court.

Commitments Under Equity Compensation Plans of EPCO

In accordance with our agreements with EPCO, we reimburse EPCO for our share of its compensation expense attributable to employees who perform management, administrative and operating functions for us. See Notes 13 and 15 for additional information regarding our accounting for equity-based awards and related party information, respectively.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our various contractual obligations at December 31, 2025. A description of each type of contractual obligation follows:

									Payment or Settlement due by Period							
Contractual Obligations																					
		Total		2026			2027			2028			2029			2030			Thereafter		
																							
Scheduled maturities of debt obligations	$	34,707		$	1,625		$	1,575		$	1,800		$	1,250		$	1,250		$	27,207		
Estimated cash interest payments	$	28,309		$	1,578		$	1,509		$	1,477		$	1,409		$	1,354		$	20,982		
																							
Operating lease obligations (1)	$	576		$	111		$	73		$	52		$	39		$	36		$	265		
Finance lease obligations (2)	$	18		$	4		$	4		$	5		$	3		$	1		$	1		
																							
Purchase obligations:																						
Product purchase commitments:																						
																							
Estimated payment obligations:																						
NGLs	$	2,836		$	1,186		$	1,186		$	170		$	131		$	131		$	32		
																							
Crude oil	$	4,296		$	1,226		$	1,226		$	965		$	622		$	257		$	–		
Other	$	43		$	7		$	8		$	8		$	8		$	7		$	5		
																							
Service payment commitments	$	271		$	41		$	38		$	33		$	25		$	24		$	110		
																							
Capital expenditure commitments	$	51		$	36		$	15		$	–	$	–	$	–	$	–		

(1)	As of December 31, 2025, the difference between the total payments for operating lease obligations and the carrying value of our operating lease liabilities, which represents the present value of future operating lease payments, was $105 million.
(2)	As of December 31, 2025, the difference between the total payments for finance lease obligations and the carrying value of our finance lease liabilities, which represents the present value of future finance lease payments, was $2 million.

Scheduled Maturities of Debt

We have long-term and short-term payment obligations under debt agreements. Amounts shown in the preceding table represent our scheduled future maturities of debt principal for the years indicated. See Note 7 for additional information regarding our consolidated debt obligations.

Estimated Cash Interest Payments

Our estimated cash payments for interest are based on the principal amount of our consolidated debt obligations outstanding at December 31, 2025, the contractually scheduled maturities of such balances, and the applicable interest rates. Our estimated cash payments for interest are influenced by the long-term maturities of our $2.3 billion in junior subordinated notes (due June 2067 through February 2078). The estimated cash payments assume that (i) the junior subordinated notes are not repaid prior to their respective maturity dates and (ii) the amount of interest paid on the junior subordinated notes is based on either (a) the current fixed interest rate charged or (b) the weighted-average variable rate paid in 2025, as applicable, for each note through the respective maturity date. See Note 7 for information regarding fixed and weighted-average variable interest rates charged in 2025.

F-64

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Operating and Finance Lease Obligations

We lease certain property, plant and equipment under noncancelable and cancelable leases. Amounts shown in the preceding table represent minimum cash lease payment obligations under our leases with terms in excess of one year.

Our significant operating lease agreements consist of (i) land held pursuant to property leases, (ii) the lease of underground storage caverns for natural gas, NGLs and ethylene, (iii) the lease of compressors and transportation equipment used in our operations and (iv) office space leased from affiliates of EPCO. These lease agreements have terms that range from 5 to 30 years. The agreements to lease office space from affiliates of EPCO and those relating to underground NGL storage caverns we lease from a third party include renewal options that could extend these contracts for up to an additional 20 years. The remainder of our significant operating lease agreements do not provide for additional renewal terms.

Our finance lease agreements consist of leases of certain transportation equipment used in our trucking operations that include options to purchase the leased equipment, which we are reasonably certain to exercise. These lease agreements have terms that range from 4 to 6 years.

The following table presents information regarding operating and finance leases where we are the lessee at December 31, 2025:

	ROU		Lease		Weighted-	Weighted-	
	Asset		Liability		Average	Average	
	Carrying		Carrying		Remaining	Discount	
Asset Category	Value (1)		Value (2)		Term	Rate (3)	
							
Operating leases							
							
Storage and pipeline facilities	$	247	$	246	10 years	4.8%	
Transportation equipment		32		33	3 years	4.8%	
							
Office and warehouse space		158		192	11 years	3.3%	
Total operating leases		437		471			
							
Finance leases							
Transportation equipment		16		16	4 years	4.8%	
							
Total finance leases		16		16			
Total leases	$	453	$	487			

							

(1)	ROU asset amounts are a component of “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(2)	At December 31, 2025, operating lease liabilities of $94 million and $377 million were included within “Other current liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities,” respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2025, finance lease liabilities of $3 million and $13 million were included within “Other current liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities,” respectively.
(3)	The discount rate for each category of assets represents the weighted average of either (i) the implicit rate applicable to the underlying leases (where determinable) or (ii) our incremental borrowing rate adjusted for collateralization (if the implicit rate is not determinable). In general, the discount rates are based on either information available at the lease commencement date or January 1, 2019 for leases existing at the adoption date for ASC 842.

F-65

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table disaggregates our total operating and finance lease expense for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Long-term leases:										
										
Fixed operating lease expense:										
										
Non-cash lease expense (amortization of ROU assets)	$	109		$	95	$	72		
Related accretion expense on lease liability balances		17			17			14		
										
Total fixed operating lease expense		126			112			86		
Fixed finance lease expense:										
										
Amortization of ROU assets (1)		2				*		–		
Interest on finance lease liabilities (1)		1				*		–		
										
Total fixed finance lease expense (1)		3				*		–		
Variable lease expense		18			17			13		
										
Total long-term lease expense		147			129			99		
Short-term leases		163			121			111		
										
Total lease expense	$	310		$	250	$	210		

(1)	For the year ended December 31, 2024, total fixed finance lease expense, which include amortization of finance lease ROU assets and interest on finance lease liabilities, was less than $1 million.
*	Amount is negligible.

Fixed operating lease expense for storage, pipeline, transportation equipment and warehouse are charged to operating costs and expenses, while those for our office buildings are charged to general and administrative costs. Fixed finance lease expense includes interest on the finance lease liabilities and amortization of the ROU assets, which are charged to interest expense and operating costs and expenses, respectively. Variable lease payments and short-term lease expense are expensed as incurred.

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities recorded on our balance sheet was $129 million, $110 million and $87 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Cash paid for finance leases was $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. There were no cash payments for finance lease liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2024.

We do not have any significant operating leases where we are the lessor. Our operating lease income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $16 million, $15 million and $16 million, respectively. We do not have any direct financing or sales-type leases.

Purchase Obligations

We define purchase obligations as agreements with remaining terms in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding (i.e., unconditional) on us that specify all significant terms, including (i) fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, (ii) fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and (iii) the approximate timing of the transactions. We classify our unconditional purchase obligations into the following categories:

•	Product purchase commitments – We have long-term product purchase obligations for natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, and petrochemicals and refined products with third party suppliers. The prices that we are obligated to pay under these contracts approximate market prices at the time we take delivery of the volumes. The preceding table presents our estimated future payment obligations under these contracts based on the contractual price in each agreement at December 31, 2025 applied to all future volume commitments. Actual future payment obligations may vary depending on prices at the time of delivery.

•	Service payment commitments – We have long-term commitments to pay service providers, including those attributable to obligations under firm pipeline transportation contracts. Payment obligations vary by contract, but generally represent a price per unit of volume multiplied by a firm transportation volume commitment.

•	We have long-term payment obligations relating to our capital expenditures, including our share of the capital expenditures of unconsolidated affiliates. These commitments represent unconditional payment obligations for services to be rendered or products to be delivered in connection with capital projects.

F-66

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Long-Term Liabilities

The following table summarizes the components of “Other long-term liabilities” as presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the dates indicated:

Noncurrent portion of AROs (see Note 4)

Deferred revenues – non-current portion (see Note 9)

Operating lease liability – non-current portion

Derivative liabilities

Other

Total

December 31,

	2025			2024	
					
$	285		$	259	
	261			284	
	377			366	
	16			24	
	45			17	
					
$	984		$	950	

Note 18. Significant Risks and Uncertainties

Nature of Operations

We operate predominantly in the midstream energy industry, which includes gathering, transporting, processing, fractionating and storing natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, and petrochemical and refined products. As such, changes in the prices of hydrocarbon products and in the relative price levels among hydrocarbon products could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Changes in prices may impact demand for hydrocarbon products, which in turn may impact production, demand and the volumes of products for which we provide services. In addition, decreases in demand may be caused by other factors, including prevailing economic conditions, reduced demand by consumers for the end products made with hydrocarbon products, increased competition, adverse weather conditions, public health emergencies and government regulations affecting prices and production levels.

The natural gas, NGL and crude oil volumes currently transported, gathered or processed at our facilities originate primarily from existing domestic resource basins, which naturally deplete over time. To offset this natural decline, our facilities need access to production from newly discovered properties. Many economic and business factors beyond our control can adversely affect the decision by producers to explore for and develop new reserves. These factors could include relatively low crude oil and natural gas prices, cost and availability of equipment and labor, regulatory changes, capital budget limitations, the lack of available capital or the probability of success in finding hydrocarbons. A decrease in exploration and development activities in the regions where our facilities and other energy logistics assets are located could result in a decrease in volumes handled by our assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Even if crude oil and natural gas reserves exist in the areas served by our assets, we may not be chosen by producers in these areas to gather, transport, process, fractionate, store or otherwise handle the hydrocarbons extracted. We compete with other companies for such production on the basis of many factors, including, but not limited to, geographic proximity to the production, costs of connection, available capacity, rates and access to markets.

Credit Risk

We may incur credit risk to the extent counterparties do not fulfill their obligations to us in connection with our marketing of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil, and petrochemicals and refined products and under long-term contracts with minimum volume commitments or fixed demand charges. Risks of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers are a major consideration in our businesses, and our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to sufficiently eliminate customer credit risk. Further, adverse economic conditions in our industry, such as those experienced in 2020, may increase the risk of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers, particularly customers that have sub-investment grade credit ratings or small-scale companies. We manage our exposure to credit risk through credit analysis, credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for certain transactions may utilize letters of credit, prepayments, net out agreements and guarantees. However, these procedures and policies do not fully eliminate customer credit risk.

F-67

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The primary markets for our services are the Gulf Coast, Southwest, Rocky Mountain, Northeast and Midwest regions of the U.S. We have a concentration of trade receivables due from independent and major integrated oil and gas companies and other pipelines and wholesalers operating in these markets. These concentrations may affect our overall credit risk in that these energy industry customers may be similarly affected by adverse changes in economic, regulatory or other factors.

In those situations where we are exposed to credit risk in our derivative instrument transactions, we analyze the counterparty’s financial condition prior to entering into an agreement, establish credit and/or margin limits and monitor the appropriateness of these limits on an ongoing basis. Generally, we do not require collateral for such transactions nor do we currently anticipate nonperformance by our material counterparties.

Insurance Matters

We participate as a named insured in EPCO’s insurance program, which provides us with property damage, business interruption and other insurance coverage, the scope and amounts of which we believe are customary and prudent for the nature and extent of our operations. While we believe EPCO maintains adequate insurance coverage on our behalf, insurance may not fully cover every type of damage, interruption or other loss that might occur. If we were to incur a significant loss for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, there may be timing differences between amounts we accrue related to property damage expense, amounts we are required to pay in connection with a loss, and amounts we subsequently receive from insurance carriers as reimbursements. Any event that materially interrupts the revenues generated by our consolidated operations, or other losses that require us to make material expenditures not reimbursed by insurance, could reduce our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders and, accordingly, adversely affect the market price of the Partnership’s common units.

Involuntary conversions result from the loss of an asset due to some unforeseen event (e.g., destruction due to a fire). Some of these events are covered by insurance, thus resulting in a property damage insurance recovery. Amounts we receive from insurance carriers are net of any deductibles related to the covered event. We record a receivable from insurance to the extent we recognize a loss from an involuntary conversion event and the likelihood of our recovering such loss is deemed probable. To the extent that any of our insurance claim receivables are later judged not probable of recovery (e.g., due to new information), such amounts are expensed. We recognize gains on involuntary conversions when the amount received from insurance exceeds the net book value of the retired assets.

In addition, we do not recognize gains related to insurance recoveries until all contingencies related to such proceeds have been resolved, that is, a non-refundable cash payment is received from the insurance carrier or we have a binding settlement agreement with the carrier that clearly states that a non-refundable payment will be made. To the extent that an asset is rebuilt, the associated expenditures are capitalized, as appropriate, on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and presented as “Capital expenditures” on our Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows.

Under our current insurance program, the standalone deductible for property damage claims is $30 million. We also have business interruption protection; however, such claims must involve physical damage and have a combined loss value in excess of $30 million and the period of interruption must exceed 60 days. With respect to named windstorm claims, the maximum amount of insurance coverage available to us for any single event is $200 million, after applying the appropriate deductibles. A named windstorm is a hurricane, typhoon, tropical storm or cyclone as declared by the U.S. National Weather Service.

Beginning in April 2023, we maintain insurance coverage for general liability, excess liability, automotive liability and workers’ compensation that is separate from EPCO’s insurance program. For these policies, we are responsible to the extent that losses are within policy limits. We have reserves for both open claims asserted, and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported (“IBNR”). The IBNR reserve is estimated based on actuarial assumptions and analysis and is updated annually. Future events, such as the number of new claims to be filed each year, the average cost of disposing of claims, as well as the numerous uncertainties surrounding litigation and possible state and national legislative measures could cause the actual costs to be higher or lower than estimated. Accordingly, these claims, if resolved in a manner different from the estimate, could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Our reserve balance, which is a component of “Other current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $52 million and $39 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

F-68

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 19. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The following table provides information regarding the net effect of changes in our operating accounts and cash payments for interest for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,			
										
	2025				2024			2023		
Decrease (increase) in:										

Accounts receivable – trade	$	2,748		$	(1,453)		$	(810)		
Accounts receivable – related parties		3			2			4		
										
Inventories		122			(598)			(714)		
Prepaid and other current assets		27			(152)			(651)		
										
Other assets		58			38			31		
Increase (decrease) in:										
										
Accounts payable – trade		(147)			(182)			309		
Accounts payable – related parties		19			(1)			(33)		
										
Accrued product payables		(2,649)			1,867			849		
Accrued interest		29			81			29		
										
Other current liabilities		(182)			15			484		
Other long-term liabilities		(152)			(123)			(53)		
										
Net effect of changes in operating accounts	$	(124)		$	(506)		$	(555)		

Cash payments for interest, net of $182, $121 and $106 capitalized in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively	$	1,352		$	1,255		$	1,228		

We incurred liabilities for construction in progress that had not been paid at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 of $401 million, $490 million and $400 million, respectively. Such amounts are not included under the caption “Capital expenditures” on the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows.

The following table presents our cash proceeds from asset sales and other matters for the years indicated:

		For the Year Ended December 31,		
									
	2025				2024			2023	
									
Recovery of construction costs (1)	$	–	$	–	$	25	
Sale of Transport 4		8			–		–	
									
Sale of Bahia NGL Pipeline ownership interest		60			–		–	
Other asset sales		14			14			17	
									
Total	$	82		$	14		$	42	

(1)	Amounts presented reflect the portion of cash receipts from the settlement of claims attributable to the partial recovery of construction costs incurred on the associated capital project.

F-69

EXHIBIT 10.14

RETENTION AGREEMENT

This Retention Bonus Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of April 21, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), between Enterprise Products Company (“Company”) and Michael C. Hanley (“Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to provide a contingent retention payment to encourage Employee (i) to remain employed with the Company through April 30, 2028

(the “Completion Date”), (ii) to continue to perform Employee’s duties in a highly effective manner, and (iii) to proactively support the business strategy of the Company and its Company Group (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration thereof and of the covenants hereafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.	Retention Payment

A.	Provided that Employee shall have remained continuously employed as an active full-time employee of Company from the Effective Date of this Agreement through the Completion Date (“Retention

Period”), and provided that Employee maintains a satisfactory level of performance (the “Performance Requirement”) during the Retention Period, determined at the sole discretion of the executive officers of the

Company (the “Management”), Company shall pay to Employee within a reasonable period following the Completion Date, a lump sum payment in the gross amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000), less any applicable withholding taxes on such payment (“Retention Payment”).

B.	If Employee incurs a Qualifying Termination (as defined below) prior to the end of the Retention Period and Employee has met the Performance Requirement through Employee’s termination date, the Company shall pay Employee (or in the event of Employee’s death, Employee’s estate) a cash payment equal to a “pro-rata amount” of the Retention Payment, less all applicable withholding taxes and other required deductions on such payment, in a lump sum within a reasonable period following Employee’s Qualifying Termination date (the “Pro-rated Amount”). The Pro-rated Amount shall be determined based on the number of days Employee is employed during the Retention Period over the total number of days in the Retention Period. A “Qualifying Termination” means Employee’s employment with the Company and its Company Group is terminated prior to the Completion Date (i) due to Employee’s death or Disability (as defined below), or

(ii)	by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below). Employee’s Qualifying Termination must constitute a “separation from

service”.

C.	If Employee’s employment with the Company and the Company Group terminates prior to the Completion Date for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination, then, effective upon Employee’s termination of employment, Employee shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement and no payment shall be due or payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement.

D.	The determinations of whether there has been a Qualifying Termination of Employee’s employment and whether Employee has satisfied the Performance Requirement shall be determined by Management, in its good faith discretion, and such determination shall be binding for all purposes.

1

2.	Definitions

A.Termination for Cause under this Agreement shall mean a determination made in good faith by Management that Cause

exists to terminate Employee. As used herein, “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of willful misconduct or gross negligence by Employee in the performance or non-performance of Employee’s duties, (ii) Employee’s appropriation (or attempted appropriation) of a business opportunity of the Company or any Company Group, including attempting to secure or securing any personal gain in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company or any Company Group, (iii) Employee’s misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any funds or property of the Company or any Company Group, (iv)

Employee’s willful failure to perform any substantial duties of Employee’s position (other than any such failure resulting from Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or disability), (v) Employee’s failure to perform Employee’s duties at a satisfactory level, as determined in good faith by Management, or (vi) Employee’s conviction of, indictment for (or its procedural equivalent), or entering a guilty plea or a plea of no contest, with respect to any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or any felony.
B.	“Company Group” - Although Employee was an employee of Company only, for purposes of this Agreement the term “Company Group” means and includes (individually, collectively or in any combination) (i) Company, (ii) Enterprise Products Partners L.P.,
(iii)	EPCO Holdings, Inc., (iv) Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, (v) Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., (vi) Enterprise Products Operating

LLC, (vii) Dan Duncan LLC, (viii) the respective subsidiaries and affiliates of any of the foregoing entities, (ix) any other entity which is controlled, directly or indirectly, individually, collectively or in any combination, by Company and/or any of the foregoing entities, (x) any other entity which is controlled, directly or indirectly, individually, collectively or in any combination, by Dan L. Duncan’s descendants or any trusts for any of their respective benefit, and (xi) any predecessors, subsidiaries, related entities, successors, or assigns of any of the foregoing.

C.	“Disability” under this Agreement shall mean Employee is unable to perform the duties of Employee’s position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months.

3.	Term of Agreement

This Agreement shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the date of payment of the Pro-rated Amount to Employee (or

Employee’s estate) following a Qualifying Termination; (ii) the date of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination; (iii) the date of payment of the Retention Payment following the Completion Date; or (iv) a violation of Section 4.A.

or 4.F. by Employee.

4.	Miscellaneous

A.Employee shall not have any power to anticipate, pledge, assign, encumber or dispose of any right, title, or interest of

Employee in any payment that may become payable to Employee under this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any violation of this Paragraph A. shall automatically terminate this Agreement without any payment due Employee.

2

B.	This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under Employee. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer on Employee any right to continued employment with the Company or affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate Employee’s employment at any time.
C.	Any payment that may be made to Employee under this Agreement is not intended to be, and shall not be construed as being, an addition to Employee’s base salary (or included in any calculation of his base salary for increase purposes) or included in determining the amount of any benefits due Employee under any employee benefit plan of the Company, unless inclusion or consideration of such payment is expressly provided for in such employee benefit plan. Any payment made hereunder shall be in addition to any discretionary and/or incentive compensation that the Company or any Company Group may, in its sole discretion, grant Employee from time to time.
D.	This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, notwithstanding any conflict of law principles, and without regard to the place of execution or performance of Employee’s employment duties, or the residence of the parties. The parties hereby agree that the exclusive venue for any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be in Harris County, Texas and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in such venue.
E.	This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the specific subject matter hereof and contains all of the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matter, and supersedes, replaces and terminates any prior or contemporaneous agreement, understanding or promise (oral or written) between Employee and the Company or any Company Group with respect to this subject matter. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representation, inducement, which is not embodied herein, and that no agreement, statement or promise relating to the subject matter that is not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding. Employee understands that the terms of this Agreement are confidential and Employee shall not disclose either the existence of this Agreement or the terms hereof. Should Employee violate the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, Employee shall not be eligible or entitled to receive any payment that otherwise may become due under this Agreement.

F.	This Agreement is executed by the parties effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date. No change in this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and executed by both parties.
COMPANY EMPLOYEE

Enterprise Products Company
By: /s/ Randa L. Duncan	By: /s/ Michael C. Hanley	
					
Name: Randa L. Duncan		Name: Michael C. Hanley	
Title: Chairman	Dated: April 22, 2025	
Dated: April 23, 2025				

3

EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Enterprise Products Partners L.P.
as of February 1, 2026

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
38 Niente LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
		TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
Acadian Gas Pipeline System	Delaware	MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
				
Acadian Gas, LLC	Delaware	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
Adamana Land Company, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Adnar Holdings LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Alamos Terminal LLC	Texas	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Arizona Gas, L.L.C. – 60%		
Arizona Gas Storage, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Party – 40%		
				
Bahia Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 32.25%		
Baton Rouge Fractionators LLC	Delaware	Third Parties – 67.75%		
				
Baton Rouge Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Baton Rouge Fractionators LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 30%		
Baton Rouge Propylene Concentrator LLC	Delaware	Third Parties – 70%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 70%		
Baymark Pipeline LLC	Texas	Third Party – 30%		
				
Belle Rose NGL Pipeline, L.L.C.	Delaware	Enterprise NGL Pipelines, LLC – 41.67%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 58.33%		
				
Belvieu Environmental Fuels GP, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Belvieu Environmental Fuels LLC	Texas	Belvieu Environmental Fuels GP, LLC – 1%		
				
Bluebonnet Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 67%		
Breviloba, LLC	Texas	Third Party – 33%		
				
BTA ETG Gathering LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
BTA Gas Processing LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Cajun Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
Calcasieu Gas Gathering System	Texas	MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
				
	Alberta,			
Canadian Enterprise Gas Products ULC	Canada	OTA Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise TE Products Pipeline Company, LLC – 50%		
Centennial Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
Cerato Terminal LLC	Texas	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise New Mexico Ventures, LLC – 75%		
Chama Gas Services, LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 25%		
				
Channelview Fleeting Services, L.L.C.	Texas	Enterprise Marine Services LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 99.999%		
Chaparral Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise NGL Pipelines II LLC – 0.001%		
				
Chunchula Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
CTCO of Texas, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Marine Services LLC – 100%		
				
Cypress Gas Marketing, LLC	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC – 100%		

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
		Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 99.999%		
Dean Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise NGL Pipelines II LLC – 0.001%		
				
Delaware Basin Gas Processing LLC	Delaware	Enterprise GC LLC – 100%		
DEP Holdings, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 100%		
DEP Offshore Port System, LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
Dixie Pipeline Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 99.3%		
Duncan Energy Partners L.P.	Delaware	DEP Holdings, LLC – 0.700%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 50%		
Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 50%		
Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
EF Terminals Corpus Christi LLC	Delaware	Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC – 100%		
EFS Midstream LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Acquisition Holdings LLC – 100%		
Electra Shipyard Services LLC	Texas	Enterprise Marine Services LLC – 100%		
Electric E Power Marketing LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Energy Ventures, LLC	Colorado	Enterprise Crude Oil LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Acquisition Holdings LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise AGF LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Appelt, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Houston Ship Channel, L.P. – 100%		
Enterprise Arizona Gas, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Field Services, LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Blue Ivy LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise CLH LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Crude GP LLC	Delaware	TCTM, L.P. – 100%		
		TCTM, L.P. – 99.99%		
Enterprise Crude Oil LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 0.01%		
				
		TCTM, L.P. – 99.99%		
Enterprise Crude Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 0.01%		
				
Enterprise Crude Terminals and Storage LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Custom Marketing LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Crude Oil LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Delaware Basin Holdings LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Delaware Basin Treating LLC	Texas	Enterprise Delaware Basin Holdings LLC – 100%		
Enterprise EF78 LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Texas Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Ethane Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Ethane Terminals LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Ethylene Storage LLC	Delaware	Mont Belvieu Caverns, LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Field Services (Offshore) LLC	Texas	Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 100%		
Enterprise Field Services, LLC	Texas	Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 100%		
				
Enterprise Fractionation, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Gas Liquids LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Gathering II LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Gathering LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise GC LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
Enterprise GP LLC	Delaware	Enterprise TE Partners L.P. – 100%		

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise GTMGP, LLC – 1%		
				
Enterprise GTMGP, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Houston Ship Channel GP, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Terminaling Services, L.P. – 100%		
		Enterprise Terminaling Services, L.P. – 99%		
Enterprise Houston Ship Channel, L.P.	Texas	Enterprise Houston Ship Channel GP, LLC – 1%		
				
		Enterprise Products Texas Operating LLC – 99%		
Enterprise Hydrocarbons L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 1%		
				
Enterprise Hydrocarbons Marketing LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Interstate Crude LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Intrastate LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
Enterprise Jonah Gas Gathering Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise JV Operating LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Logistic Services LLC				
(DBA Enterprise Transportation Company)	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Enterprise Lou-Tex NGL Pipeline L.P.	Texas	HSC Pipeline Partnership, LLC – 1%		
				
Enterprise Lou-Tex Propylene Pipeline LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
Enterprise Louisiana Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Marine Services LLC	Delaware	Enterprise TE Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
Enterprise Midland Basin Gas Gathering LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Midland Basin LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Midland Basin Holdings LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Midland Basin LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Midland Basin Partners LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Midland Basin Midstream				
Holdings LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Midland Basin LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Midland Basin Midstream Holdings		
Enterprise Midland Basin Midstream LLC	Texas	LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Midland Basin Partners LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Midland Basin Holdings LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Midland Basin Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Midland Basin LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise TE Partners L.P. – 99.999%		
Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC	Texas	Enterprise GP LLC – 0.001%		
				
Enterprise Mont Belvieu Program Company	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Natural Gas Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 50%		
Enterprise Navigator Ethylene Terminal LLC	Texas	Third Party – 50%		
				
Enterprise New Mexico Ventures, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Field Services, LLC – 100%		
Enterprise NGL Pipelines II LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 100%		
Enterprise NGL Pipelines, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise NGL Private Lines & Storage, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Offshore Port System, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Pathfinder, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise GTM Holdings L.P. – 100%		
				
		Evangeline Gulf Coast Gas, LLC – 90%		
Enterprise Pelican Pipeline L.P.	Texas	Evangeline Gas Corp. – 10%		
				
Enterprise Petrochemical Marketing LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Plevna Marketing LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Crude Oil LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Crude Oil LLC – 99.99%		
Enterprise Products BBCT LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 0.01%		

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
Enterprise Products Marketing Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc.	Delaware	Enterprise Products Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Partners L.P. – 99.999%		
Enterprise Products Operating LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc. – 0.001%		
				
Enterprise Products Pipeline Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Enterprise Products Texas Operating LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc. – 1%		
				
Enterprise Propane Terminals and Storage, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Terminals & Storage, LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Refined Products Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC –100%		
Enterprise Refined Products Marketing				
Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Refined Products Company LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Sage Marketing LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Crude Oil LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99.99%		
Enterprise Seaway L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 0.01%		
				
Enterprise TE Investments LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Pipeline Company LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Pipeline Company LLC – 2%		
Enterprise TE Partners L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 98%		
				
		Enterprise TE Partners L.P. – 99.999%		
Enterprise TE Products Pipeline Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise GP LLC – 0.001%		
				
Enterprise Terminaling Services GP, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 98%		
Enterprise Terminaling Services, L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise Terminaling Services GP, LLC – 2%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Enterprise Terminalling LLC	Texas	Enterprise Gas Liquids LLC – 1%		
				
Enterprise Terminals & Storage, LLC	Delaware	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Texas Pipeline LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
Enterprise TW Products Pipeline Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Enterprise Underground Storage LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Acquisition Holdings LLC – 100%		
Enterprise Underground Storage Operating LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Underground Storage LLC – 100%		
Enterprise White River Hub, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Evangeline Gas Corp.	Delaware	Evangeline Gulf Coast Gas, LLC – 100%		
Evangeline Gulf Coast Gas, LLC	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 33.33%		
Front Range Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Third Parties – 66.67%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Groves RGP Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Texas Operating LLC – 1%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
HSC Pipeline Partnership, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc. – 1%		
				
JMRS Transport Services, Inc.	Delaware	Enterprise Logistic Services LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Fractionation, LLC – 50%		
K/D/S Promix, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Parties – 50%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 79.24%		
		La Porte Pipeline GP, LLC – 1.0%		
La Porte Pipeline Company, L.P.	Texas	Third Party – 19.76%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 80.04%		
La Porte Pipeline GP, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Party – 19.96%		
				
Leveret Pipeline Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise Field Services, LLC – 100%		

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
Madrone Pipeline LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
M2E3 LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
M2E4 LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Mapletree, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC – 100%		
MCN Pelican Interstate Gas, LLC	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC – 100%		
Mid-America Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
Mont Belvieu Caverns, LLC	Delaware	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
		TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
Neches Pipeline System	Delaware	MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
				
Norco-Taft Pipeline, LLC	Delaware	Enterprise NGL Private Lines & Storage, LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating – 50%		
Old Ocean Pipeline, LLC	Texas	Third Party – 50%		
				
Olefins Terminal LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
OTA Holdings, Inc.	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
OTA Operating LLC	Delaware	OTA Holdings, Inc. – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 70%		
Panola Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Third Parties – 30%		
				
		Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC – 75%		
Pascagoula Gas Processing LLC	Texas	Third Party – 25%		
				
Pleuro LLC	Texas	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
				
		TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
Pontchartrain Natural Gas System	Texas	MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC – 50%		
				
Port Neches GP LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 99%		
Port Neches Pipeline LLC	Texas	Port Neches GP LLC – 1%		
				
QP-LS, LLC	Wyoming	Enterprise Products BBCT LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 99.999%		
Quanah Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise NGL Pipelines II LLC – 0.001%		
				
Rio Grande Pipeline Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
Sabine Propylene Pipeline LLC	Texas	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Seaway L.P. – 50%		
Seaway Crude Holdings LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
Seaway Crude Pipeline Company LLC	Delaware	Seaway Crude Holdings LLC – 100%		
				
Seaway Intrastate LLC	Delaware	Seaway Crude Holdings LLC – 100%		
Seaway Marine LLC	Delaware	Seaway Intrastate LLC – 100%		
Seminole Pipeline Company LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
Serket LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 50%		
Skelly-Belvieu Pipeline Company, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
Sorrento Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
South Texas NGL Pipelines, LLC	Delaware	Duncan Energy Partners L.P. – 100%		
				
SPOT Terminal Operating LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
SPOT Terminal Services LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 70%		
Steor LLC	Texas	Third Parties – 30%		
				
T4H LLC	Delaware	OTA Operating LLC – 100%		

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction	Effective Ownership		
	of Formation			
Tarpon Land Holdings LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise TE Partners L.P. – 99.999%		
TCTM, L.P.	Delaware	Enterprise GP LLC – 0.001%		
				
Technos Terminal LLC	Texas	Mapletree, LLC – 100%		
TECO Gas Gathering LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
TECO Gas Processing LLC	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Pontchartrain Natural Gas System – 96.6%		
Tejas-Magnolia Energy, LLC	Delaware	MCN Pelican Interstate Gas, LLC – 3.4%		
				
TEPPCO O/S Port System, LLC	Texas	Enterprise Crude GP LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 45%		
Texas Express Gathering LLC	Delaware	Third Parties – 55%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 35%		
Texas Express Pipeline LLC	Delaware	Third Parties – 65%		
				
		Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 50%		
		Enterprise NGL Pipelines, LLC – 33.3%		
Tri-States NGL Pipeline, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Party – 16.67%		

TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC – 100%		
		Enterprise Gas Processing LLC – 13.1%		
Venice Energy Services Company, L.L.C.	Delaware	Third Parties – 86.9%		
				
		Enterprise White River Hub, LLC – 50%		
White River Hub, LLC	Delaware	Third Party – 50%		
				
Whitethorn Pipeline Company LLC	Texas	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		
				
		Enterprise Midstream Companies LLC – 99.999%		
Wilcox Pipeline Company, LLC	Texas	Enterprise NGL Pipelines II LLC – 0.001%		
				
Wilprise Pipeline Company, L.L.C.	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating LLC – 100%		

EXHIBIT 22.1

List of Issuers of Debt Securities Guaranteed by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and Associated Securities at December 31, 2025.

In compliance with Item 601(b)(22) of Regulation S-K, the following is a list of publicly traded debt securities issued by Enterprise Products Operating LLC (the “Subsidiary Issuer”) and guaranteed by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. (the “Parent Guarantor”) (dollars in millions):

		Amounts Outstanding at		
	Guaranteed Securities	December 31, 2025		

	$	750		
	Senior Notes FFF, 5.05% fixed-rate, due January 2026			
Senior Notes PP, 3.70% fixed-rate, due February 2026	875		

	Senior Notes HHH, 4.60% fixed-rate, due January 2027	1,000		
				
Senior Notes SS, 3.95% fixed-rate, due February 2027	575		

	Senior Notes LLL, 4.30%, fixed-rate, due June 2028	800		

1,000
Senior Notes WW, 4.15% fixed-rate, due October 2028

1,250
Senior Notes YY, 3.125% fixed-rate, due July 2029

1,250
Senior Notes AAA, 2.80% fixed-rate, due January 2030

1,350
Senior Notes MMM, 4.60% fixed-rate, due January 2031

1,000
Senior Notes GGG, 5.35% fixed-rate, due January 2033

500
Senior Notes D, 6.875% fixed-rate, due March 2033

1,000
Senior Notes III, 4.85% fixed-rate, due January 2034

350
Senior Notes H, 6.65% fixed-rate, due October 2034

1,100
Senior Notes JJJ, 4.95% fixed-rate, due February 2035

250
Senior Notes J, 5.75% fixed-rate, due March 2035

1,500
Senior Notes NNN, 5.20% fixed-rate, due January 2036

400
Senior Notes W, 7.55% fixed-rate, due April 2038

600
Senior Notes R, 6.125% fixed-rate, due October 2039

600
Senior Notes Z, 6.45% fixed-rate, due September 2040

750
Senior Notes BB, 5.95% fixed-rate, due February 2041

600
Senior Notes DD, 5.70% fixed-rate, due February 2042

750
Senior Notes EE, 4.85% fixed-rate, due August 2042

1,100
Senior Notes GG, 4.45% fixed-rate, due February 2043

1,400
Senior Notes II, 4.85% fixed-rate, due March 2044

1,150
Senior Notes KK, 5.10% fixed-rate, due February 2045

975
Senior Notes QQ, 4.90% fixed-rate, due May 2046

1,250
Senior Notes UU, 4.25% fixed-rate, due February 2048

1,250
Senior Notes XX, 4.80% fixed-rate, due February 2049

1,250
Senior Notes ZZ, 4.20% fixed-rate, due January 2050

1,000
Senior Notes BBB, 3.70% fixed-rate, due January 2051

1,000
Senior Notes DDD, 3.20% fixed-rate, due February 2052

1,000
Senior Notes EEE, 3.30% fixed-rate, due February 2053

400
Senior Notes NN, 4.95% fixed-rate, due October 2054

1,400
Senior Notes KKK, 5.55% fixed-rate, due February 2055

1,000
Senior Notes CCC, 3.95% fixed-rate, due January 2060

232
Junior Subordinated Notes C, variable-rate, due June 2067

350
Junior Subordinated Notes D, variable-rate, due August 2077

1,000
Junior Subordinated Notes E, fixed/variable-rate, due August 2077

700
Junior Subordinated Notes F, fixed/variable-rate, due February 2078

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in (i) Registration Statement Nos. 333-150680, 333-176718, 333-191515, 333-191516, 333-268522, and 333-268523 of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. on Form S-8; (ii) Registration Statement No. 333-283172 of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and Enterprise Products Operating LLC on Form S-3; and (iii) Registration Statement Nos. 333-273870 and 333-211318 of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2025.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Houston, Texas

February 27, 2026

EXHIBIT 31.1

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, A. James Teague, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Enterprise Products Partners L.P;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2026

/s/ A. James Teague

Name:

A. James Teague

Title:

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

EXHIBIT 31.2

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, W. Randall Fowler, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2026

/s/ W. Randall Fowler

Name:

W. Randall Fowler

Title:

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

EXHIBIT 31.3

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, R. Daniel Boss, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Enterprise Products Partners L.P;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2026

/s/ R. Daniel Boss

Name:

R. Daniel Boss

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

EXHIBIT 32.1

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION OF A. JAMES TEAGUE, CO-CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS HOLDINGS LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

In connection with this annual report of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, A. James Teague, Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant. Date: February 27, 2026
/s/ A. James Teague

Name:

A. James Teague

Title:

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

EXHIBIT 32.2

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION OF W. RANDALL FOWLER, CO-CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS HOLDINGS LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

In connection with this annual report of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, W. Randall Fowler, Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant. Date: February 27, 2026
/s/ W. Randall Fowler

Name:

W. Randall Fowler

Title:

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.

EXHIBIT 32.3

SARBANES-OXLEY SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION OF R. DANIEL BOSS, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS HOLDINGS LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

In connection with this annual report of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Daniel Boss, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant. Date: February 27, 2026
/s/ R. Daniel Boss

Name:

R. Daniel Boss

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC, the General Partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P.